CONTENTS TECHNICAL INFORMATION BEARING TABLES INTRODUCTION OF NSK PRODUCTS-APPENDICES

Transcription

1 Rolling eings

2 TECHNICAL INFORMATION Pges 1 TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING EARINGS A Design nd Clssifiction A Chcteistics of Rolling eings A 7 2 EARING SELECTION PROCEDURE A16 3 SELECTION OF EARING TYPE A Allowble eing Spce A Lod Cpcity nd eing Types A Pemissible Speed nd eing Types A Mislignment of Inne/Oute Rings nd eing Types A Rigidity nd eing Types A Noise nd Toque of Vious eing Types A Running Accucy nd eing Types A Mounting nd Dismounting of Vious eing Types A19 4 SELECTION OF EARING ARRANGEMENT A Fixed-End nd Fee-End eings A Exmples of eing Angements A21 5 SELECTION OF EARING SIZE A eing Life A Rolling Ftigue Life nd sic Rting Life A sic Lod Rting nd Ftigue Life A sic Lod Rting A Mchiney in which eings e Used nd Pojected Life A Selection of eing Size sed on sic Lod Rting A Tempetue Coection fo sic Lod Rting A Coection of sic Rting Life A Clcultion of eing Lods A Lod Fcto A eing Lods in elt o Chin Tnsmission Applictions A eing Lods in Ge Tnsmission Applictions A Lod Distibution on eings A Avege of Fluctuting lod A29 CONTENTS Pges 5.4 Equivlent Lod A Clcultion of Equivlent Lods A Axil Lod Components in Angul Contct ll eings nd Tpeed Rolle eings A Sttic Lod Rtings nd Sttic Equivlent Lods A Sttic Lod Rtings A Sttic Equivlent Lods A Pemissible Sttic Lod Fcto A Mximum Pemissible Axil Lods fo Cylindicl Rolle eings A Exmples of eing Clcultions A34 6 LIMITING SPEED A Coection of Limiting Speed A Limiting Speed fo Rubbe Contct Sels fo ll eings A37 7 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS A oundy Dimensions nd Dimensions of Snp Ring Gooves A oundy Dimensions A Dimensions of Snp Ring Gooves nd Locting Snp Rings A Fomultion of eing Numbes A54 8 EARING TOLERANCES A eing Tolence Stndds A Selection of Accucy Clsses A81 9 FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES A Fits A Impotnce of Pope Fits A Selection of Fit A Recommended Fits A eing Intenl Clences A Intenl Clences nd Thei Stndds A Selection of eing Intenl Clences A94 10 PRELOAD A Pupose of Pelod A Peloding Methods A Position Pelod A Constnt-Pessue Pelod A96 Pges 10.3 Pelod nd Rigidity A Position Pelod nd Rigidity A Constnt-Pessue Pelod nd Rigidity A Selection of Peloding Method nd Amount of Pelod A Compison of Peloding Methods A Amount of Pelod A98 11 DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS A Accucy nd Sufce Finish of Shfts nd Housings A Shoulde nd Fillet Dimensions A eing Sels A Non-Contct Types Sels A Contct Type Sels A LURICATION A Puposes of Lubiction A Lubicting Methods A Gese Lubiction A Oil Lubiction A Lubicnts A Lubicting Gese A Lubicting Oil A EARING MATERIALS A Mteils fo eing Rings nd Rolling Elements A Cge Mteils A EARING HANDLING A Pecutions fo Pope Hndling of eings A Mounting A Mounting of eings with Cylindicl oes A Mounting of eings with Tpeed oes A Opetion Inspection A Dismounting A Dismounting of Oute Rings A Dismounting of eings with Cylindicl oes A Dismounting of eings with Tpeed oes A Inspection of eings A eing Clening A Inspection nd Evlution of eings A123 Pges 14.6 Mintennce nd Inspection A Detecting nd Coecting Iegulities A eing Filues nd Countemesues A TECHNICAL DATA A Axil Displcement of eings A Fits A Rdil nd Axil Intenl Clences A Pelod nd Stting Toque A Coefficients of Dynmic Fiction nd Othe eing Dt A nds nd Popeties of Lubicting Geses A138 EARING TALES CONTENTS 2 INTRODUCTION OF NSK PRODUCTS-APPENDICES CONTENTS C 1 Photos of NSK Poducts C 2 Appendix 1 Convesion fom SI (Intentionl Units) System C 8 Appendix 2 N-kgf Convesion Tble C10 Appendix 3 kg-lb Convesion Tble C11 Appendix 4 C- F Tempetue Convesion Tble C12 Appendix 5 Viscosity Convesion Tble C13 Appendix 6 Inch-mm Convesion Tble C14 Appendix 7 Hdness Convesion Tble C16 Appendix 8 Physicl nd Mechnicl Popeties of Mteils C17 Appendix 9 Tolences fo Shft Dimetes C18 Appendix 10 Tolences fo Housing oe Dimetes C20 Appendix 11 Vlues of Stndd Tolence Gdes IT C22 Appendix 12 Speed Fcto f n C24 Appendix 13 Ftigue Life Fcto f h nd Ftigue Life L-L h C25 Appendix 14 Index of Inch Design Tpeed Rolle eings C26 A 4 A 5

3 1.TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING EARINGS 1.1 Design nd Clssifiction Rolling beings genelly consist of two ings, olling elements, nd cge, nd they e clssified into dil beings o thust beings depending on the diection of the min lod. In ddition, depending on the type of olling elements, they e clssified into bll beings o olle beings, nd they e futhe segegted by diffeences in thei design o specific pupose. The most common being types nd nomencltue of being pts e shown in Fig.1.1, nd genel clssifiction of olling beings is shown in Fig Chcteistics of Rolling eings Comped with plin beings, olling beings hve the following mjo dvntges: (1) Thei stting toque o fiction is low nd the diffeence between the stting toque nd unning toque is smll. (2) With the dvncement of woldwide stnddiztion, olling beings e intentionlly vilble nd intechngeble. (3) Mintennce, eplcement, nd inspection e esy becuse the stuctue suounding olling beings is simple. (4) Mny olling beings e cpble of tking both dil nd xil lods simultneously o independently. (5) Rolling beings cn be used unde wide nge of tempetues. (6) Rolling beings cn be peloded to poduce negtive clence nd chieve gete igidity. Futhemoe, diffeent types of olling beings hve thei own individul dvntges. The fetues of the most common olling beings e descibed on Pges A10 to A12 nd in Tble 1.1 (Pges A14 nd A15). Width Contct Angle Snp Ring Cge Rivet ll Inne Ring Rcewy Oute Ring Rcewy oe Di. Pitch Dimete Outside Di. Oute Ring Inne Ring Side Fce Shield Chmfe Dimension Oute Ring Font Fce Inne Ring ck Fce Effective Lod Cente Coss-Fce Width Oute Ring ck Fce Inne Ring Font Fce Inne Ring Rib Rolle Inscibed Cicle Di. Cylindicl Rolle Oute Ring Rib L-Shped Thust Coll Single-Row Deep Goove ll eing Single-Row Angul Contct ll eing Cylindicl Rolle eing eing Width Stnd out Tpeed Rolle Cone Font Fce Rib Cone ck Fce Rib Effective Lod Cente Cone ck Fce Cup Font Fce Aligning Set Cente Height Aligning Set Rdius Lock Wshe oe Di. Nut Contct Tpeed oe Angle Sleeve Height Housing Wshe Cone Font Fce Inne Ring oe Di. Cup ck Fce Spheicl Rolle Outside Di. Oute Ring Aligning Set Wshe O.D. Tpeed Rolle eing Spheicl Rolle eing Single-Diection Thust ll eing Adpte Fig. 1.1 Nomencltue fo eing Pts Shft Wshe ll Housing Wshe Aligning Set Wshe A 6 A 7

4 TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING EARINGS ROLLING EARINGS (Rdil eings) (Thust eings) Deep Goove ll eing Self-Aligning ll eing Angul Contct ll eing Single Row Double Row Single Row Double Row Mtched Deep Goove ll eings Mgneto eings Angul Contct ll eings Thee- Point/Fou-Point Contct ll eings Self-Aligning ll eings ll eings fo eing Units ll eings ll eings Rolle eings Thust ll eings Angul Contct Thust ll eings Cylindicl Rolle Thust eings Needle Rolle Thust eings Tpeed Rolle Thust eings Spheicl Thust Rolle eings Single Diection Double Diection Single-Diection Thust ll eing Cylindicl Rolle Thust eing Tpeed Rolle Thust eing Spheicl Thust Rolle eing Needle Rolle eing Cylindicl Rolle eing Single Row Double Row Single Row Cylindicl Rolle eings Long-Rolle eings Needle Rolle eings Rolle eings eings fo Specific Uses Automotive Clutch Relese eings Automotive Wte Pump eings Rolling Stock Axle eings Cne-Sheve eings Seled Axle eing Cylindicl Rolle eing fo Sheves Tpeed Rolle eing Double Row Fou Row Tpeed Rolle eings Chin Conveyo eings Othes Spheicl Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eing Fig. 1.2 Clssifiction of Rolling eings A 8 A 9

5 TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING EARINGS Single-Row Deep Goove ll eings Single-ow deep goove bll beings e the most common type of olling beings. Thei use is vey widesped. The cewy gooves on both the inne nd oute ings hve cicul cs of slightly lge dius thn tht of the blls. In ddition to dil lods, xil lods cn be imposed in eithe diection. ecuse of thei low toque, they e highly suitble fo pplictions whee high speeds nd low powe loss e equied. In ddition to open type beings, these beings often hve steel shields o ubbe sels instlled on one o both sides nd e pelubicted with gese. Also, snp ings e sometimes used on the peiphey. As to cges, pessed steel ones e the most common. Double-Row Angul Contct ll eings Double-ow ngul contct bll beings e bsiclly two single-ow ngul contct bll beings mounted bck-to-bck except tht they hve only one inne ing nd one oute ing, ech hving cewys. They cn tke xil lods in eithe diection. Mgneto eings The inne goove of mgneto beings is little shllowe thn tht of deep goove beings. Since the oute ing hs shoulde on only one side, the oute ing my be emoved. This is often dvntgeous fo mounting. In genel, two such beings e used in duplex pis. Mgneto beings e smll beings with boe dimete of 4 to 20 mm nd e minly used fo smll mgnetos, gyoscopes, instuments, etc. Pessed bss cges e genelly used. Fou-Point Contct ll eings The inne nd oute ings of fou-point contct bll beings e sepble becuse the inne ing is split in dil plne. They cn tke xil lods fom eithe diection. The blls hve contct ngle of 35 with ech ing. Just one being of this type cn eplce combintion of fce-to-fce o bck-to-bck ngul contct beings. Mchined bss cges e genelly used. Single-Row Angul Contct ll eings Individul beings of this type e cpble of tking dil lods nd lso xil lods in one diection. Fou contct ngles of 15, 25, 30, nd 40 e vilble. The lge the contct ngle, the highe the xil lod cpcity. Fo high speed opetion, howeve, the smlle contct ngles e pefeed. Usully, two beings e used in duplex pis, nd the clence between them must be djusted popely. Pessed-steel cges e commonly used, howeve, fo high pecision beings with contct ngle less thn 30, polymide esin cges e often used. Self-Aligning ll eings The inne ing of this type of being hs two cewys nd the oute ing hs single spheicl cewy with its cente of cuvtue coincident with the being xis. Theefoe, the xis of the inne ing, blls, nd cge cn deflect to some extent ound the being cente. Consequently, mino ngul mislignment of the shft nd housing cused by mchining o mounting eo is utomticlly coected. This type of being often hs tpeed boe fo mounting using n dpte sleeve. Duplex eings A combintion of two dil beings is clled duplex pi. Usully, they e fomed using ngul contct bll beings o tpeed olle beings. Possible combintions include fce-to-fce, which hve the oute ing fces togethe (type DF), bck-to-bck (type D), o both font fces in the sme diection (type DT). DF nd D duplex beings e cpble of tking dil lods nd xil lods in eithe diection. Type DT is used when thee is stong xil lod in one diection nd it is necessy to impose the lod eqully on ech being. Cylindicl Rolle eings In beings of this type, the cylindicl olles e in line contct with the cewys. They hve high dil lod cpcity nd e suitble fo high speeds. Thee e diffeent types designted NU, NJ, NUP, N, NF fo single-ow beings, nd NNU, NN fo double-ow beings depending on the design o bsence of side ibs. The oute nd inne ings of ll types e sepble. Some cylindicl olle beings hve no ibs on eithe the inne o oute ing, so the ings cn move xilly eltive to ech othe. These cn be used s fee-end beings. Cylindicl olle beings, in which eithe the inne o oute ings hs two ibs nd the othe ing hs one, e cpble of tking some xil lod in one diection. Double-ow cylindicl olle beings hve high dil igidity nd e used pimily fo pecision mchine tools. Pessed steel o mchined bss cges e genelly used, but sometimes molded polymide cges e lso used. A 10 A 11

6 TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING EARINGS Needle Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings Needle olle beings contin mny slende olles with length 3 to 10 times thei dimete. As esult, the tio of the being outside dimete to the inscibed cicle dimete is smll, nd they hve the high dil lod cpcity. Thee e numeous types vilble, nd mny hve no inne ings. The dwn-cup type hs pessed steel oute ing nd the solid type hs mchined oute ing. Thee e lso cge nd olle ssemblies without ings. Most beings hve pessed steel cges, but some e without cges. eings of this type use conicl olles guided by bck-fce ib on the cone. These beings e cpble of tking high dil lods nd lso xil lods in one diection. In the HR seies, the olles e incesed in both size nd numbe giving it n even highe lod cpcity. They e genelly mounted in pis in mnne simil to single-ow ngul contct bll beings. In this cse, the pope intenl clence cn be obtined by djusting the xil distnce between the cones o cups of the two opposed beings. Since they e sepble, the cone ssemblies nd cups cn be mounted independently. Depending upon the contct ngle, tpeed olle beings e divided into thee types clled the noml ngle, medium ngle, nd steep ngle. Double-ow nd fou-ow tpeed olle beings e lso vilble. Pessed steel cges e genelly used. These beings hve bel-shped olles between the inne ing, which hs two cewys, nd the oute ing which hs one spheicl cewy. Since the cente of cuvtue of the oute ing cewy sufce coincides with the being xis, they e self-ligning in mnne simil to tht of self-ligning bll beings. Theefoe, if thee is deflection of the shft o housing o mislignment of thei xes, it is utomticlly coected so excessive foce is not pplied to the beings. Spheicl olle beings cn tke, not only hevy dil lods, but lso some xil lods in eithe diection. They hve excellent dil lod-cying cpcity nd e suitble fo use whee thee e hevy o impct lods. Some beings hve tpeed boes nd my be mounted diectly on tpeed shfts o cylindicl shfts using dptes o withdwl sleeves. Pessed steel nd mchined bss cges e used. Single-Diection Thust ll eings Double-Diection Thust ll eings Spheicl Thust Rolle eings Single-diection thust bll beings e composed of wshe-like being ings with cewy gooves. The ing ttched to the shft is clled the shft wshe (o inne ing) while tht ttched to the housing is clled the housing wshe(o oute ing). In double-diection thust bll beings, thee e thee ings with the middle one (cente ing) being fixed to the shft. Thee e lso thust bll beings with n ligning set wshe beneth the housing wshe in ode to compenste fo shft mislignment o mounting eo. Pessed steel cges e usully used in the smlle beings nd mchined cges in the lge These beings hve spheicl cewy in the housing wshe nd bel-shped olles obliquely nged ound it. Since the cewy in the housing wshe in spheicl, these beings e selfligning. They hve vey high xil lod cpcity nd e cpble of tking modete dil lods when n xil lod is pplied. Pessed steel cges o mchined bss cges e usully used. A 12 A 13

7 TYPES AND FEATURES OF ROLLING EARINGS Tble 1. 1 Types nd Chcteistics of Rolling eings Fetues eing Types Deep Goove ll eings Mgneto eings Angul Contct ll eings Double-Row Angul Contct ll eings Duplex Angul Contct ll eings Fou-Point Contct ll eings Self- Aligning ll eings Cylindicl Rolle eings Double-Row Cylindicl Rolle eings Cylindicl Rolle eings with Single Rib Cylindicl Rolle eings with Thust Colls Needle Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings Double-nd Multiple-Row Tpeed Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings Thust ll eings Thust ll eings with Aligning Set Double- Diection Angul Contct Thust ll eings Cylindicl Rolle Thust eings Tpeed Rolle Thust eings Spheicl Thust Rolle eings Pge No. Rdil Lods Lod Cpcity Axil Lods Combined Lods High Speeds A18 A37 High Accucy A19 A58 A81 Low Noise nd Toque A19 Rigidity A19 A96 Angul Mislignment A18 lue pges of ech bg. type Self-Aligning Cpbility i i i i A18 Ring Sepbility i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i A19 A20 Fixed-End eing i i i i i i i i A20~ ~A21 Fee-End eing I I I I I i i i I I A20~ ~A27 Tpeed oe in Inne Ring i i i A800 A118 A122 Remks Two beings e usully mounted in opposition. Contct ngles of 15 o, 25 o 30 o, nd 40 o. Two beings e usully mounted in opposition. Clence djustment is necessy. Combintion of DF nd DT pis is possible, but use on fee-end is not possible. Contct ngle of 35 o Including N type Including NNU type Including NF type Including NUP type Two beings e usully mounted in opposition. Clence djustment is necessy. KH, KV types e lso vilble but use on fee-end is impossible. Including needle olle thust beings To be used with oil lubiction Pge No Excellent Good Fi Poo Impossible One diection Two diections only i Applicble I Applicble, but it is necessy to llow shft contction/elongtion t fitting sufces of beings. A 14 A 15

8 2. EARING SELECTION PROCEDURE The numbe of pplictions fo olling beings is lmost countless nd the opeting conditions nd envionments lso vy getly. In ddition, the divesity of opeting conditions nd being equiements continue to gow with the pid dvncement of technology. Theefoe, it is necessy to study beings cefully fom mny ngles to select the best one fom the thousnds of types nd sizes vilble. Usully, being type is povisionlly chosen consideing the opeting conditions, mounting ngement, ese of mounting in the mchine, llowble spce, cost, vilbility, nd othe fctos. Then the size of the being is chosen to stisfy the desied life equiement. When doing this, in ddition to ftigue life, it is necessy to conside gese life, noise nd vibtion, we, nd othe fctos. Thee is no fixed pocedue fo selecting beings. It is good to investigte expeience with simil pplictions nd studies elevnt to ny specil equiements fo you specific ppliction. When selecting beings fo new mchines, unusul opeting conditions, o hsh envionments, plese consult with NSK. The following digm (Fig.2.1) shows n exmple of the being selection pocedue. Evlution of ccucy Exmintion of intenl clence A Running ccucy A Rottionl stbility A Toque fluctution Selection of being ccucy clss A Fitting A Diffeence in tempetue between inne nd oute ings A Speed A Mislignment of inne nd oute ings A Amount of pelod Pge numbe A19 A18, A37, A81 A19 Pge numbe A95 A18 A98 Exmintion of fitting A Opeting conditions A Mgnitude nd chcteistics of lods A Tempetue nge A Mteils, size, ccucies of shft nd housing Detemintion of fitting Pge numbe A82 A82, A83 A83 A84, A100 Evlution of being types A Opeting conditions nd equied pefomnce A Envionmentl conditions A Dimensions of shft nd housing A Allowble spce A Mgnitude nd diection of lods A Vibtion nd shock A Opeting speed, mximum speed A Mislignment of inne nd oute ings A Fixing in xil diection nd mounting ngement A Ese of being mounting nd dismounting A Sound nd toque A Requied igidity A Avilbility nd cost Pge numbe A18, A38 A18 A18 A18, A37 A18 A20 to A23 A19 A19 A19, A96 Study of cge Exmintion of lubicting methods Detemintion of intenl clence A Speed A Noise A Opeting tempetue A Extenl vibtion nd shock A Rpid cceletion nd deceletion A Moment lod nd mislignment Selection of cge type nd mteil A Opeting tempetue nge A Speed A Lubicting methods A Type of sels A Mintennce nd inspection intevls Pge numbe A106, A107, A110, A112 A37 A105 A102 A123 Exmintion of specil specifictions A Opeting tempetue A Envionment (sewte, vcuum, gses, chemicls, etc.) A Type of lubiction Selection of specil mteil, het tetment fo dimensionl stbility Pge numbe A57 Detemintion of being type nd mounting ngement Selection of lubicting method, lubicnt, nd type of sels Detemintion of being size A Expected life of mchine A Dynmic nd sttic equivlent lods A Speed A Pemissible sttic lod fcto A Pemissible xil lods (in the cse of cylindicl olle beings) Pge numbe A24, A25 A30, A32 -- A32 A33 Exmintion of ese of mounting/ dismounting A Pocedue fo mounting nd dismounting A Necessy equipment A Dimensions ffecting mounting Pge numbe A116, A121 A116, A121 A100 Detemintion of being size Detemintion of dimensions ffecting mounting nd pocedue fo mounting/ dismounting Fig. 2.1 Flow Cht fo Selection of Rolling eings Finl specifictions fo being nd suounding pts A 16 A 17

9 3.1 Allowble eing Spce The llowble spce fo olling being nd its djcent pts is genelly limited so the type nd size of the being must be selected within such limits. In most cses, the shft dimete is fixed fist by the mchine design; theefoe, the being is often selected bsed on its boe size. Fo olling beings, thee e numeous stnddized dimension seies nd types, nd the selection of the optimum being fom mong them is necessy. Fig. 3.1 shows the dimension seies of dil beings nd coesponding being types. 3.2 Lod Cpcity nd eing Types The xil lod cying cpcity of being is closely elted to the dil lod cpcity (see Pge A24) in mnne tht depends on the being design s shown in Fig This figue mkes it cle tht when beings of the sme dimension seies e comped, olle beings hve highe lod cpcity thn bll beings nd e supeio if shock lods exist. A 18 Width Seies 4 3 Dimete Seies Dimension Seies Deep Goove ll eings Angul Contct ll eings Self-Aligning ll eings Cylindicl Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings Needle Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings eing Type Single-Row Deep Goove ll eings Single-Row Angul Contct ll eings Cylindicl Rolle( 1 ) eings Tpeed Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings 3. SELECTION OF EARING TYPES I I I III I I II I I I I I I I Rdil lod cpcity I II II III I 3.3 Pemissible Speed nd eing Types The mximum speed of olling beings vies depending, not only the type of being, but lso its size, type of cge, lods, lubicting method, het dissiption, etc. Assuming the common oil bth lubiction method, the being types e oughly nked fom highe speed to lowe s shown in Fig Mislignment of Inne/Oute Rings nd eing Types ecuse of deflection of shft cused by pplied lods, dimensionl eo of the shft nd housing, nd mounting eos, the inne nd oute ings e slightly misligned. The pemissible mislignment vies depending on the being type nd opeting conditions, but usully it is smll ngle less thn din (4'). When lge mislignment is expected, beings hving self-ligning cpbility, such s self-ligning bll beings, spheicl olle beings, nd cetin being units should be selected (Figs. 3.4 nd 3.5) Fig. 3.2 Reltive Lod Cpcities of Vious eing Types I I I I I II I II II II II II I Fig. 3.1 Dimension Seies of Rdil eings Axil lod cpcity eing Types Deep Goove ll eings Angul Contct ll eings Cylindicl Rolle eings Needle Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings Thust ll eings I I I I Reltive pemissible speed Note( 1 ) The beings with ibs cn tke some xil lods. Remks Oil bth lubiction With specil mesues to incese speed limit Fig. 3.3 Reltive Pemissible Speeds of Vious eing Types Pemissible being mislignment is given t the beginning of the dimensionl tbles fo ech being type. θ Fig. 3.4 Pemissible Mislignment of Spheicl Rolle eings Fig. 3.5 Pemissible Mislignment of ll eing Units eing Types Deep Goove ll eings Angul Contct ll eings Cylindicl Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings Fig. 3.6 Reltive Inne Ring Rdil Runout of Highest Accucy Clss fo Vious eing Types θ Highest ccucy Tolence compison of inne ing dil unout specified Clss 2 Clss 2 Clss 2 Clss 4 Noml θ θ 3.5 Rigidity nd eing Types When lods e imposed on olling being, some elstic defomtion occus in the contct es between the olling elements nd cewys. The igidity of the being is detemined by the tio of being lod to the mount of elstic defomtion of the inne nd oute ings nd olling elements. Fo the min spindles of mchine tools, it is necessy to hve high igidity of the beings togethe with the est of the spindle. Consequently, since olle beings e defomed less by lod, they e moe often selected thn bll beings. When ext high igidity is equied, beings e given pelod, which mens tht they hve negtive clence. Angul contct bll beings nd tpeed olle beings e often peloded. 3.6 Noise nd Toque of Vious eing Types Since olling beings e mnufctued with vey high pecision, noise nd toque e miniml. Fo deep goove bll beings nd cylindicl olle beings pticully, the noise level is sometimes specified depending on thei pupose. Fo high pecision minitue bll beings, the stting toque is specified. Deep goove bll beings e ecommended fo pplictions in which low noise nd toque e equied, such s motos nd instuments. 3.7 Running Accucy nd eing Types Fo the min spindles of mchine tools tht equie high unning ccucy o high speed pplictions like supechges, high pecision beings of Clss 5, 4 o 2 e usully used. The unning ccucy of olling beings is specified in vious wys, nd the specified ccucy clsses vy depending on the being type. A compison of the inne ing dil unout fo the highest unning ccucy specified fo ech being type is shown in Fig Fo pplictions equiing high unning ccucy, deep goove bll beings, ngul contct bll beings, nd cylindicl olle beings e most suitble. 3.8 Mounting nd Dismounting of Vious eing Types Sepble types of beings like cylindicl olle beings, needle olle beings nd tpeed olle beings e convenient fo mounting nd dismounting. Fo mchines in which beings e mounted nd dismounted the often fo peiodic inspection, these types of beings e ecommended. Also, self-ligning bll beings nd spheicl olle beings (smll ones) with tpeed boes cn be mounted nd dismounted eltively esily using sleeves. A 19

10 4. SELECTION OF EARING ARRANGEMENT In genel, shfts e suppoted by only two beings. When consideing the being mounting ngement, the following items must be investigted: (1) Expnsion nd contction of the shft cused by tempetue vitions. (2) Ese of being mounting nd dismounting. (3) Mislignment of the inne nd oute ings cused by deflection of the shft o mounting eo. (4) Rigidity of the entie system including beings nd peloding method. (5) Cpbility to sustin the lods t thei pope positions nd to tnsmit them. 4.1 Fixed-End nd Fee-End eings Among the beings on shft, only one cn be "fixed-end" being tht is used to fix the shft xilly. Fo this fixed-end being, type which cn cy both dil nd xil lods must be selected. eings othe thn the fixed-end one must be "feeend" beings tht cy only dil lods to elieve the shft's theml elongtion nd contction. If mesues to elieve shft s theml elongtion nd contction e insufficient, bnoml xil lods e pplied to the beings, which cn cuse pemtue filue. Fo fee-end beings, cylindicl olle beings o needle olle beings with sepble inne nd oute ings tht e fee to move xilly (NU, N types, etc.) e ecommended. When these types e used, mounting nd dismounting e lso esie. When non-sepble types e used s fee-end beings, usully the fit between the oute ing nd housing is loose to llow xil movement of the unning shft togethe with the being. Sometimes, such elongtion is elieved by loose fitting between the inne ing nd shft. When the distnce between the beings is shot nd the influence of the shft elongtion nd contction is negligible, two opposed ngul contct bll beings o tpeed olle beings e used. The xil clence (possible xil movement) fte the mounting is djusted using nuts o shims. The distinction between fee-end nd fixed-end beings nd some possible being mounting ngements fo vious being types e shown in Fig Fixed-end eing Angements Tble 4. 1 Repesenttive eing Mounting Angements nd Appliction Exmples Fee-end 4.2 Exmple of eing Angements Some epesenttive being mounting ngements consideing pelod nd igidity of the entie ssembly, shft elongtion nd contction, mounting eo, etc. e shown in Tble 4.1. Remks fthis is common ngement in which bnoml lods e not pplied to beings even if the shft expnds o contcts. fif the mounting eo is smll, this is suitble fo high speeds. Appliction Exmples Medium size electic motos, blowes A Fixed-end Fee-end (sepble being) A C Fixed-end Fee-end (non-sepble being) D D No distinction between fixed-end nd fee-end E E No distinction between fixed-end nd fee-end F F No distinction between fixed-end nd fee-end EARING A Deep Goove ll eing Mtched Angul Contct ll eing Double-Row Angul Contct ll eing Self-Aligning ll eing Cylindicl Rolle eing with Ribs (NH, NUP types) Double-Row Tpeed Rolle eing Spheicl Rolle eing EARING D,E( 2 ) Angul Contct ll eing Tpeed Rolle eing Mgneto eing Cylindicl Rolle eing (NJ, NF types) EARING Cylindicl Rolle eing (NU, N types) Needle Rolle eing (NA type, etc.) EARING C( 1 ) Deep Goove ll eing Mtched Angul Contct ll eing (bck-tobck) Double-Row Angul Contct ll eing Self-Aligning ll eing Double-Row Tpeed Rolle eing (KE type) Spheicl Rolle eing EARING F Deep Goove ll eing Self-Aligning ll eing Spheicl Rolle eing Notes: ( 1 ) In the figue, shft elongtion nd contction e elieved t the outside sufce of the oute ing, but sometimes it is done t the boe. ( 2 ) Fo ech type, two beings e used in opposition. fthis cn withstnd hevy lods nd shock lods nd cn tke some xil lod. fevey type of cylindicl olle being is sepble. This is helpful when intefeence is necessy fo both the inne nd oute ings. fthis is used when lods e eltively hevy. ffo mximum igidity of the fixed-end being, it is bck-to-bck type. foth the shft nd housing must hve high ccucy nd the mounting eo must be smll. fthis is lso suitble when intefeence is necessy fo both the inne nd oute ings. Hevy xil lods cnnot be pplied. fthis is suitble fo high speeds nd hevy dil lods. Modete xil lods cn lso be pplied. fit is necessy to povide some clence between the oute ing of the deep goove bll being nd the housing boe in ode to void subjecting it to dil lods. Tction motos fo olling stock Tble olles fo steel mills, min spindles of lthes Clende olls of ppe mking mchines, xles of diesel locomotives Reduction ges in diesel locomotives A 20 Fig. 4.1 eing Mounting Angements nd eing Types Continued on next pge A 21

11 SELECTION OF EARING ARRANGEMENT Tble 4. 1 Repesenttive eing Mounting Angements nd Appliction Exmples (cont'd) Fixed-end eing Angements Fee-end Remks Appliction Exmples When thee is no distinction between fixed-end nd fee-end Remks Appliction Exmples fthis is the most common ngement. fit cn sustin not only dil lods, but modete xil lods lso. Double suction volute pumps, utomotive tnsmissions NJ + NJ mounting fthis cn withstnd hevy lods nd shock lods. fit cn be used if intefeence is necessy fo both the inne nd oute ings. fce must be tken so the xil clence doesn't become too smll duing unning. fnf type + NF type mounting is lso possible. Finl eduction ges of constuction mchines fthis is the most suitble ngement when thee is mounting eo o shft deflection. fit is often used fo genel nd industil pplictions in which hevy lods e pplied. Speed educes, tble olles of steel mills, wheels fo ovehed tvelling cnes fsometimes sping is used t the side of the oute ing of one being. Smll electic motos, smll speed educes, smll pumps fthis is suitble when thee e the hevy xil lods in both diections. fdouble ow ngul contct beings my be used insted of ngement of two ngul contct bll beings. Wom ge educes Veticl ngements Remks Appliction Exmples fmtched ngul contct bll beings e on the fixed end. fcylindicl olle being is on the fee end. Veticl electic motos When thee is no distinction between fixed-end nd fee-end Remks Appliction Exmples ck-to-bck mounting Fce-to-fce mounting fthis ngement is widely used since it cn withstnd hevy lods nd shock lods. fthe bck-to-bck ngement is especilly good when the distnce between beings is shot nd moment lods e pplied. ffce-to-fce mounting mkes mounting esie when intefeence is necessy fo the inne ing. In genel, this ngement is good when thee is mounting eo. fto use this ngement with pelod, ffection must be pid to the mount of pelod nd clence djustment. Pinion shfts of utomotive diffeentil ges, utomotive font nd e xles, wom ge educes fthe spheicl cente of the self-ligning set must coincide with tht of the self-ligning bll being. fthe uppe being is on the fee end. Veticl openes (spinning nd weving mchines) fthis is used t high speeds when dil lods e not so hevy nd xil lods e eltively hevy. Ginding wheel shfts fit povides good igidity of the shft by peloding. ck-to-bck mounting ffo moment lods, bck-to-bck mounting is bette thn fce-to-fce mounting. Continued on next pge A 22 A 23

12 5. SELECTION OF EARING SIZE 5.1 eing Life The vious functions equied of olling beings vy ccoding to the being ppliction. These functions must be pefomed fo polonged peiod. Even if beings e popely mounted nd coectly opeted, they will eventully fil to pefom stisfctoily due to n incese in noise nd vibtion, loss of unning ccucy, deteiotion of gese, o ftigue flking of the olling sufces. eing life, in the bod sense of the tem, is the peiod duing which beings continue to opete nd to stisfy thei equied functions. This being life my be defined s noise life, bsion life, gese life, o olling ftigue life, depending on which one cuses loss of being sevice. Aside fom the filue of beings to function due to ntul deteiotion, beings my fil when conditions such s het-seizue, fctue, scoing of the ings, dmge of the sels o the cge, o othe dmge occus. Conditions such s these should not be intepeted s noml being filue since they often occu s esult of eos in being selection, impope design o mnufctue of the being suoundings, incoect mounting, o insufficient mintennce Rolling Ftigue Life nd sic Rting Life When olling beings e opeted unde lod, the cewys of thei inne nd oute ings nd olling elements e subjected to epeted cyclic stess. ecuse of metl ftigue of the olling contct sufces of the cewys nd olling elements, scly pticles my septe fom the being mteil (Fig. 5.1). This phenomenon is clled "flking". Rolling ftigue life is epesented by the totl numbe of evolutions t which time the being sufce will stt flking due to stess. This is clled ftigue life. As shown in Fig. 5.2, even fo seemingly identicl beings, which e of the sme type, size, nd mteil nd eceive the sme het tetment nd othe pocessing, the olling ftigue life vies getly even unde identicl opeting conditions. This is becuse the flking of mteils due to ftigue is subject to mny othe vibles. Consequently, "bsic ting life", in which olling ftigue life is teted s sttisticl phenomenon, is used in pefeence to ctul olling ftigue life. Suppose numbe of beings of the sme type e opeted individully unde the sme conditions. Afte cetin peiod of time, 10% of them fil s esult of flking cused by olling ftigue. The totl numbe of evolutions t this point is defined s the bsic ting life o, if the speed is constnt, the bsic ting life is often expessed by the totl numbe of opeting hous completed when 10% of the beings become inopeble due to flking. In detemining being life, bsic ting life is often the only fcto consideed. Howeve, othe fctos must lso be tken into ccount. Fo exmple, the gese life A 24 of gese-pelubicted beings (efe to Section 12, Lubiction, Pge A107) cn be estimted. Since noise life nd bsion life e judged ccoding to individul stndds fo diffeent pplictions, specific vlues fo noise o bsion life must be detemined empiiclly. 5.2 sic Lod Rting nd Ftigue Life sic Lod Rting The bsic lod ting is defined s the constnt lod pplied on beings with sttiony oute ings tht the inne ings cn endue fo ting life of one million evolutions (10 6 ev). The bsic lod ting of dil beings is defined s centl dil lod of constnt diection nd mgnitude, while the bsic lod ting of thust beings is defined s n xil lod of constnt mgnitude in the sme diection s the centl xis. The lod tings e listed unde C fo dil beings nd C fo thust beings in the dimension tbles Mchiney in which eings e Used nd Pojected Life It is not dvisble to select beings with unnecessily high lod tings, fo such beings my be too lge nd uneconomicl. In ddition, the being life lone should not be the deciding fcto in the selection of beings. The stength, igidity, nd design of the shft Filue Pobbility Rting Life Life Fig. 5.1 Exmple of Flking Avege Life Fig. 5.2 Filue Pobbility nd eing Life Opeting Peiods Infequently used o only fo shot peiods Used only occsionlly but elibility is impotnt Used intemittently fo eltively long peiods Used intemittently fo moe thn eight hous dily Used continuously nd high elibility is impotnt Tble 5. 1 Ftigue Life Fcto f h fo Vious eing Applictions on which the beings e to be mounted should lso be consideed. eings e used in wide nge of pplictions nd the design life vies with specific pplictions nd opeting conditions. Tble 5.1 gives n empiicl ftigue life fcto deived fom customy opeting expeience fo vious mchines. Also efe to Tble Selection of eing Size sed on sic Lod Rting The following eltion exists between being lod nd bsic ting life: Fo bll beings L = C ( ) 3...(5.1) P 10 C 3 Fo olle beings L = ( )...(5.2) P whee L : sic ting life (10 6 ev) P : eing lod (equivlent lod) (N), {kgf}...(refe to Pge A30) C : sic lod ting (N), {kgf} Fo dil beings, C is witten C Fo thust beings, C is witten C In the cse of beings tht un t constnt speed, it is convenient to expess the ftigue life in tems of hous. In genel, the ftigue life of beings used in utomobiles nd othe vehicles is given in tems of milege. Ftigue Life Fcto f h ~3 2~4 3~5 4~7 6~ Smll motos fo home pplinces like vcuum clenes nd wshing mchines Hnd powe tools Rolling mill oll necks Agicultul equipment Motos fo home hetes nd i conditiones Constuction equipment Smll motos Deck cnes Genel cgo cnes Pinion stnds Pssenge cs Escltos Conveyos Elevto cble sheves Fctoy motos Mchine tools Tnsmissions Vibting sceens Cushes Centifugl septos Ai conditioning equipment lowes Woodwoking mchines Lge motos Axle boxes on ilwy olling stock Cne sheves Compessos Specilized tnsmissions Mine hoists Pess flywheels Rilwy tction motos Locomotive xle boxes Ppe mking mchines Wtewoks pumps Electic powe sttions Mine dining pumps y designting the bsic ting life s L h (h), being speed s n (min 1 ), ftigue life fcto s fh, nd speed fcto s f n, the eltions shown in Tble 5.2 e obtined: Tble 5. 2 sic Rting Life, Ftigue Life Fcto nd Speed Fcto Life ll eings Rolle eings Pmetes sic Rting Life Ftigue Life Fcto Speed Fcto L h = 10 6 C ( = 3 500f 60n P )3 h f h = f n C P fn = ( 10 6 ) n =(0.03n) C 60n P L h = ( ) = 500f h f h = f n C P fn = ( 10 6 ) n =(0.03n) n, fn... Fig. 5.3 (See Pge A26), Appendix Tble 12 (See Pge C24) L h, f h...fig. 5.4 (See Pge A26), Appendix Tble 13 (See Pge C25) A 25

13 SELECTION OF EARING SIZE n f n n f n L h f h (min 1 ) ll eings (min 1 ) Rolle eings Fig. 5.3 eing Speed nd Speed Fcto (h) ll eings L h (h) f h Rolle eings Fig. 5.4 Ftigue Life Fcto nd Ftigue Life If the being lod P nd speed n e known, detemine ftigue life fcto f h ppopite fo the pojected life of the mchine nd then clculte the bsic lod ting C by mens of the following eqution. f C = h P...(5.3) fn A being which stisfies this vlue of C should then be selected fom the being tbles Tempetue Adjustment fo sic Lod Rting If olling beings e used t high tempetue, the hdness of the being steel deceses. Consequently, the bsic lod ting, which depends on the physicl popeties of the mteil, lso deceses. Theefoe, the bsic lod ting should be djusted fo the highe tempetue using the following eqution: Ct = f t C...(5.4) whee C t : sic lod ting fte tempetue coection (N), {kgf} f t : Tempetue fcto (See Tble 5.3.) C : sic lod ting befoe tempetue djustment (N), {kgf} If lge beings e used t highe thn 120 o C, they must be given specil dimensionl stbility het tetment to pevent excessive dimensionl chnges. The bsic lod ting of beings given such specil dimensionl stbility het tetment my become lowe thn the bsic lod ting listed in the being tbles Coection of sic Rting Life As descibed peviously, the bsic equtions fo clculting the bsic ting life e s follows: C P C P Fo bll beings L 10 = ( ) 3...(5.5) 3 Fo olle beings L 10 = ( )...(5.6) The L 10 life is defined s the bsic ting life with sttisticl elibility of 90%. Depending on the mchines in which the beings e used, sometimes elibility highe thn 90% my be equied. Howeve, ecent impovements in being mteil hve getly extended the ftigue life. In ddition, the developent of the Elsto-Hydodynmic Theoy of Lubiction poves tht the thickness of the lubicting film in the contct zone between ings nd olling elements getly influences being life. To eflect such impovements in the clcultion of ftigue life, the bsic ting life is djusted using the following djustment fctos: L n = L 10...(5.7) whee L n : Adjusted ting life in which elibility, mteil impovements, lubicting conditions, etc. e consideed L 10 : sic ting life with elibility of 90% 1 : Life djustment fcto fo elibility 2 : Life djustment fcto fo specil being popeties 3 : Life djustment fcto fo opeting conditions The life djustment fcto fo elibility, 1, is listed in Tble 5.4 fo elibilities highe thn 90%. The life djustment fcto fo specil being popeties, 2, is used to eflect impovements in being steel. NSK now uses vcuum degssed being steel, nd the esults of tests by NSK show tht life is getly impoved when comped with elie mteils. The bsic lod tings C nd C listed in the being tbles wee clculted consideing the extended life chieved by impovements in mteils nd mnufctuing techniques. Consequently, when estimting life using Eqution (5.7), it is sufficient to ssume tht is gete thn one. 10 The life djustment fcto fo opeting conditions 3 is used to djust fo vious fctos, pticully lubiction. If thee is no mislignment between the inne nd oute ings nd the thickness of the lubicting film in the contct zones of the being is sufficient, it is possible fo 3 to be gete thn one; howeve, 3 is less thn one in the following cses: When the viscosity of the lubicnt in the contct zones between the cewys nd olling elements is low. When the cicumfeentil speed of the olling elements is vey slow. When the being tempetue is high. When the lubicnt is contminted by wte o foeign mtte. When mislignment of the inne nd oute ings is excessive. It is difficult to detemine the pope vlue fo 3 fo specific opeting conditions becuse thee e still mny unknowns. Since the specil being popety fcto 2 is lso influenced by the opeting conditions, thee is poposl to combine 2 nd 3 into one quntity( 2 3 ), nd not conside them independently. In this cse, unde noml lubicting nd opeting conditions, the poduct ( 2 3 ) should be ssumed equl to one. Howeve, if the viscosity of the lubicnt is too low, the vlue dops to s low s 0.2. If thee is no mislignment nd lubicnt with high viscosity is used so sufficient fluid-film thickness is secued, the poduct of ( 2 3 ) my be bout two. When selecting being bsed on the bsic lod ting, it is best to choose n 1 elibility fcto ppopite fo the pojected use nd n empiiclly detemined C/P o f h vlue deived fom pst esults fo lubiction, tempetue, mounting conditions, etc. in simil mchines. The bsic ting life equtions (5.1), (5.2), (5.5), nd (5.6) give stisfctoy esults fo bod nge of being lods. Howeve, ext hevy lods my cuse detimentl plstic defomtion t bll/cewy contct points. When P exceeds C 0 (sic sttic lod ting) o 0.5 C, whicheve is smlle, fo dil beings o P exceeds 0.5 C fo thust beings, plese consult NSK to estblish the pplicblity of the ting ftigue life equtions. Tble 5.3 Tempetue Fcto f t eing Tempetue o C Tempetue Fcto f t Tble 5.4 Relibility Fcto 1 Relibility (%) A 26 A 27

14 SELECTION OF EARING SIZE 5.3 Clcultion of eing Lods The lods pplied on beings genelly include the weight of the body to be suppoted by the beings, the weight of the evolving elements themselves, the tnsmission powe of ges nd belting, the lod poduced by the opetion of the mchine in which the beings e used, etc. These lods cn be theoeticlly clculted, but some of them e difficult to estimte. Theefoe, it becomes necessy to coect the estimted using empiiclly deived dt Lod Fcto When dil o xil lod hs been mthemticlly clculted, the ctul lod on the being my be gete thn the clculted lod becuse of vibtion nd shock pesent duing opetion of the mchine. The ctul lod my be clculted using the following eqution: F = f w F c } F...(5.8) = f w F c whee F, F : Lods pplied on being (N), {kgf} F c, F c : Theoeticlly clculted lod (N), {kgf} f w : Lod fcto The vlues given in Tble 5.5 e usully used fo the lod fcto f w. Opeting Conditions Smooth opetion fee fom shocks Noml opetion Opetion ccompnied by shock nd vibtion Tble 5. 5 Vlues of Lod Fcto f w Typicl Applictions Electic motos, Mchine tools, Ai conditiones Ai blowes, Compessos, Elevtos, Cnes, Ppe mking mchines Constuction equipment, Cushes, Vibting sceens, Rolling mills f w 1.0 to to to eing Lods in elt o Chin Tnsmission Applictions The foce cting on the pulley o spocket wheel when powe is tnsmitted by belt o chin is clculted using the following equtions. M = H / n...(n mm) }...(5.9) = H / n...{kgf mm} P k = M /...(5.10) whee M : Toque cting on pulley o spocket wheel (N mm), {kgf mm} P k : Effective foce tnsmitted by belt o chin (N), {kgf} H : Powe tnsmitted(kw) n : Speed (min 1 ) : Effective dius of pulley o spocket wheel When clculting the lod on pulley shft, the belt tension must be included. Thus, to clculte the ctul lod K b in the cse of belt tnsmission, the effective tnsmitting powe is multiplied by the belt fcto f b, which epesents the belt tension. The vlues of the belt fcto f b fo diffeent types of belts e shown in Tble 5.6. K b = f b P k...(5.11) In the cse of chin tnsmission, the vlues coesponding to f b should be 1.25 to 1.5. Tble 5. 6 elt Fcto f b Type of elt Toothed belts 1.3 to 2.0 V belts 2.0 to 2.5 Flt belts with tension pulley 2.5 to 3.0 Flt belts 4.0 to 5.0 f b eing Lods in Ge Tnsmission Applictions The lods imposed on ges in ge tnsmissions vy ccoding to the type of ges used. In the simplest cse of spu ges, the lod is clculted s follows: M = H / n...(n mm) }...(5.12) = H / n...{kgf mm} P k = M /...(5.13) S k = P k tn θ...(5.14) K c = P k2 +S k2 = P k sec θ...(5.15) whee M : Toque pplied to ge (N. mm),{kgf. mm} P k : Tngentil foce on ge (N), {kgf} S k : Rdil foce on ge (N), {kgf} K c : Combined foce imposed on ge (N), {kgf} H : Powe tnsmitted (kw) n : Speed (min 1 ) : Pitch cicle dius of dive ge θ : Pessue ngle In ddition to the theoeticl lod clculted bove, vibtion nd shock (which depend on how ccutely the ge is finished) should be included using the ge fcto f g by multiplying the theoeticlly clculted lod by this fcto. The vlues of f g should genelly be those in Tble 5.7. When vibtion fom othe souces ccompnies ge opetion, the ctul lod is obtined by multiplying the lod fcto by this ge fcto. Tble 5. 7 Vlues of Ge Fcto f g Ge Finish Accucy Pecision gound ges 1.0~1.1 Odiny mchined ges 1.1~1.3 f g Lod Distibution on eings In the simple exmples shown in Figs. 5.5 nd 5.6. The dil lods on beings1nd 2 cn be clculted using the following equtions: F C1 = b K...(5.16) c F C2 = K...(5.17) c whee F C1 : Rdil lod pplied on being1 (N), {kgf} F C2 : Rdil lod pplied on being2 (N), {kgf} K : Shft lod (N), {kgf} When these lods e pplied simultneously, fist the dil lod fo ech should be obtined, nd then, the sum of the vectos my be clculted ccoding to the lod diection. F c C1 eing1 K eing Avege of Fluctuting Lod When the lod pplied on beings fluctutes, n vege lod which will yield the sme being life s the fluctuting lod should be clculted. (1) When the eltion between lod nd otting speed is divided into the following steps (Fig. 5.7) Lod F 1 : Speed n 1 ; Opeting time t 1 Lod F 2 : Speed n 2 ; Opeting time t 2 b FC2 Fig. 5.5 Rdil Lod Distibution (1) FC1 c K eing1 FC2 eing 2 Fig. 5.6 Rdil Lod Distibution (2) Lod F n : Speed nn ; Opeting time tn Then, the vege lod F m my be clculted using the following eqution: F m = p F 1p n1t 1+F 2p n2t F np nnt n n1t 1+ n2t nnt n...(5.18) whee F m : Avege fluctuting lod (N), {kgf} p = 3 fo bll beings p = 10/3 fo olle beings b A 28 A 29

15 SELECTION OF EARING SIZE The vege speed n m my be clculted s follows: nm = n1t 1+n2t nnt n...(5.19) t 1+ t t n (2) When the lod fluctutes lmost linely (Fig. 5.8), the vege lod my be clculted s follows: 1 F m H (F min + 2F mx )...(5.20) 3 whee F min : Minimum vlue of fluctuting lod (N), {kgf} F mx : Mximum vlue of fluctuting lod (N), {kgf} (3) When the lod fluctution is simil to sine wve (Fig. 5.9), n ppoximte vlue fo the vege lod F m my be clculted fom the following eqution: In the cse of Fig. 5.9 () F m H0.65 F mx...(5.21) In the cse of Fig. 5.9 (b) F m H0.75 F mx...(5.22) (4) When both otting lod nd sttiony lod e pplied (Fig. 5.10). F R : Rotting lod (N), {kgf} F S : Sttiony lod (N), {kgf} An ppoximte vlue fo the vege lod F m my be clculted s follows: ) Whee F R F S F S 2 F m HF R + 0.3F S (5.23) F R b) Whee F R <F S 2 F R F S F m HF S + 0.3F R (5.24) 5.4 Equivlent Lod In some cses, the lods pplied on beings e puely dil o xil lods; howeve, in most cses, the lods e combintion of both. In ddition, such lods usully fluctute in both mgnitude nd diection. In such cses, the lods ctully pplied on beings cnnot be used fo being life clcultions; theefoe, hypotheticl lod tht hs constnt mgnitude nd psses though the cente of the being, nd will give the sme being life tht the being would ttin unde ctul conditions of lod nd ottion should be estimted. Such hypotheticl lod is clled the equivlent lod. F 0 F 0 F F m m n i t i () n i t i F mx F mx Clcultion of Equivlent Lods The equivlent lod on dil beings my be clculted using the following eqution: P = XF + YF...(5.25) whee P : Equivlent Lod (N), {kgf} F : Rdil lod (N), {kgf} F : Axil lod (N), {kgf} X : Rdil lod fcto Y : Axil lod fcto The vlues of X nd Y e listed in the being tbles. The equivlent dil lod fo dil olle beings with α = 0 is P = F In genel, thust bll beings cnnot tke dil lods, but spheicl thust olle beings cn tke some dil lods. In this cse, the equivlent lod my be clculted using the following eqution: P = F + 1.2F...(5.26) F F whee Axil Lod Components in Angul Contct ll eings nd Tpeed Rolle eings The effective lod cente of both ngul contct bll beings nd tpeed olle beings is t the point of intesection of the shft cente line nd line epesenting the lod pplied on the olling element by the oute ing s shown in Fig This effective lod cente fo ech being is listed in the being tbles. When dil lods e pplied to these types of beings, component of lod is poduced in the xil diection. In ode to blnce this component lod, beings of the sme type e used in pis, plced fce to fce o bck to bck. These xil lods cn be clculted using the following eqution: F i = 0.6 F...(5.27) Y whee F i : Component lod in the xil diection (N), {kgf} F : Rdil lod (N), {kgf} Y : Axil lod fcto Assume tht dil lods F 1 nd F 2 e pplied on beings1nd 2(Fig. 5.12) espectively, nd n extenl xil lod F e is pplied s shown. If the xil lod fctos e Y 1, Y 2 nd the dil lod fcto is X, then the equivlent lods P 1, P 2 my be clculted s follows: whee F e + F 2 F 1 P 1 = XF 1 + Y 1 (F e + F 2) }... (5.28) P 2 = F 2 Y whee F e + F 2 < F 1 Y 2 Y Y 2 Y 1 P 1 = F 1 P }...(5.29) 2 = XF 2 + Y 2( 0.6 F 1 F Y 1 e) (b) Fig. 5.9 Sinusoidl Lod Vition eing I eing 2 eing I eing 2 F 1 α α F F 2 Fm F F m F mx F s F I F e F 2 () F I F e F2 (b) 0 n 1 t 1 n 2 t 2 n n t n F n 0 F min n i t i F R Fig Effective Lod Centes Fig Lods in Opposed Duplex Angement Fig. 5.7 Incementl Lod Vition Fig. 5.8 Simple Lod Fluctution Fig Rotting Lod nd Sttiony Lod A 30 A 31

16 SELECTION OF EARING SIZE 5.5 Sttic Lod Rtings nd Sttic Equivlent Lods Sttic Lod Rtings When subjected to n excessive lod o stong shock lod, olling beings my incu locl pemnent defomtion of the olling elements nd pemnent defomtion of the olling elements nd cewy sufce if the elstic limit is exceeded. The nonelstic defomtion inceses in e nd depth s the lod inceses, nd when the lod exceeds cetin limit, the smooth unning of the being is impeded. The bsic sttic lod ting is defined s tht sttic lod which poduces the following clculted contct stess t the cente of the contct e between the olling element subjected to the mximum stess nd the cewy sufce. Fo self-ligning bll beings 4 600MP {469kgf/mm 2 } Fo othe bll beings 4 200MP {428kgf/mm 2 } Fo olle beings 4 000MP {408kgf/mm 2 } In this most hevily stessed contct e, the sum of the pemnent defomtion of the olling element nd tht of the cewy is nely times the olling element's dimete. The bsic sttic lod ting C o is witten C o fo dil beings nd C o fo thust beings in the being tbles. In ddition, following the modifiction of the citei fo bsic sttic lod ting by ISO, the new C o vlues fo NSK's bll beings becme bout 0.8 to 1.3 times the pst vlues nd those fo olle beings bout 1.5 to 1.9 times. Consequently, the vlues of pemissible sttic lod fcto f s hve lso chnged, so plese py ttention to this Sttic Equivlent Lods The sttic equivlent lod is hypotheticl lod tht poduces contct stess equl to the bove mximum stess unde ctul conditions, while the being is sttiony (including vey slow ottion o oscilltion), in the e of contct between the most hevily stessed olling element nd being cewy. The sttic dil lod pssing though the being cente is tken s the sttic equivlent lod fo dil beings, while the sttic xil lod in the diection coinciding with the centl xis is tken s the sttic equivlent lod fo thust beings. () Sttic equivlent lod on dil beings The gete of the two vlues clculted fom the following equtions should be dopted s the sttic equivlent lod on dil beings. P o = X o F + Y o F...(5.30) P o = F...(5.31) whee P o : Sttic equivlent lod (N), {kgf} F : Rdil lod (N), {kgf} F : Axil lod (N), {kgf} X o : Sttic dil lod fcto Y o : Sttic xil lod fcto (b)sttic equivlent lod on thust beings P o = X o F + F α =/ 90...(5.32) whee P o : Sttic equivlent lod (N), {kgf} α : Contct ngle When F <X o F, this eqution becomes less ccute. The vlues of X o nd Y o fo Equtions (5.30) nd (5.32) e listed in the being tbles. The sttic equivlent lod fo thust olle beings with α = 90 is P o = F Pemissible Sttic Lod Fcto The pemissible sttic equivlent lod on beings vies depending on the bsic sttic lod ting nd lso thei ppliction nd opeting conditions. The pemissible sttic lod fcto f s is sfety fcto tht is pplied to the bsic sttic lod ting, nd it is defined by the tio in Eqution (5.33). The genelly ecommended vlues of f s e listed in Tble 5.8. Confoming to the modifiction of the sttic lod ting, the vlues of f s wee evised, especilly fo beings fo which the vlues of C o wee incesed, plese keep this in mind when selecting beings. C o f s =...(5.33) Po whee C o : sic sttic lod ting (N), {kgf} P o : Sttic equivlent lod (N), {kgf} Fo spheicl thust olle beings, the vlues of f s should be gete thn 4. Tble 5. 8 Vlues of Pemissible Sttic Lod Fcto f s Opeting Conditions Lowe Limit of f s ll eings Rolle eings Low-noise pplictions eings subjected to vibtion nd shock lods Stndd opeting conditions C 5.6 Mximum Pemissible Axil Lods fo Cylindicl Rolle eings Cylindicl olle beings hving inne nd oute ings with ibs, loose ibs o thust colls e cpble of sustining dil lods nd limited xil lods simultneously. The mximum pemissible xil lod is limited by n bnoml tempetue ise o het seizue due to sliding fiction between the end fces of the olles nd ib fce. The mximum pemissible xil lod fo beings of dimete seies 3 tht e continuously loded nd lubicted with gese o oil is shown in Fig Gese lubiction (Empiicl eqution) 900 (k d) C A = 9.8f { (k d) }...(N)} 2 n (5.34) 900 (k d) = f { (k d) n }...{kgf} Oil lubiction (Empiicl eqution) 490 (k d) C A = 9.8f { (k d) }...(N)} 2 n (5.35) 490 (k d) = f { (k d) n }...{kgf} A whee C A : Pemissible xil lod (N), {kgf} d : eing boe dimete n : Speed (min 1 ) kgf 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1, N 50,000 40,000 30,000 20,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1, d= ,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 Gese Lubiction n min 1 f : Lod Fcto Loding Intevl Vlue of f Continuous 1 Intemittent 2 Shot time only 3 k : Size Fcto Dimete seies Vlue of k In ddition, fo cylindicl olle beings to hve stble xil-lod cying cpcity, the following pecutions e equied fo the beings nd thei suoundings: When xil lods e pplied, dil lods must lso be pplied. Sufficient lubicnt must exist between the olle end fces nd ibs. Supeio exteme-pessue gese must be used. Sufficient unning-in should be done. The mounting ccucy must be good. The dil clence should not be moe thn necessy. In cses whee the being speed is extemely slow, the speed exceeds the limiting speed by moe thn 50%, o the boe dimete is moe thn 200mm, ceful study is necessy fo ech cse egding lubiction, cooling, etc. In such cse, plese consult with NSK. kgf 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1, C A N 50,000 40,000 30,000 20,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1, d= ,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 10,000 Oil Lubiction n min 1 Fig Pemissible Axil Lod fo Cylindicl Rolle eings Fo Dimete Seies 3 beings (k=1.0) opeting unde continuous lod nd lubicted with gese o oil. A 32 A 33

17 SELECTION OF EARING SIZE 5.7 Exmples of eing Clcultions (Exmple1) Obtin the ftigue life fcto f h of single-ow deep goove bll being 6208 when it is used unde dil lod F =2 500 N, {255kgf} nd speed n =900min 1. The bsic lod ting C of 6208 is N, {2 970kgf} (eing Tble, Pge 10). Since only dil lod is pplied, the equivlent lod P my be obtined s follows: P = F = 2 500N, {255kgf} Since the speed is n = 900min 1, the speed fcto f n cn be obtined fom the eqution in Tble 5.2 (Pge A25) o Fig. 5.3(Pge A26). f n = The ftigue life fcto f h, unde these conditions, cn be clculted s follows: f h = f C n = = 3.88 P This vlue is suitble fo industil pplictions, i conditiones being egully used, etc., nd ccoding to the eqution in Tble 5.2 o Fig. 5.4 (Pge A26), it coesponds ppoximtely to hous of sevice life. (Exmple 2) Select single-ow deep goove bll being with boe dimete of 50 mm nd outside dimete unde 100 mm tht stisfies the following conditions: Rdil lod F = 3 000N, {306kgf} Speed n =1 900min 1 sic ting life L h h The ftigue life fcto f h of bll beings with ting ftigue life longe thn hous is f h ecuse f n = 0.26, P = F = 3 000N. {306kgf} C C f h = f n = P theefoe, C 2.72 = N, {3 200kgf} 0.26 Among the dt listed in the being tble on Pge 12, 6210 should be selected s one tht stisfies the bove conditions. (Exmple3) Obtin C / P o ftigue life fcto f h when n xil lod F =1 000N, {102kgf} is dded to the conditions of (Exmple 1) When the dil lod F nd xil lod F e pplied on single-ow deep goove bll being 6208, the dynmic equivlent lod P should be clculted in ccodnce with the following pocedue. Obtin the dil lod fcto X, xil lod fcto Y nd constnt e obtinble, depending on the mgnitude of f o F /C o, fom the tble bove the single-ow deep goove bll being tble. The bsic sttic lod ting C o of bll being 6208 is N, {1 820kgf} (Pge 10) f o F /C o = / = eh0.26 nd F / F = 1 000/2 500 = 0.4>e X = 0.56 Y = 1.67 (the vlue of Y is obtined by line intepoltion) Theefoe, the dynmic equivlent lod P is P = XF + YF = = 3 070N, {313kgf} C = = 9.48 P C f h = f n = = 3.16 P This vlue of f h coesponds ppoximtely to hous fo bll beings. (Exmple 4) Select spheicl olle being of seies 231 stisfying the following conditions: Rdil lod F = N, {4 950kgf} Axil lod F = 8 000N, {816kgf} Speed n = 500min 1 sic ting life L h h The vlue of the ftigue life fcto f h which mkes L h h is bigge thn 3.45 fom Fig. 5.4 (Pge A26). The dynmic equivlent lod P of spheicl olle beings is given by: when F / F e P = XF + YX = F + Y 3 F when F / F >e P = XF + YF = 0.67 F + Y 2 F F / F = 8 000/ = 0.18 We cn see in the being tble tht the vlue of e is bout 0.3 nd tht of Y 3 is bout 2.2 fo beings of seies 231: Theefoe, P = XF + YF = F + Y 3 F = = N, {6 380kgf} Fom the ftigue life fcto f h, the bsic lod ting cn be obtined s follows: C f h = f n = P consequently, C N, {50 000kgf} Among spheicl olle beings of seies 231 stisfying this vlue of C, the smllest is 23126CE4 (C = N, {51 500kgf}) Once the being is detemined, substitude the vlue of Y 3 in the eqution nd obtin the vlue of P. P = F + Y 3 F = = N, {6 550kgf} C L h = 500 ( f n ) 10 3 P = 500 (0.444 ) C 10 3 = H32 000h (Exmple 5) Assume tht tpeed olle beings HR30305DJ nd HR30206J e used in bck-to-bck ngement s shown in Fig. 5.14, nd the distnce between the cup bck fces is 50mm. Clculte the bsic ting life of ech being when beside the dil lod F = 5 500N, {561kgf}, xil lod F e =2 000N,{204kgf} e pplied to HR30305DJ s shown in Fig The speed is 600min N,{204kgf} eing I HR30305DJ N {561kgf} 23.9 Fig Lods on Tpeed Rolle eings eing II HR30206J To distibute the dil lod F on beings1nd2, the effective lod centes must be locted fo tpeed olle beings. Obtin the effective lod cente fo beings 1nd2 fom the being tble, then obtin the eltive position of the dil lod F nd effective lod centes. The esult will be s shown in Fig Consequently, the dil lod pplied on beings1(hr30305dj) nd 2 (HR30206J) cn be obtined fom the following equtions: 23.9 F 1 = = 1 569N, {160kgf} F 2 = = 3 931N, {401kgf} 83.8 Fom the dt in the being tble, the following vlues e obtined; eings sic dynmic lod ting C (N) {kgf} Axil lod fcto Y 1 Constnt eing1(hr30305dj) {3 900} Y 1 = eing2(hr30206j) {4 400} Y 2 = When dil lods e pplied on tpeed olle beings, n xil lod component is poduced, which must be consideed to obtin the dynmic equivlent dil lod (Refe to Pgph 5.4.2, Pge A31). e A 34 A 35

18 SELECTION OF EARING SIZE F e F 2 = Y = 3 474N, {354kgf} 0.6 F 1 = = 1 290N, {132kgf} Y Theefoe, with this being ngement, the xil lod 0.6 F e + F 2 is pplied on being1but not on Y 2 being2. Fo being1 F 1 = 1 569N, {160kgf} F 1 = 3 474N, {354kgf} since F 1 / F 1 = 2.2>e = 0.83 the dynmic equivlent lod P 1 = XF 1 + Y 1 F 1 = = 3 164N, {323kgf} C The ftigue life fcto f h = f n = = nd the ting ftigue life L h = = h Fo being2 since F 2 = 3 931N, {401kgf}, F 2 = 0 the dynmic equivlent lod P 2 = F 2 = 3 931N, {401kgf} the ftigue life fcto C f h = f n = = 4.59 P nd the ting ftigue life L h = = h e obtined. Remks Fo fce-to-fce ngements (DF type), plese contct NSK. P1 (Exmple 6) Select being fo speed educe unde the following conditions: Opeting conditions Rdil lod F = N, {25 000kgf} Axil lod F = N, {5 000kgf} Speed n = 500min 1 Size limittion Shft dimete: 300mm oe of housing: Less thn 500mm In this ppliction, hevy lods, shocks, nd shft deflection e expected; theefoe, spheicl olle beings e ppopite. The following spheicl olle beings stisfy the bove size limittion (efe to Pge 192) d D eing No. sic dynmic lod ting C (N) {kgf} Constnt Fcto CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE since F / F = 0.20<e the dynmic equivlent lod P is P = F + Y 3 F Judging fom the ftigue life fcto f h in Tble 5.1 nd exmples of pplictions (efe to Pge A25), vlue of f h, between 3 nd 5 seems ppopite. C f h = f C n = = 3 to 5 P F + Y 3 F Assuming tht Y 3 = 2.1, then the necessy bsic lod ting C cn be obtined C = (F + Y 3 F ) (3 to 5) = ( ) (3 to 5) = to N, { to kgf} The beings which stisfy this nge e 23160CAE4, nd 24160CAE4. e Y 3 The speed of olling beings is subject to cetin limits. When beings e opeting, the highe the speed, the highe the being tempetue due to fiction. The limiting speed is the empiiclly obtined vlue fo the mximum speed t which beings cn be continuously opeted without filing fom seizue o genetion of excessive het. Consequently, the limiting speed of beings vies depending on such fctos s being type nd size, cge fom nd mteil, lod, lubicting method, nd het dissipting method including the design of the being's suoundings. The limiting speeds fo beings lubicted by gese nd oil e listed in the being tbles. The limiting speeds in the tbles e pplicble to beings of stndd design nd subjected to noml lods, i. e. C/P 12 nd F /F 0.2 ppoximtely. The limiting speeds fo oil lubiction listed in the being tbles e fo conventionl oil bth lubiction. Some types of lubicnts e not suitble fo high speed, even though they my be mkedly supeio in othe espects. When speeds e moe thn 70 pecent of the listed limiting speed, it is necessy to select n oil o gese which hs good high speed chcteistics. (Refe to) Tble 12.2 Gese Popeties (Pges A110 nd 111) Tble 12.5 Exmple of Selection of Lubicnt fo eing Opeting Conditions (Pge A113) Tble 15.8 nds nd Popeties of Lubicting Gese (Pges A138 to A141) 6.1 Coection of Limiting Speed When the being lod P exceeds 8% of the bsic lod ting C, o when the xil lod F exceeds 20% of the dil lod F, the limiting speed must be coected by multiplying the limiting speed found in the being tbles by the coection fcto shown in Figs. 6.1 nd 6.2. When the equied speed exceeds the limiting speed of the desied being; then the ccucy gde, intenl clence, cge type nd mteil, lubiction, etc., must be cefully studied in ode to select being cpble of the equied speed. In such cse, focedcicultion oil lubiction, jet lubiction, oil mist lubiction, o oil-i lubiction must be used. If ll these conditions e consideed. The mximum pemissible speed my be coected by multiplying the limiting speed found in the being tbles by the coection fcto shown in Tble 6.1. It is ecommended tht NSK be consulted egding high speed pplictions. 6. LIMITING SPEED Coection Fcto Coection Fcto 6.2 Limiting Speed fo Rubbe Contct Sels fo ll eings The mximum pemissible speed fo contct ubbe seled beings (DDU type) is detemined minly by the sliding sufce speed of the inne cicumfeence of the sel. Vlues fo the limiting speed e listed in the being tbles C/P Fig. 6.1 Limiting Speed Coection Fcto Vition with Lod Rtio Angul Contct ll gs. Deep Goove ll gs Spheicl Rolle gs. Tpeed Rolle gs F /F Fig. 6.2 Limiting Speed Coection Fcto fo Combined Rdil nd Axil Lods Tble 6.1 Limiting Speed Coection Fcto fo High-Speed Applictions eing Types Coection Fcto Cylindicl Rolle gs.(single ow) 2 Needle Rolle gs.(except bod width) 2 Tpeed Rolle gs. 2 Spheicl Rolle gs. 1.5 Deep Gooove ll gs. 2.5 Angul Contct ll gs.(except mtched beings) 1.5 A 36 A 37

19 7. OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS 7.1 oundy Dimensions nd Dimensions of Snp Ring Gooves oundy Dimensions The boundy dimensions of olling beings, which e shown in Figs.7.1 though 7.5, e the dimensions tht define thei extenl geomety. They include boe dimete d, outside dimete D, width, being width(o height) T, chmfe dimension, etc. It is necessy to know ll of these dimensions when mounting being on shft nd in housing. These boundy dimensions hve been intentionlly stnddized (ISO15) nd dopted by JIS 1512 (oundy Dimensions of Rolling eings). The boundy dimensions nd dimension seies of dil beings, tpeed olle beings, nd thust beings e listed in Tble 7.1 to 7.3 (Pges A40 to A49). In these boundy dimension tbles, fo ech boe numbe, which pescibes the boe dimete, othe boundy dimensions e listed fo ech dimete seies nd dimension seies. A vey lge numbe of seies e possible; howeve, not ll of them e commecilly vilble so moe cn be dded in the futue. Acoss the top of ech being tble (7.1 to 7.3), epesenttive being types nd seies symbols e shown (efe to Tble 7.5, eing Seies Symbols, Pge A55). The eltive coss-sectionl dimensions of dil beings (except tpeed olle beings) nd thust beings fo the vious seies clssifictions e shown in Figs. 7.6 nd 7.7 espectively. Width Seies Dimete Seies Dimensions of Snp Ring Gooves nd Locting Snp Rings The dimensions of Snp ing gooves in the oute sufces of beings e specified by ISO 464. Also, the dimensions nd ccucy of the locting snp ings themselves e specified by ISO 464. The dimensions of snp ing gooves nd locting snp ing fo beings of dimete seies 8, 9, 0, 2, 3, nd 4, e shown in Tble 7.4 (Pges A50 to A53). Fig. 7.1 oundy Dimensions of Rdil ll nd Rolle eings T C 1 1 Fig. 7.2 Tpeed Rolle eings T Fig. 7.3 Single-Diection Thust ll eings T Fig. 7.4 Double-Diection Thust ll eings T 2 T 1 Dimension seies Dimete Seies Height Seies Fig. 7.7 Compison of Coss Sections of Thust eings (except Dimete Seies 5) fo Vious Dimension Seies Dimension Seies T Fig. 7.6 Compison of Coss Sections of Rdil eings (except Tpeed Rolle eings) fo vious Dimensionl Seies Fig. 7.5 Spheicl Thust Rolle eings A 38 A 39

20 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS A 40 Single-Row ll gs. Double-Row ll gs. Cylindicl Rolle gs. Needle Rolle gs. Spheicl Rolle gs. Tble 7. 1 oundy Dimensions of Rdil eings (except Tpeed Rolle eings) 1 68 N28 NN38 NN48 N19 N29 NN39 NN49 N10 N20 NN30 NN40 NA48 NA49 NA59 NA Dimete Seies 7 Dimete Seies 8 Dimete Seies 9 Dimete Seies 0 Dimension Seies Dimension Seies Dimension Dimension Seies Dimension Seies Dimension Seies Dimension Seies Seies d D ~37 D ~68 D ~39 49~69 D ~60 (min) (min) (min) (min) / / / oe Numbe Units: mm A / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Remks The chmfe dimensions listed in this tble do not necessily pply to the following chmfes: () Chmfes of the gooves in oute ings tht hve snp ing gooves. (b) Fo thin section cylindicl olle beings, the chmfes on side without ib nd being boe (in cse of n inne ing) o oute sufce (in cse of n oute ing). (c) Fo ngul contct bll beings, the chmfes between the font fce nd boe (in cse of n inne ing) o oute sufce (in cse of n oute ing). (d) Chmfes on inne ings of beings with tpeed boes.

21 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS A 42 oe Numbe Single-Row ll gs. Double-Row ll gs. Cylindicl Rolle gs. Needle Rolle gs. Spheicl Rolle gs. d D NN 31 N 2 N 22 N Dimete Seies 1 Dimension Seies Dimension Seies ~41 Tble 7. 1 oundy Dimensions of Rdil eings (except Tpeed Rolle eings) 2 (min) Dimete Seies 2 Dimension Seies Dimension Seies ~ / / / D (min) D N 3 N 23 N 33 N Dimete Seies 3 Dimension Seies Dimension Seies ~33 (min) Dimete Seies 4 Dimension Seies ~ D Units: mm Dimension Seies (min) / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Remks The chmfe dimensions listed in this tble do not necessily pply to the following chmfes: () Chmfes of the gooves in oute ings tht hve snp ing gooves. (b) Fo thin section cylindicl olle beings, the chmfes on side without ib nd being boe (in cse of n inne ing) o oute sufce (in cse of n oute ing). (c) Fo ngul contct bll beings, the chmfes between the font fce nd boe (in cse of n inne ing) o oute sufce (in cse of n oute ing). (d) Chmfes on inne ings of beings with tpeed boes. A 43

22 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS Tble 7. 2 oundy Dimensions of Tpeed Rolle eings Units: mm Tpeed Rolle gs X o 303D Tpeed Rolle gs. Dimete Seies 9 Dimete Seies 0 Dimete Seies 1 Dimete Seies 2 Dimete Seies 3 oe Numbe d D Dimension Seies C T C T Chmfe Dimension Seies Dimension Seies Chmfe Dimension Seies Chmfe Dimension Dimension Dimension Cone Cup Cone Cup 31 Cone Cup D (min) C T C T (min) C T (min) D D Dimension Seies Dimension Seies Dimension Seies Chmfe Dimension Cone Cup C T C T C T (min) D Dimension Seies 03 Dimension Seies Dimension Seies Chmfe Dimension Cone Cup C C ( 1 ) T C T C T (min) d oe Numbe / / / / / / Remks Remks Remks Remks 1. Othe seies not confoming to this tble e lso specified by ISO. 2. In the Dimension Seies of Dimete Seies 9, Clssifiction1is those specified by the old stndd, Clssifiction2 is those specified by the ISO. 2. Dimension Seies not clssified confom to dimensions (D,, C, T) specified by ISO. 3. The chmfe dimensions listed e the minimum pemissible dimensions specified by ISO. They do not pply to chmfes on the font fce. Note ( 1 ) Regding steep-slope being 303D, in DIN, the one coesponding to 303D of JIS is numbeed 313. Fo beings with boe dimetes lge thn 100 mm, those of dimension seies 13 e numbeed 313. A 44 A 45

23 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS Tble 7. 3 oundy Dimensions of Thust eings (Flt Sets) 1 Thust ll gs. Spheicl Thust Rolle gs Units: mm Thust ll gs. Spheicl Thust Rolle gs. Dimete Seies 0 Dimension Seies Dimete Seies 1 Dimete Seies 2 Dimete Seies 3 Dimension Seies Dimete Seies 4 Dimete Seies 5 Dimension Seies Dimension Seies oe Numbe d D T (min) D Dimension Seies Dimension Seies (min) D (min) 1(min) Centl Wshe T T d 2 D (min) 1 (min) Centl Wshe T d D (min) 1 (min) D Centl Wshe T d 2 95 T (min) d oe Numbe Remks Remks 1. Dimension Seies 22, 23, nd 24 e double diection beings. 2. The mximum pemissible outside dimete of shft nd centl wshes nd minimum pemissible boe dimete of housing wshes e omitted hee. (Refe to the being tbles fo Thust eings). A 46 A 47

24 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS Tble 7. 3 oundy Dimensions of Thust eings (Flt Sets) 2 Thust ll gs. Spheicl Thust Rolle gs Units: mm Thust ll gs. Spheicl Thust Rolle gs. Dimete Seies 0 Dimension Seies Dimete Seies 1 Dimete Seies 2 Dimete Seies 3 Dimension Seies Dimete Seies 4 Dimete Seies 5 Dimension Seies Dimension Seies oe Numbe d D T (min) D Dimension Seies Dimension Seies (min) D (min) 1(min) Centl Wshe T T d 2 D (min) 1 (min) Centl Wshe T d D (min) 1 (min) D Centl Wshe T d 2 95 T (min) d oe Numbe / / / / / / / / / / / / / /710 / / / / / /850 / / / / / /1000 / / / / / /1180 / / / / / /1400 / / / / / /1700 / / / / / /2000 / / / / / / / /2500 Remks Remks 1. Dimension Seies 22, 23, nd 24 e double diection beings. 2. The mximum pemissible outside dimete of shft nd centl wshes nd minimum pemissible boe dimete of housing wshes e omitted hee. (Refe to the beings tbles fo Thust eings). A 48 A 49

25 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS Tble 7. 4 Dimensions of Snp Ring Gooves nd Locting Snp Rings (1) eings of Dimension Seies 18 nd 19 N b 0 Side Cove f Housing g (Geomety of locting snp ing fitted in goove) N e 1 x 2 Units: mm A 50 Applicble eings Snp Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Position Snp Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Rdius of d Dimete Width ottom D eing Dimension Seies Cones D Dimension Seies 1 b mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Remks The minimum pemissible chmfe dimensions N on the snp-ing-goove side of the oute ings e s follows: Dimension seies 18 : Fo outside dimetes of 78mm nd less, use 0.3mm chmfe. Fo ll othes exceeding 78mm, use 0.5mm chmfe. Dimension seies 19 : Fo outside dimetes of 24mm nd less, use 0.2mm chmfe. Fo 47mm nd less, use 0.3mm chmfe. Fo ll othes exceeding 47mm, use 0.5mm chmfe. Locting Snp Ring Numbe Coss Sectionl Height e Locting Snp Ring Thickness f Geomety of snp ing fitted in goove (Refeence) Slit Width g Snp Ring Outside Dimete D 2 Side Cove Stepped oe Dimete (Refeence) mx min mx min ppox mx min NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR D X A 51

26 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS Tble 7. 4 Dimensions of Snp Ring Gooves nd Locting Snp Rings (2) eing of Dimete Seies 0, 2, 3, nd 4 N b 0 Side Cove f Housing e g (Geomety of locting snp ing fitted in goove) N x 2 1 Applicble eings Snp Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Position Snp Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Rdius d of Dimete Width eing Dimete Seies ottom Cones D D Dimete Seies 1 b 0 2, 3, mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Locting Snp Ring Numbe Coss Sectionl Height e Locting Snp Ring Thickness f Geomety of snp ing fitted in goove (Refeence) Slit Width g Snp Ring Outside Dimete D 2 Units: mm Side Cove Stepped oe Dimete (Refeence) mx min mx min ppox mx min D X NR 026 ( 1 ) NR 028 ( 1 ) NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR A 52 Note ( 1 ) The locting snp ings nd snp ing gooves of these beings e not specified by ISO. Remks 1. The dimensions of these snp ing gooves e not pplicble to beings of dimension seies 00, 82, nd The minimum pemissible chmfe dimension N on the snp-ing side of oute ings is 0.5mm. Howeve, fo beings of dimete seies 0 hving outside dimetes 35mm nd below, it is 0.3mm. A 53

27 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS 7.2 Fomultion of eing Numbes eing numbes e lphnumeic combintions tht indicte the being type, boundy dimensions, dimensionl nd unning ccucies, intenl clence, nd othe elted specifictions. They consist of bsic numbes nd supplementy symbols. The boundy dimensions of commonly used beings mostly confom to the ogniztionl concept of ISO, nd the being numbes of these stndd beings e specified by JIS 1513 (eing Numbes fo Rolling eings). Due to need fo moe detiled clssifiction, NSK uses uxiliy symbols othe thn those specified by JIS. eing numbes consist of bsic numbe nd supplementy symbols. The bsic numbe indictes the being seies(type) nd the width nd dimete seies s shown in Tble 7.5. sic numbes, supplementy symbols, nd the menings of common numbes nd symbols e listed in Tble 7.6 (Pges A56 nd A57). The contct ngle symbols nd othe supplementy designtions e shown in successive columns fom left to ight in Tble 7.6. Fo efeence, some exmples of being designtions e shown hee: (Exmple 1) ZZ C3 (Exmple 2)7 2 20ADC3 Rdil Clence C3 (Intenl Clence Symbol) Shields on oth Sides (Shield Symbol) eing oe 40mm (oe Numbe) Dimete Seies 3 Single-Row Deep Goove ll eing } eing Seies Symbol Axil Clence C3 ck-to-ck Angement Contct Angle 30 o eing oe 100mm Dimete Seies 2 Single-Row Angul Contct ll eing (Exmple 3) K +H206X Adpte with 25 mm oe Tpeed oe (Tpe 1:12) eing oe 30mm Dimete Seies 2 Self-Aligning ll eing (Exmple 4) NU M CM (Exmple 5) NN K CC1 P4 (Exmple 6)HR (Exmple 7) (Exmple 8) J Rdil Clence fo Electic-Moto eings CM Mchined ss Cge eing oe 90mm Dimete Seies 3 NU Type Cylindicl Rolle eing Accucy of ISO Clss 4 Rdil Clence in Non- Intechngeble Cylindicl Rolle eings CC1 Tpeed oe (Tpe 1:12) eing oe 85mm Dimete Seies 0 Width Seies 3 NN Type Cylindicl Rolle eing Smll Dimete of Cup Rcewy nd Contct Angle Confom to ISO eing oe 35mm Dimete Seies 2 Width Seies 0 Tpeed Rolle eing High Cpcity eing /1000 M K30 E4 C3 Rdil Clence C3 Oute Ring with Oil Goove nd Oil Holes Tpeed oe (Tpe 1:30) Mchined ss Cge eing oe 1000mm Dimete Seies 0 Width Seies 4 Spheicl Rolle eing eing oe 75mm Dimete Seies 2 Height Seies 1 Thust ll eing eing Type Single-Row Deep Goove ll eings Single-Row Angul Contct ll eings Self-Aligning ll eings Single-Row Cylindicl Rolle eings eing Seies Symbols Type Symbols Dimension Symbols Width Symbols Dimete Symbols 68 6 (1) (1) (1) (0) (0) (1) (1) (0) (0) (0) (0) 3 22 (1) (1) 2 3 NU10 NU 1 0 NU20 NU (0) 2 NU22 NU 2 2 NU30 NU (0) 3 NU23 NU 2 3 NU40 NU (0) 4 NJ20 NJ (0) 2 NJ22 NJ 2 2 NJ30 NJ (0) 3 NJ23 NJ 2 3 NJ40 NJ (0) 4 NUP20 NUP (0) 2 NUP22 NUP 2 2 NUP30 NUP (0) 3 NUP23 NUP 2 3 NUP40 NUP (0) 4 N10 N 1 0 N20 N (0) 2 N30 N (0) 3 N40 N (0) 4 NF2 NF (0) 2 NF3 NF (0) 3 NF4 NF (0) 4 Tble 7. 5 eing Seies Symbols eing Type Double-Row Cylindicl Rolle eings Needle Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings Thust ll eings with Flt Sets Spheicl Thust Rolle eings eing Seies Symbols Type Symbols Note ( 1 ) eing Seies Symbol 213 should logiclly be 203, but customily it is numbeed 213. Remks Numbes in ( ) in the column of width symbols e usully omitted fom the being numbe. Dimension Symbols Width Symbols o Height Symbols Dimete Symbols NNU49 NNU 4 9 NN30U NNU 3 0 NA48 NA 4 8 NA49 NA 4 9 NA59 NA 5 9 NA69 NA ( 1 ) A 54 A 55

28 OUNDARY DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFYING NUMERS FOR EARINGS Tble 7. 6 Fomultion of eing Numbes A 56 eing Seies Symbols ( 1 ) sic Numbes oe Numbe Contct Angle Symbol Intenl Design Symbol Mteil Symbol Cge Symbol Extenl Fetues Sels, Shields Symbol Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Symbol Mening ( 68 Single-Row eing 1 1mm Angul oe A Intenl Design g Cse-Hdened M Mchined Z Shield Deep Contct 69 ll) Diffes fom Steel Used in ss Cge 2 2 ZS } on One Goove ll eings Stndd One Rings, Rolling Side 60 eings A Stndd Elements Only 3 3 : Contct Angle J Smlle Dimete of of 30 Oute Ring 70 Single-Row Rcewy, Contct Angul 72 Angle, nd Oute ZZ Shields Contct ll A5 Stndd Ring Width of W Pessed ZZS } on oth eings Contct Angle Tpeed Rolle Steel Cge Sides h : of 25 Stinless Steel eings Confom to ISO 355 Used in Rings, 12 Self- Rolling Elements Aligning ll 13 Stndd eings Contct Angle DU Contct 22 of 40 Rubbe Sel : on One Side T Synthetic Only NU10 Cylindicl Resin Cge Rolle NJ 2 C Stndd eings / Contct Angle ( Fo High Cpcity eings ) N 3 of 15 DDU Contct / Rubbe NN 30 Sels on : / C V oth Sides NA48 NA49 NA69 : : : : : Needle Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings ( 2 ) Spheicl Rolle eings Thust ll eing with Flt Sets Spheicl Thust Rolle eings HR( 4 ) High Cpcity Tpeed Rolle eings 04( 3 ) / / / / / ( Tpeed Rolle ) eings Omitted Contct Angle Less thn 17 Symbols nd Numbes Confom to JIS( 5 ) C D Contct Angle bout 20 Contct Angle bout 28 CA CD EA E E Spheicl Rolle eings Cylindicl Rolle eings Spheicl Thust Rolle eings NSK Symbol Without Cge Mked on eings Not Mked on eings Notes ( 1 ) eing Seies Symbols confom to Tble 7.5. ( 2 ) Fo bsic numbes of tpeed olle beings in ISO's new seies, efe to Pge 107. ( 3 ) Fo eing oe Numbes 04 though 96, five times the boe numbe gives the boe size (except doublediection thust bll beings). ( 4 ) HR is pefix to being seies symbols nd it is NSK's oiginl pefix. V VV Non- Contct Rubbe Sel on One Side Only Non- Contct Rubbe Sels on oth Sides NSK Symbol Auxiliy Symbols Symbol Symbol fo Design of Rings E4 N NR Ptilly the sme s JIS( 5 ) Angement Symbol Sme s JIS( 5 ) Intenl Clence Symbol Pelod Symbol CC1 CC2 CC CC3 CC4 CC5 MC1 MC2 MC3 MC4 MC5 MC6 CM CT CM Fo All Rdil gs. Fo Non-Intechngeble Cylindicl Rolle gs. Fo Ext-Smll nd Minitue ll gs. Tolence Clss Symbol P2 ISO Clss 2 ( AMA( 7 ) Tpeed olle being ) Omitted Clss 4 PN2 Clss 2 PN3 Clss 3 PN0 Clss 0 PN00 Clss 00 Specil Specifiction Symbol X29 S11 Spce o Sleeve Symbol H AH HJ Gese Symbol Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Symbol Mening (dil clence) Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Symbol Mening Clence Less thn K Tpeed D ck-to- C1 C2 Omitted ISO Noml eings +K eings AS2 Shell Alvni oe of ck Inne Ring Angement Clence Less thn teted fo with Oute Gese S2 C2 Ring (Tpe 1:12) CN ( Dimensionl ) Spces Omitted P6 ISO Clss 6 Stbiliztion CN Clence ENS ENS Gese DF Fce-to- +L eings Fce Clence Gete Angement C3 thn CN X26 Woking with Inne K30 Tpeed Tempetue Ring Clence Gete P6X ISO Clss 6X NS7 oe of C4 Lowe thn Spces NS Hi-lube thn C3 Inne Ring 150 C (Tpe 1:30) DT Tndem Clence Gete C5 thn C4 +KL eings Angement P5 ISO Clss 5 X28 Woking with oth PS2 Multemp PS Clence Less thn Tempetue Inne nd No. 2 CC2 Lowe thn Oute Ring 200 C Spces E Clence Less thn CC P4 ISO Clss 4 Notch o Lubicting Goove in Ring Lubicting Goove in Outside Sufce nd Holes in Oute Ring Snp Ring Goove in Oute Ring Snp Ring Goove with Snp Ring in Oute Ring Noml Clence Clence Gete thn CC Clence Gete thn CC3 Clence Gete thn CC4 Clence Less thn MC2 Clence Less thn MC3 Noml Clence Clence Gete thn MC3 Clence Gete thn MC4 Clence Gete thn MC5 Clence in Deep Goove ll eings fo Electic Motos Clence in Cylindicl Rolle eings fo Electic Motos ( Pelod ll eing of Angul Contct ) EL Ext light Pelod L Light Pelod M Medium Pelod H Hevy Pelod Ptilly the NSK Symbol sme s JIS( 5 )/ Sme s JIS( 5 ) NSK Symbol, Ptilly the sme s JIS( 5 ) AS( 6 ) In Pinciple, Mked on eings Not Mked on eings Notes ( 5 ) JIS : Jpnese Industil Stndds. ( 6 ) AS : The Jpn eing Industil Assocition Stndd. ( 7 ) AMA : The Ameicn eing Mnufctues Assocition. Woking Tempetue Lowe thn 250 C ( Spheicl Rolle eings ) Dimensionl Stbilizing Tetment Woking Tempetue Lowe thn 200 C Adpte Designtion Withdwl Sleeve Designtion Thust Coll Designtion A 57

29 8. EARING TOLERANCES 8.1 eing Tolence Stndds The tolences fo the boundy dimensions nd unning ccucy of olling beings e specified by ISO 492/199/582 (Accucies of Rolling eings). Tolences e specified fo the following items: Accucy of Rolling eings eing Types Tolences fo Dimensions Items necessy to mount ( ) beings on shfts o in housings Running Accucy Items necessy to specify the unout of ( otting mchine pts ) Tble 8. 1 eing Types nd Tolence Clsses Regding being ccucy clsses, besides ISO noml ccucy, s the ccucy impoves thee e Clss 6X (fo tpeed olle beings), Clss 6, Clss 5, Clss 4, nd Clss 2, with Clss 2 being the highest in ISO. The pplicble ccucy clsses fo ech being type nd the coespondence of these clsses e shown in Tble 8.1. Applicble Tolence Clsses Tolences fo boe nd outside dimetes, ing width nd being width Tolences fo inscibed nd cicumscibed cicle dimetes of olles Tolences fo chmfe dimensions Tolences fo width vition Tolences fo tpeed boe dimetes Pemissible dil unout of inne nd oute ings Pemissible fce unout with cewy inne nd oute ings Pemissible inne ing fce unout with boe Pemissible oute ing vition of outside sufce genetix inclintion with fce Pemissible cewy to bck fce thickness vition of thust beings Deep Goove ll eings Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Applicble Refeence Tbles Pges (Refeence) Rough definitions of the items listed fo Running Accucy nd thei mesuing methods e shown in Fig. 8.1, nd they e descibed in detil in ISO 5593 (Rolling eings-vocbuly) nd JIS 1515 (Mesuing Methods fo Rolling eings) nd elsewhee. Mesuing Weight 1 C 2 Mesuing Weight A (mx) 1.2 D A (mx) 1.2 Stops (t two points) C Supplementy Tble Running Accucy Stops t two points fo inside o outside sufce Fig. 8.1 Mesuing Methods fo Running Accucy (summized) Inne Ring Oute Ring E Dil Guge K i Rotting Sttiony A K e Sttiony Rotting A S i Rotting Sttiony 1 S e Sttiony Rotting 2 S d Rotting Sttiony C S D Rotting D S i, S e Only the shft o housing o centl wshe is to be otted. Suppoting pins t thee points ound cicumfeence E Equivlent stndds (Refeence) Angul Contct ll eings Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Self-Aligning ll eings Noml Clss 6 equivlent Clss 5 equivlent Tble A60 Cylindicl Rolle eings Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss to A63 Needle Rolle eings (solid type) Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Spheicl Rolle eings Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Tpeed Metic Noml Clss 5 Clss 4 Tble A64 Design Clss 6X 8.3 to A67 Rolle eings Inch Design ANSI/AMA ANSI/AMA ANSI/AMA ANSI/AMA ANSI/AMA Tble A68 CLASS 4 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 0 CLASS nd A69 Mgneto eings Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Tble 8.5 A70 nd A71 Thust ll eings Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Tble 8.4 A72 to A74 Spheicl Thust Rolle eings Noml Tble 8.7 A75 JIS( 1 ) Clss 0 Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 DIN( 2 ) P0 P6 P5 P4 P2 ll AEC 1 AEC 3 AEC 5 AEC 7 AEC 9 Tble A60 eings (CLASS 5P) (CLASS 7P) (CLASS 9P) 8.2 to A63 ANSI/ Rolle Tble (A76 AMA( REC 1 REC 3 REC 5 3 ) eings [ 8.8 ] nd A77) Tpeed Rolle Tble CLASS 4 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 0 CLASS 00 (A68 eings [ 8.4 ] nd A69) Notes ( 1 ) JIS : Jpnese Industil Stndds ( 2 ) DIN : Deutsch Industie Nom ( 3 ) ANSI/AMA : The Ameicn eing Mnufctues Assocition Remks The pemissible limit of chmfe dimensions shll confom to Tble 8.9 (Pge A78), nd the tolences nd pemissible tpeed boe dimetes shll confom to Tble 8.10 (Pge A80). Symbols fo oundy Dimensions nd Running Accucy A 58 A 59 d & ds & dmp V dp V dmp & s V s K i S d S i g boe di., nominl Devition of single boe di. Single plne men boe di. devition oe di. Vition in single dil plne Men boe di. Vition Inne ing width, nominl Devition of single inne ing width Inne ing width vition Rdil unout of ssembles bg inne ing inne ing efeence fce (bckfce, whee pplicble) unout with boe Assembled bg inne ing fce (bck fce) unout with cewy S i, S e Rcewy to bckfce thickness vition of thust bg T & Ts g width, nominl Devition of the ctul bg width D & Ds & Dmp V Dp V Dmp C & Cs V Cs K e S D S e g outside di., nominl Devition of single outside di. Single plne men outside di. Devition Outside di. Vition in single dil plne Men outside di. Vition Oute ing width, nominl Devition of single oute ing width Oute ing width vition Rdil unout of ssembled bg oute ing Vition of bg outside sufce genetix inclintion with oute ing efeence fce (bckfce) Assembled bg oute ing fce (bckfce) unout with cewy C T

30 EARING TOLERANCES Tble 8. 2 Tolences fo Rdil eings Tble Tolences fo Inne Rings nd & dmp ( 2 ) & ds ( 2 ) Nominl oe Dimete d Clss 4 Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Dimete Seies Clss 2 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 ove incl high low high low high low high low high low high low high low 0.6( 1 ) (excluding Tpeed Rolle eings) Widths of Oute Rings V dp ( 2 ) V dmp ( 2 ) Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Dimete Seies Dimete Seies Dimete Seies Dimete Seies Dimete Seies Noml 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4 9 0,1,2,3,4 9 0,1,2,3,4 0,1,2,3,4 mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Units : µm & s (o & Cs )( 3 ) V s (o V Cs ) Inne Ring (o Single eing Combined eings ( 4 ) Oute Ring) ( Inne Ring 3 ) Noml Clss 5 Clss 2 Noml Clss 5 Clss 2 Noml Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss 6 Clss 4 Clss 6 Clss high low high low high low high low high low high low mx mx mx mx mx Notes ( 1 ) 0.6mm is included in the goup. ( 2 ) Applicble to beings with cylindicl boes. ( 3 ) Tolence fo width devition nd tolence limits fo the width vition of the oute ing should be the sme being. Tolences fo the width vition of the oute ing of Clss 5, 4, nd 2 e shown in Tble ( 4 ) Applicble to individul ings mnufctued fo combined beings. ( 5 ) Applicble to bll beings such s deep goove bll beings, ngul contct bll beings, etc. K i S d S i ( 5 ) Nominl oe Dimete d Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx ove incl ( 1 ) Remks 1. The cylindicl boe dimete "no-go side" tolence limit (high) specified in this tble does not necessily pply within distnce of 1.2 times the chmfe dimension (mx) fom the ing fce. 2. AMA Std : AEC1 REC1, AEC3 REC3, AEC5 REC5, AEC7 REC7, nd AEC9 REC9 e equivlent to Clsses Noml, 6, 5, 4, nd 2 espectively. A 60 A 61

31 EARING TOLERANCES Tble 8. 2 Tolences fo Rdil eings Tble Tolences (excluding Tpeed Rolle eings) fo Oute Rings Nominl Outside Dimete D & Dmp Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Clss 4 Dimete Seies 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 & Ds Clss 2 ove incl high low high low high low high low high low high low high low 2.5( 1 ) Notes ( 1 ) 2.5mm is included in the goup. ( 2 ) Applicble only when locting snp ing is not used. ( 3 ) Applicble to bll beings such s deep goove bll beings nd ngul contct bll beings. ( 4 ) The tolences fo oute ing width vition of beings of Clsses Noml nd 6 e shown in Tble Remks 1. The outside dimete "no-go side" tolences (low) specified in this tble do not necessily pply within distnce of 1.2 times the chmfe dimension (mx) fom the ing fce. 2. AMA Std : AEC1 REC1, AEC3 REC3, AEC5 REC5, AEC7 REC7, nd AEC9 REC9 e equivlent to Clsses Noml, 6, 5, 4, nd 2 espectively. Noml V Dp ( 2 ) V Dmp ( 2 ) Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Shielded Shielded Open Type Seled Open Type Seled Open Type Open Type Open Type Noml Clss Clss Clss Clss Dimete Dimete Dimete Dimete Seies Dimete Seies Seies Seies Seies 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 9 0, 1 2, 3, 4 0,1,2,3,4 9 0,1,2,3,4 9 0,1,2,3,4 0,1,2,3,4 mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx K e S D S e ( 3 ) V Cs ( 4 ) Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Units : µm Nominl Outside Dimete D mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx ove incl ( 1 ) A 62 A 63

32 EARING TOLERANCES Tble 8. 3 Tolences fo Metic Design Tpeed Rolle eings Tble Tolences fo Inne Ring oe Dimete nd Running Accucy Units : µm Nominl oe Dimete d & dmp & ds V dp V dmp Noml Clss 6 Clss 4 Clss 4 Noml Clss Clss Clss Noml Clss Clss Clss Clss 6X Clss 5 Clss 6X Clss 6X K i S d S i Noml Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss 6X T C ove incl high low high low high low high low mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx Remks 1. The boe dimete "no-go side" tolences (high) specified in this tble do not necessily pply within distnce of 1.2 times the chmfe dimension (mx) fom the ing fce. 2. Some of these tolences confom to the NSK Stndd. Tble Tolences fo Oute Ring Outside Dimete nd Running Accucy mx mx mx mx mx mx mx Units : µm 2 C Nominl Outside Dimete D & Dmp & Ds V Dp V Dmp Noml Clss 6 Clss 4 Clss 4 Noml Clss Clss Clss Noml Clss Clss Clss Clss 6X Clss 5 Clss 6X Clss 6X K e S D S e Noml Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss 6X ove incl high low high low high low high low mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx C Remks 1. The outside dimete "no-go side" tolences (low) specified in this tble do not necessily pply within distnce of 1.2 times the chmfe dimension (mx) fom the ing fce. 2. Some of these tolences confom to the NSK Stndd. A 64 A 65

33 EARING TOLERANCES Tble 8. 3 Tolences fo Metic Design Tble Tolences fo Width, Ovell eing Width, Tpeed Rolle eings nd Combined eing Width Units : µm Nominl oe Dimete d & s & C s & T s Noml Clss 6 Clss 6X Clss 5 Clss 4 Noml Clss 6 Clss 6X Clss 5 Clss 4 Noml Clss 6 Clss 6X Clss 5 Clss 4 Ring Width with Rolles Oute Ring Effective Width Devition Ovell Combined eing Width Devition & T 1s & T 2s & 2s & 4s, & C 4s Noml Clss 6X Noml Clss 6X All clsses of doubleow beings All clsses of fou-ow beings Nominl oe Dimete d ove incl high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low high low Remks The effective width of n inne ing with olles T 1 is defined s the ovell being width of n inne ing with olles combined with mste oute ing. Remks The effective width of n oute ing T 2 is defined s the ovell being width of n oute ing combined with mste inne ing with olles. high low high low high low high low high low high low ove incl T C 2 C C 4 T 1 Mste Oute Ring T 2 Mste Inne Ring with Rolles 4 A 66 A 67

34 EARING TOLERANCES Tble 8. 4 Tolences fo Inch Design Tpeed Rolle eings Tble Tolences fo Inne Ring oe Dimete Nominl oe Dimete d & ds Units : µm T C 2 C C 4 ove incl CLASS 4, 2 CLASS 3, 0 CLASS 00 1/25.4 1/25.4 high low high low high low KE KV Tble Tolences fo Oute Ring Outside Dimete nd Rdil Runout of Inne nd Oute Rings Units : µm Nominl Outside Dimete D & Ds K i, K e ove incl CLASS 4, 2 CLASS 3, 0 CLASS 00 1/25.4 1/25.4 high low high low high low CLASS 4 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 0 CLASS 00 mx mx mx mx mx Tble Tolences fo Ovell Width nd Combined Width Units : µm Nominl oe Dimete d & Ts Double-Row eings (KE Type) & 2s Fou-Row eings (KV Type) & 4s, & C 4s ove incl CLASS 4 CLASS 2 D CLASS 3 D> CLASS 0, 00 1/25.4 1/25.4 high low high low high low high low high low CLASS 4 CLASS 2 D CLASS 3 D> CLASS 0,00 CLASS 4, 3 high low high low high low high low high low high low A 68 A 69

35 EARING TOLERANCES Tble 8. 5 Tolences Tble Tolences fo Inne Rings fo Mgneto eings nd Width of Oute Rings Units : µm Nominl oe Dimete d & dmp V dp V dmp & s (o & Cs ) ( 1 ) Clss Clss Clss Clss Noml Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Noml Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 ove incl high low high low high low mx mx mx mx mx mx high low high low Note ( 1 ) The width devition nd width vition of n oute ing is detemined ccoding to the inne ing of the sme being. Remks The boe dimete "no-go side" tolences (high) specified in this tble do not necessily pply within distnce of 1.2 times the chmfe dimension (mx) fom the ing fce. V s (o V Cs ) ( 1 ) & T s K i S d S i Noml Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 6 Clss 5 Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 5 Clss 5 mx mx high low mx mx mx mx mx Tble Tolences fo Oute Rings Units : µm Nominl Outside Dimete D eing Seies E & Dmp eing Seies EN Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Noml Clss 6 Clss 5 Noml ove incl high low high low high low high low high low high low mx mx mx Remks The outside dimete "no-go side" tolences (low) do not necessily pply within distnce of 1.2 times the chmfe dimension (mx) fom the ing fce. V Dp Clss 6 Clss 5 Noml V Dmp K e S e S D Clss Clss Noml Clss Clss Clss Clss mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx A 70 A 71

36 EARING TOLERANCES Nominl oe Dimete d o d 2 Tble 8. 6 Tolences fo Thust ll eings Tble Tolences fo Shft Wshe oe Dimete nd Running Accucy & d mp o & d 2mp V d p o V d 2p S i o S e ( 1 ) Units : µm Noml Noml Clss Clss Clss Clss Clss 6 Clss 4 Clss 6 4 Noml Clss 5 Clss 5 ove incl high low high low mx mx mx mx mx mx Note ( 1 ) Fo double-diection beings, the thickness vition doesn't depend on the boe dimete d 2, but on d fo singlediection beings with the sme D in the sme dimete seies. The thickness vition of housing wshes, S e, pplies only to flt-set thust beings. Nominl Outside Dimete of eing o Aligning Set Wshe D o D 3 Tble Tolences fo Outside Dimete of Housing Wshes nd Aligning Set Wshes Flt Set Type & Dmp Aligning Set Wshe Type V Dp Noml Noml Noml Clss 6 Clss 4 Clss 6 Clss 6 Clss 4 Clss 5 Clss 5 Units : µm Aligning Set Wshe Outside Dimete Devition & D 3s Noml Clss 6 ove incl high low high low high low mx mx high low T 2 T T T3 T4 T6 T5 2 3 T T 8 7 A 72 A 73

37 EARING TOLERANCES Nominl oe Dimete d ( 1 ) Tble Tolences fo Thust ll eing Height nd Centl Wshe Height Flt Set Type Aligning Set Wshe Type With Aligning Set Wshe & Ts o & T2s & T1s & T3s o & T6s & T5s & T4s o & T8s & T7s Units : µm Height Devition of Centl Wshe & s Noml, Clss 6 Noml, Clss 6 Noml Noml Noml Noml Noml, Clss 6 Clss 5, Clss 4 Clss 5, Clss 4 Clss 6 Clss 6 Clss 6 Clss 6 Clss 5, Clss 4 ove incl high low high low high low high low high low high low high low Note ( 1 ) Fo double-diection beings, its clssifiction depends on d fo single-diection beings with the sme D in the sme dimete seies. Remks & Ts in the tble is the devition in the espective heights T in figues below. Tble 8. 7 Tolences fo Spheicl Thust Rolle eings Tble Tolences fo oe Dimetes of Shft Rings nd Height (Clss Noml) Nominl oe Dimete d & dmp V dp Refeence Units : µm ove incl high low mx mx high low Remks The boe dimete "no-go side" tolences (high) specified in this tble do not necessily pply within distnce of 1.2 times the chmfe dimension (mx) fom the ing fce. S d & Ts Tble Tolences fo Housing Ring Dimete (Clss Noml) Units : µm Nominl Outside Dimete D & Dmp ove incl high low T 3 T3 T T T 2 1 T6 T5 2 T T 8 7 Remks The outside dimete "no-go side" tolences (low) specified in this tble do not necessily pply within distnce of 1.2 times the chmfe dimension (mx) fom the ing fce. 3 T A 74 A 75

38 EARING TOLERANCES Tble 8. 8 Tolences of CLASS 5P, CLASS 7P, nd CLASS 9P Instument ll eings (Inch design) (ANSI/AMA Equivlent) (1) Tolences fo Inne Rings nd Width of Oute Rings Units : µm Nominl oe Dimete d & d mp & ds V dp V d mp & s Single gs CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS 9P CLASS 9P CLASS 9P CLASS 9P CLASS 7P CLASS 7P CLASS 7P CLASS 7P CLASS 5P CLASS 7P CLASS 9P ove incl high low high low high low high low mx mx mx mx high low Note ( 1 ) Applicble to beings fo which the xil clence (pelod) is to be djusted by combining two selected beings. Remks Fo the CLASS 3P nd the tolences of Metic design Instument ll eings, it is dvisble to consult NSK. (o & Cs ) V s K i S i S d Combined gs ( 1 ) CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS 5P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P CLASS 7P CLASS 9P high low mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx Nominl Outside Dimete D CLASS 5P CLASS 7P & D mp & Ds V Dp V D mp CLASS 9P Open CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS CLASS 5P CLASS CLASS 7P CLASS 9P CLASS 7P 9P CLASS 7P 9P Shielded Seled Shielded Shielded Open Open Seled Open Open Seled Open (2) Tolences fo Oute Rings V Cs ( 1 ) S D K e S e CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS CLASS 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P 5P 7P 9P Devition of Flnge Outside Dimete & D 1s Devition of Flnge Width & C 1s Units : µm Flnge ckfce Runout with Rcewy ( 2 ) S e1 CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS 5P CLASS 7P CLASS 7P CLASS 7P ove incl high low high low high low high low high low mx mx mx mx mx mx Notes ( 1 ) Applicble to flnge width vition fo flnged beings. ( 2 ) Applicble to flnge bck fce. mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx high low high low mx A 76 A 77

39 EARING TOLERANCES (mx) o 1 (mx) (Rdil Diection) Remks A 78 (min) o 1 (min) Side Fce of Inne/ Oute Ring o Centl Wshe (mx) o 1 (mx) (Axil Diection) (min) o 1 (min) (min) o 1 (min) Ring oe Sufce o Outside Sufce : Chmfe Dimension of Inne/Oute Ring 1 : Chmfe Dimension of Inne/Oute Ring (Font Side) o of Centl Wshe of Thust ll eings The pecise shpe of chmfe sufces hs not been specified but its pofile in the xil plne shll not intesect n c of dius (min) o 1 (min) touching the side fce of n inne ing o centl wshe nd boe sufce, o the side fce of n oute ing nd outside sufce. Tble 8. 9 Chmfe Dimension Limits (fo Metic Design eings) Tble Chmfe Dimension Limits fo Rdil eings (excluding Tpeed Rolle eings) Units : mm Pemissible Chmfe Dimension fo Inne/Oute Rings (min) o 1 (min) Nominl oe Dimete d Pemissible Chmfe Dimension fo Inne/Oute Rings (mx) o 1 (mx) Refeence Cone Rdius of Shft o Housing ove incl Rdil Axil Diection Diection mx Remks Fo beings with nominl widths less thn 2mm, the vlue of (mx) in the xil diection is the sme s tht in the dil diection. Pemissible Chmfe Dimension fo Inne/Oute Rings (min) Tble Chmfe Dimension Limits fo Tpeed Rolle eings Nominl oe o Nominl Outside Dimete ( 1 ) d o D Pemissible Chmfe Dimension fo Inne/Oute Rings (mx) Refeence Cone Rdius of Shft o Housing ove incl Rdil Axil Diection Diection mx Units : mm Note ( 1 ) Inne Rings e clssified by d nd Oute Rings by D Tble Chmfe Dimension Limits fo Thust eings Pemissible Chmfe Dimension fo Shft (o Centl)/Housing Wshes (min) o 1 (min) Pemissible Chmfe Dimension fo Shft (o Centl)/Housing Wshes (mx) o 1 (mx) Rdil o Axil Diection Refeence Cone Rdius of Shft o Housing mx Units : mm A 79

40 EARING TOLERANCES Tble 8.10 Tolences fo Tpeed oes (Clss Noml) Nominl Tpeed oe α 1 Tpeed oe with Devition in Single Plne Men oe Dimete j(d + & dmp) α & d 1mp j d mp 2 j(d1 + & d1mp) Nominl oe Dimete d Tpe 1 : 30 Units : µm & dmp & d1mp - & dmp V dp ( 1 ) ( 2 ) ove incl high low high low mx Notes ( 1 ) Applicble to ll dil plnes of tpeed boes. ( 2 ) Not pplicble to dimete seies 7 nd 8. Remks Fo vlue exceeding 630 mm, plese contct NSK. d : Nominl oe Dimete d 1 : Theoeticl Dimete of Lge End of Tpeed oe Tpe 1:12 d 1 = d + 1/12 Tpe 1:30 d 1 = d + /30 & dmp : Single Plne Men oe Dimete Devition in Theoeticl Dimete of Smlle End of oe & d1mp : Single Plne Men oe Dimete Devition in Theoeticl Dimete of Lge End of oe V d p : oe dimete vition in single dil plne : Nominl Inne Ring width α : Hlf of Tpe Angle of Tpeed oe 8.2 Selection of Accucy Clsses Fo genel pplictions, Clss Noml tolences e dequte in nely ll cses fo stisfctoy pefomnce, but fo the following pplictions, beings hving n ccucy clss of 5,4 o highe e moe suitble. Fo efeence, in Tble 8.11, exmples of pplictions nd ppopite tolence clsses e listed fo vious being equiements nd opeting conditions. Tpe 1:12 Tpe 1:30 α = α = = = = d = d Tble Typicl Tolence Clsses fo Specific Applictions (Refeence) eing Requiement, Opeting Conditions Exmples of Applictions Tolence Clsses Tpe1 : 12 Units : µm Nominl oe Dimete d & dmp & d1mp - & dmp V dp ( 1 ) ( 2 ) ove incl high low high low mx Notes ( 1 ) Applicble to ll dil plnes of tpeed boes. ( 2 ) Not pplicble to dimete seies 7 nd 8. High unning ccucy is equied Ext high speed is equied Low toque nd low toque vition e equied VTR Dum Spindles Mgnetic Disk Spindles fo Computes } Mchine-Tool Min Spindles Roty Pinting Pesses Roty Tbles of Veticl Pesses, etc. } Roll Necks of Cold Rolling Mill ckup Rolls } Slewing eings fo Pbolic Antenns } Dentl Dills Gyoscopes High Fequency Spindles Supechges Centifugl Septos Min Shfts of Jet Engines Gyoscope Gimbls Sevomechnisms Potentiometic Contolles P5 P5, P4, P2 P5, P4, P2 P5 P5, P4 Highe thn P4 Highe thn P4 CLASS 7P, CLASS 5P CLASS 7P, P4 CLASS 7P, P4 P5, P4 P5, P4 Highe thn P4 CLASS 7P, P4 CLASS 7P, CLASS 5P CLASS 7P A 80 A 81

41 9.1 Fits Impotnce of Pope Fits In the cse of olling being with the inne ing fitted to the shft with only slight intefeence, hmful cicumfeentil slipping my occu between the inne ing nd shft. This slipping of the inne ing, which is clled ceep, esults in cicumfeentil displcement of the ing eltive to the shft if the intefeence fit is not sufficiently tight. When ceep occus, the fitted sufces become bded, cusing we nd consideble dmge to the shft. Abnoml heting nd vibtion my lso occu due to bsive metllic pticles enteing the inteio of the being. It is impotnt to pevent ceep by hving sufficient intefeence to fimly secue tht ing which ottes to eithe the shft o housing. Ceep cnnot lwys be eliminted using only xil tightening though the being ing fces. Genelly, it is not necessy, howeve, to povide intefeence fo ings subjected only to sttiony lods. Fits e sometimes mde without ny intefeence fo eithe the inne o oute ing, to ccommodte cetin opeting conditions, o to fcilitte mounting nd dismounting. In this cse, to pevent dmge to the fitting sufces due to ceep, lubiction of othe pplicble methods should be consideed. A 82 Lod Appliction Lod Sttiony Lod Rotting Lod Sttiony Lod Rotting Diection of lod indeteminte due to vition of diection o unblnced lod 9. FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Tble 9.1 Loding Conditions nd Fits eing Opetion Inne Ring Oute Ring Rotting Sttiony Sttiony Rotting Rotting o Sttiony Selection of Fit (1) Lod Conditions nd Fit The pope fit my be selected fom Tble 9.1 bsed on the lod nd opeting conditions. (2) Mgnitude of Lod nd Intefeence The intefeence of the inne ing is slightly educed by the being lod; theefoe, the loss of intefeence should be estimted using the following equtions: whee & d F : Intefeence decese of inne ing d : eing boe dimete : Nominl inne ing width F : Rdil lod pplied on being (N), {kgf} Sttiony Rotting Rotting Sttiony Rotting o Sttiony d & d F =0.08 F (N) d & d F =0.25 F 10 3 Lod Conditions Rotting Inne Ring Lod Sttiony Oute Ring Lod Rotting Oute Ring Lod Sttiony Inne Ring Lod Diection of Lod Indeteminte... Fitting Inne Ring Oute Ring Tight Fit Loose Fit Tight Fit {kgf}... (9.1) Loose Fit Tight Fit Tight Fit Theefoe, the effective intefeence &d should be lge thn the intefeence given by Eqution (9.1). Howeve, in the cse of hevy lods whee the dil lod exceeds 20% of the bsic sttic lod ting C 0, unde the opeting condition, intefeence often becomes shotge. Theefoe, intefeence should be estimted using Eqution (9.2): F & d (N) & d 0.2 F {kgf} whee & d : Effective intefeence F : Rdil lod pplied on being (N), {kgf} : Nominl inne ing width... (9.2) (3) Intefeence Vition Cused by Tempetue Diffeence between eing nd Shft o Housing The effective intefeence deceses due to the incesing being tempetue duing opetion. If the tempetue diffeence between the being nd housing is & T ( C), then the tempetue diffeence between the fitted sufces of the shft nd inne ing is estimted to be bout (0.1~0.15) & T in cse tht the shft is cooled. The decese in the intefeence of the inne ing due to this tempetue diffeence & d T my be clculted using Eqution (9.3): & d T = (0.10~0.15) & T α d H0.0015& T d (9.3) whee & d T : Decese in intefeence of inne ing due to tempetue diffeence & T : Tempetue diffeence between being inteio nd suounding pts ( C) α : Coefficient of line expnsion of being steel= (1/ C) d : eing nominl boe dimete In ddition, depending on the tempetue diffeence between the oute ing nd housing, o diffeence in thei coefficients of line expnsion, the intefeence my incese. (4) Effective Intefeence nd Finish of Shft nd Housing Since the oughness of fitted sufces is educed duing fitting, the effective intefeence becomes less thn the ppent intefeence. The mount of this intefeence decese vies depending on the oughness of the sufces nd my be estimted using the following equtions: Fo gound shfts d & d= & d...(9.4) d+2 d Fo mchined shfts & d= & d...(9.5) d+3 whee & d : Effective intefeence & d : Appent intefeence d : eing nominl boe dimete Accoding to Equtions (9.4) nd (9.5), the effective intefeence of beings with boe dimete of 30 to 150 mm is bout 95% of the ppent intefeence. (5) Fitting Stess nd Ring Expnsion nd Contction When beings e mounted with intefeence on shft o in housing, the ings eithe expnd o contct nd stess is poduced. Excessive intefeence my dmge the beings; theefoe, s genel guide, the mximum intefeence should be kept unde ppoximtely 7/ of the shft dimete. The pessue between fitted sufces, expnsion o contction of the ings, nd cicumfeentil stess my be clculted using the equtions in Section 15.2, Fitting(1) (Pges A130 nd 131) Recommended Fits As descibed peviously, mny fctos, such s the chcteistics nd mgnitude of being lod, tempetue diffeences, mens of being mounting nd dismounting, must be consideed when selecting the pope fit. If the housing is thin o the being is mounted on hollow shft, tighte thn usul tit is necessy. A split housing often defoms the being into n ovl shpe; theefoe, split housing should be voided when tight fit with the oute ing is equied. The fits of both the inne nd oute ings should be tight in pplictions whee the shft is subjected to consideble vibtion. The ecommended fits fo some common pplictions e shown in Tble 9.2 to 9.7. In the cse of unusul opeting conditions, it is dvisble to consult NSK. Fo the ccucy nd sufce finish of shfts nd housings, plese efe to Section 11.1 (Pge A100). A 83

42 FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Rotting Oute Ring Lod Rotting Inne Ring Lod o Diection of Lod Indeteminte Lod Conditions Esy xil displcement of inne ing on shft desible. Esy xil displcement of inne ing on shft unnecessy Light Lods o Vible Lods (<0.06C ( 1 )) Noml Lods (0.06 to 0.13C ( 1 )) Hevy Lods o Shock Lods (>0.13C ( 1 )) Axil Lods Only All Types of Loding Exmples Wheels on Sttiony Axles Tension Pulleys Rope Sheves Electicl Home Applinces Pumps, lowes, Tnspot Vehicles, Pecision Mchiney, Mchine Tools Genel eing Applictions, Medium nd Lge Motos, Tubines, Pumps, Engine Min eings, Ges, Woodwoking Mchines Rilwy Axleboxes, Industil Vehicles, Tction Motos, Constuction Equipment, Cushes ll gs <18 18 to to 200 <18 18 to to to to 280 All Shft Dimetes <40 40 to to 200 <40 40 to to to to to to 200 ove 200 All Shft Dimetes <40 40 to to to to to 500 ove to to to to 500 Rdil eings with Tpeed oes nd Sleeves Genel being Applictions, Rilwy Axleboxes All Shft Dimetes Tnsmission Shfts, Woodwoking Spindles Note ( 1 ) C epesents the bsic lod ting of the being. Remks This tble is pplicble only to solid steel shfts. Tble 9.2 Fits of Rdil eings with Shfts Shft Dimete Cylindicl Rolle gs, Tpeed Rolle gs Rdil eings with Cylindicl oes Spheicl Rolle gs Tolence of Shft g6 h6 js5 js6(j6) k6 m6 js5 o js6 (j5 o j6) k5 o k6 m5 o m6 m6 n6 p6 6 7 n6 p6 6 7 js6 (j6) h9/it5 h10/it7 Remks Use g5 nd h5 whee ccucy is equied. In cse of lge beings, f6 cn be used to llow esy xil movement. k6 nd m6 cn be used fo single-ow tpeed olle beings nd singleow ngul contct bll beings insted of k5 nd m5. Moe thn CN being intenl clence is necessy. IT5 nd IT7 men tht the devition of the shft fom its tue geometic fom, e. g. oundness nd cylindicity should be within the tolences of IT5 nd IT7 espectively. Solid Housings Solid o Split Housings Lod Conditions Rotting Oute Ring Lod Diection of Lod Indeteminte Rotting Inne Ring Lod Diection of Lod Indeteminte Solid Housing Rotting Inne Ring Lod Hevy Lods on eing in Thin-Wlled Housing o Hevy Shock Lods Noml o Hevy Lods Light o Vible Lods Hevy Shock Lods Noml o Hevy Lods Noml o Light Lods Lods of All kinds Noml o Light Lods High Tempetue Rise of Inne Ring Though Shft Accute Running Desible unde Noml o Light Lods Accute Running nd High Rigidity Desible unde Vible Lods Minimum noise is equied. Tble 9.4 Fits of Rdil eings with Housings Exmples Automotive Wheel Hubs (Rolle eings) Cne Tvelling Wheels Automotive Wheel Hubs (ll eings) Vibting Sceens Conveyo Rolles Rope Sheves Tension Pulleys Tction Motos Pumps Cnkshft Min eings Medium nd Lge Motos Genel eing Applictions, Rilwy Axleboxes Plumme locks Ppe Dyes Ginding Spindle Re ll eings High Speed Centifugl Compesso Fee eings Ginding Spindle Font ll eings High Speed Centifugl Compesso Fixed eings Cylindicl Rolle eings fo Mchine Tool Min Spindle Electicl Home Applinces Tolences fo Housing oes Axil Displcement of Oute Ring Remks Remks This tble is pplicble to cst ion nd steel housings. Fo housings mde of light lloys, the intefeence should be tighte thn those in this tble. P7 N7 M7 K7 JS7 (J7) H7 H8 G7 JS6 (J6) K6 M6 o N6 H6 Impossible Genelly Impossible Possible Esily possible Possible Genelly Impossible Impossible Esily Possible If xil displcement of the oute ing is not equied. Axil displcement of oute ing is necessy. Fo hevy lods, intefeence fit tighte thn K is used. When high ccucy is equied, vey stict tolences should be used fo fitting. Tble 9.5 Fits of Thust eings with Housings Centl Axil Lod Only Combined Rdil nd Axil Lods (Spheicl Thust Rolle eings) Lod Conditions Sttiony Inne Ring Lod Rotting Inne Ring Lod o Diection of Lod Indeteminte Exmples Min Shfts of Lthes Cone Cushes Ppe Pulp Refines, Plstic Extudes Tble 9.3 Fits of Thust eings with Shfts Shft Dimete All Shft Dimetes All Shft Dimetes < to 400 ove 400 Tolence of Shft h6 o js6 (j6) js6 (j6) k6 m6 n6 Remks Combined Rdil nd Axil Lods Tolences fo Lod Conditions eing Types Remks Housing oes Axil Lods Only Sttiony Oute Ring Lods Rotting Oute Ring Lods o Diection of Lod Indeteminte Thust ll eings Spheicl Thust Rolle eings Steep Angle Tpeed Rolle eings Spheicl Thust Rolle eings Clence ove 0.25mm H8 Oute ing hs dil clence. H7 o JS7 (J7) K7 M7 Fo Genel Applictions When pecision is equied When dil lods e sustined by othe beings. Noml Lods Reltively Hevy Rdil Lods A 84 A 85

43 FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Opeting Conditions Rotting Inne Ring Lods Rotting Oute Ring Lods Noml Lods Hevy Lods Shock Lods High Speeds Noml Lods without Shocks Tble 9.6 Fits of Inch Design Tpeed Rolle eings with Shfts (1) eings of Pecision Clsses 4 nd 2 Units : µm Nominl oe Dimetes d ove 1/25.4 incl 1/ oe Dimete Tolences & ds high low Shft Dimete Tolences high low g g Remks Fo beings with d 152.4mm, clence is usully lge thn CN. In genel, beings with clence lge thn CN e used. g mens tht the vege intefeence is bout d. The inne ing cnnot be displced xilly. When hevy o shock lods exist, the figues in the bove (Rotting inne ing lods, hevy o shock lods) pply. The inne ing cn be displced xilly. Opeting Conditions Rotting Inne Ring Lods Rotting Oute Ring Lods Used eithe on fee-end o fixed-end The oute ing position cn be djusted xilly. The oute ing position cnnot be djusted xilly. Noml Lods The oute ing position cnnot be djusted xilly. Tble 9.7 Fits of Inch Design Tpeed Rolle eings with Housings (1) eings of Pecision Clsses 4 nd 2 Units : µm Nominl Outside Dimetes D ove 1/ incl 1/ Outside Dimete Tolences & Ds high low Housing oe Dimete Tolences high low Remks The oute ing cn be esily displced xilly. The oute ing cn be displced xilly. Genelly, the oute ing is fixed xilly. The oute ing is fixed xilly. (2) eings of Pecision Clsses 3 nd 0 ( 1 ) Opeting Conditions Rotting Inne Ring Lods Rotting Oute Ring Lods Pecision Mchine-Tool Min Spindles Hevy Lods Shock Lods High Speeds Pecision Mchine-Tool Min Spindles Note Nominl oe Dimetes d ove 1/25.4 incl 1/ oe Dimete Tolences & ds high low ( 1 ) Fo beings with d gete thn 304.8mm, Clss 0 does not exist. Shft Dimete Tolences high low Remks Units : µm A minimum intefeence of bout d is used. (2) eings of Pecision Clsses 3 nd 0 ( 1 ) Opeting Conditions Rotting Inne Ring Lods Rotting Oute Ring Lods Used on feeend Used on fixedend The oute ing position cn be djusted xilly. The oute ing position cnnot be djusted xilly. Noml Lods The oute ing position cnnot be djusted xilly. Nominl Outside Dimetes D ove 1/ incl 1/ Outside Dimete Tolences & Ds Note ( 1 ) Fo beings with D gete thn mm, Clss 0 does not exist. high low Housing oe Dimete Tolences high low Remks Units : µm The oute ing cn be esily displced xilly. The oute ing cn be displced xilly. Genelly, the oute ing is fixed xilly. The oute ing is fixed xilly. The oute ing is fixed xilly. A 86 A 87

44 FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES 9.2 eing Intenl Clences Intenl Clences nd Thei Stndds The intenl clence in olling beings in opetion getly influences being pefomnce including ftigue life, vibtion, noise, het-genetion, etc. Consequently, the selection of the pope intenl clence is one of the most impotnt tsks when choosing being fte the type nd size hve been detemined. This being intenl clence is the combined clences between the inne/oute ings nd olling elements. The dil nd xil clences e defined s the totl mount tht one ing cn be displced eltive to the othe in the dil nd xil diections espectively (Fig. 9.1). Rdil Clence Axil Clence Tble 9.8 eing Intenl Clence To obtin ccute mesuements, the clence is genelly mesued by pplying specified mesuing lod on the being; theefoe, the mesued clence (sometimes clled mesued clence to mke distinction) is lwys slightly lge thn the theoeticl intenl clence (clled geometicl clence fo dil beings) by the mount of elstic defomtion cused by the mesuing lod. Theefoe, the theoeticl intenl clence my be obtined by coecting the mesued clence by the mount of elstic defomtion. Howeve, in the cse of olle beings this elstic defomtion is negligibly smll. Usully the clence befoe mounting is the one specified s the theoeticl intenl clence. In Tble 9.8, efeence tble nd pge numbes e listed by being types. Tble 9.8 Index fo Rdil Intenl Clences by eing Types Tble Pge eing Types Numbe Numbe Deep Goove ll eings 9.9 A89 Ext Smll nd Minitue ll eings 9.10 A89 Mgneto eings 9.11 A89 Self-Aligning ll eings 9.12 A90 Deep Goove ll eings Fo Motos Cylindicl Rolle eings With Cylindicl oes Cylindicl Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings With Cylindicl oes (Mtched) With Tpeed oes (Mtched) With Cylindicl oes With Tpeed oes Double-Row nd Combined Tpeed 9.15 Rolle eings Combined Angul Contct ll eings ( ) Fou-Point Contct ll eings ( 1 ) 9.18 Note ( 1 ) Vlues given e xil clences A A A91 A92 A93 A94 A94 Tble 9.9 Rdil Intenl Clences in Deep Goove ll eings Units : µm Units : µm Clence MC1 MC2 MC3 MC4 MC5 MC6 Nominl oe Clence Dimete Symbol d C2 CN C3 C4 C5 min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Clence ove incl min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx only Remks To obtin the mesued vlues, use the clence coection fo dil clence incese cused by the mesuing lod in the tble below. Remks Fo the C2 clence clss, the smlle vlue should be used fo beings with minimum clence nd the lge vlue fo beings ne the mximum clence nge. Nominl oe Di. d ove incl 10 (incl) Mesuing Lod (N) {kgf} Units : µm Rdil Clence Coection Amount C2 CN C3 C4 C {2.5} 3 to {5} 4 to {15} 6 to Remks Fo vlues exceeding 280mm, plese contct NSK. Tble 9.10 Rdil Intenl Clences in Ext Smll nd Minitue ll eings Remks 1. The stndd clence is MC3. Remks 2. To obtin the mesued vlue, dd coection mount in the tble below. Clence Symbol Tble 9.11 Rdil Intenl Clences in Mgneto eings Units : µm Nominl oe Dimete d ove incl eing Seies EN E Units : µm MC1 MC2 MC3 MC4 MC5 MC6 Clence Coection Vlue The mesuing lods e s follows : Fo minitue bll beings* 2.5N {0.25kgf} Fo ext smll bll beings* 4.4N {0.45kgf} *Fo thei clssifiction, efe to Tble 1 on Pge 31. Clence min mx A 88 A 89

45 FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES A 90 Tble 9.12 Rdil Intenl Clences in Self-Aligning ll eings Units : µm Nominl oe Clence in eings with Cylindicl oes Clence in eings with Tpeed oes Di. d C2 CN C3 C4 C5 C2 CN C3 C4 C5 ove incl min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Tble Deep Goove ll eings fo Electic Motos Units : µm Nominl oe Clence Remks Di. d CM Recommended fit ove incl min mx Shft Housing oe 10 (incl) js5 (j5) k5 m5 H6, H7 o JS6, JS7 (J6, J7) Remks The dil clence incese cused by the mesuing lod is equl to the coection mount fo CN clence in the emks unde Tble 9.9. Tble 9.13 Rdil Intenl Clences in eings fo Electic Motos Tble Cylindicl Rolle eings fo Electic Motos Units : µm Nominl oe Clence Remks Di. d Intechngeble CT Non-Intechngeble CM Recommended Fit ove incl min mx min mx Shft Housing oe k5 m5 n6 JS6, JS7 (J6, J7) o K6, K7 Nominl oe Di. d C2 CN C3 C4 C5 CC1 CC2 CC ( 1 ) CC3 CC4 CC5 ove incl min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Note Tble 9.14 Rdil Intenl Clences in Cylindicl Rolle eings nd Solid-Type Needle Rolle eings Clences in eings with Cylindicl oes Clences in Non-Intechngeble eings with Cylindicl oes Units : µm ( 1 ) CC denotes noml clence fo non-intechngeble cylindicl olle beings nd solid-type needle olle beings. Units : µm Nominl Clences in Non-Intechngeble eings with Tpeed oes oe Di. d CC9 ( 1 ) CC0 CC1 CC2 CC ( 2 ) CC3 CC4 CC5 ove incl min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Notes ( 1 ) Clence CC9 is pplicble to cylindicl olle beings with tpeed boes in ISO Tolence Clsses 5 nd 4. Notes ( 2 ) CC denotes noml clence fo non-intechngeble cylindicl olle beings nd solid-type needle olle beings. A 91

46 FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Nominl oe Di. d ove incl Tble 9.15 Rdil Intenl Clences in Spheicl Rolle eings Units : µm Tble 9.16 Rdil Intenl Clences in Double-Row nd Combined Tpeed Rolle eings Units : µm Clence in eings with Cylindicl oes Clence in eings with Tpeed oes Cylindicl oe Clence C2 CN C3 C4 C5 C2 CN C3 C4 C5 Tpeed oe C1 C2 CN C3 C4 C5 min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Nominl oe Di. d C1 C2 CN C3 C4 ove incl min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Remks Axil intenl clence & = & cot αh e Remks whee & : Rdil intenl clence α : Contct ngle e : Constnt (Listed in being tbles) & A 92 A 93

47 FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANCES Tble 9.17 Axil Intenl Clences in Combined Angul Contct ll eings (Mesued Clence) Units : µm Axil Intenl Clence Nominl oe Dimete. Contct Angle 30 Contct Angle 40 d CN C3 C4 CN C3 C4 ove incl min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx Remks This tble is pplicble to beings in Tolence Clsses Noml nd 6. Fo intenl xil clences in beings in tolence clsses bette thn 5 nd contct ngles of 15 nd 25, it is dvisble to consult NSK. Tble 9.18 Axil Intenl Clence in Fou-Point Contct ll eings (Mesued Clences) Units : µm Nominl oe Axil Intenl Clence Di. d C2 CN C3 C4 ove incl min mx min mx min mx min mx Selection of eing Intenl Clences Among the being intenl clences listed in the tbles, the CN Clence is dequte fo stndd opeting conditions. The clence becomes pogessively smlle fom C2 to C1 nd lge fom C3 to C5. Stndd opeting conditions e defined s those whee the inne ing speed is less thn ppoximtely 50% of the limiting speed listed in the being tbles, the lod is less thn noml (PH0.1C ), nd the being is tight-fitted on the shft. As mesue to educe being noise fo electic motos, the dil clence nge is nowe thn the noml clss nd the vlues e somewht smlle fo deep goove bll beings nd cylindicl olle beings fo electic motos. (Refe to Tble nd ) Intenl clence vies with the fit nd tempetue diffeences in opetion. The chnges in dil clence in olle being e shown in Fig (1) Decese in Rdil Clence Cused by Fitting nd Residul Clence When the inne ing o the oute ing is tight-fitted on shft o in housing, decese in the dil intenl clence is cused by the expnsion o contction of the being ings. The decese vies ccoding to the being type nd size nd design of the shft nd housing. The mount of this decese is ppoximtely 70 to 90% of the intefeence (efe to Section 15.2, Fits (1), Pges A130 to A133). The intenl clence fte subtcting this decese fom the theoeticl intenl clence & 0 is clled the esidul clence, & f. (2) Decese in Rdil Intenl Clence Cused by Tempetue Diffeences between Inne nd Oute Rings nd Effective Clence The fictionl het geneted duing opetion is conducted wy though the shft nd housing. Since housings genelly conduct het bette thn shfts, the tempetue of the inne ing nd the olling elements is usully highe thn tht of the oute ing by 5 to 10 C. If the shft is heted o the housing is cooled, the diffeence in tempetue between the inne nd oute ings is gete. The dil clence deceses due to the theml expnsion cused by the tempetue diffeence between the inne nd oute ings. The mount of this decese cn be clculted using the following equtions: δ t Hα & t D e...(9.6) whee δ t : Decese in dil clence due to tempetue diffeence between inne nd oute ings α : Coefficient of line expnsion of being steelh (1/ C) & t : Tempetue diffeence between inne nd oute ings ( C) D e : Oute ing cewy dimete Fo bll beings 1 D e H (4D+d)...(9.7) 5 Fo olle beings 1 D e H (3D+d)...(9.8) 4 The clence fte substcting this δ t fom the esidul clence, & f is clled the effective clence, &. Theoeticlly, the longest life of being cn be expected when the effective clence is slightly negtive. Howeve, it is difficult to chieve such n idel condition, nd n excessive negtive clence will getly shoten the being life. Theefoe, clence of zeo o slightly positive mount, insted of negtive one, should be selected. When single-ow ngul contct bll beings o tpeed olle beings e used fcing ech othe, thee should be smll effective clence, unless pelod is equied. When two cylindicl olle beings with ib on one side e used fcing ech othe, it is necessy to povide dequte xil clence to llow fo shft elongtion duing opetion. The dil clences used in some specific pplictions e given in Tble9.19. Unde specil opeting conditions, it is dvisble to consult NSK. Oute ing Rolle & : Effective Clence & = & f δ t δ fe : Decese in clence due to fit between oute ing nd housing boe (=&D e ) & & f & 0 & 0 : Theoeticl intenl clence (Geometicl clence) & f :Residul clence & f = & 0 δ fi δ fe δ fi : Decese in clence due to fit between inne ing nd shft (=&D i ) δ t : Decese in clence due to tempetue diffeence between inne nd oute ings Fig. 9.2 Chnges in Rdil Intenl Clence of eings Tble Exmples of Clences fo Specific Applictions Opeting Conditions When shft deflection is lge. When stem psses though hollow shfts o olle shfts e heted. When impct lods nd vibtion e sevee o when both the inne nd oute ings e tightfitted. When both the inne nd oute ings e loosefitted When noise nd vibtion estictions e sevee When clence is djusted fte mounting to pevent shft deflection, etc. Exmples Semi-floting e wheels of utomobiles Dyes in ppe mking mchines Tble olles fo olling mills Tction motos fo ilwys Vibting sceens Fluid couplings Finl eduction ges fo tctos Rolling mill oll necks Smll motos with specil specifictions Min shfts of lthes Intenl Clence C5 o equivlent C3, C4 C3 C4 C3, C4 C4 C4 C2 o equivlent C1, C2, CM CC9, CC1 A 94 A 95

48 10. PRELOAD Rolling beings usully etin some intenl clence while in opetion. In some cses, howeve, it is desible to povide negtive clence to keep them intenlly stessed. This is clled peloding. A pelod is usully pplied to beings in which the clence cn be djusted duing mounting, such s ngul contct bll beings o tpeed olle beings. Usully, two beings e mounted fce-tofce o bck-to-bck to fom duplex set with pelod Pupose of Pelod The min puposes nd some typicl pplictions of peloded beings e s follows: (1) To mintin the beings in exct position both dilly nd xilly nd to mintin the unning ccucy of the shft....min shfts of mchine tools, pecision instuments, etc. (2) To incese being igidity...min shfts of mchine tools, pinion shfts of finl dive ges of utomobiles, etc. (3) To minimize noise due to xil vibtion nd esonnce...smll electic motos, etc. (4) To pevent sliding between the olling elements nd cewys due to gyoscopic moments...high speed o high cceletion pplictions of ngul contct bll beings, nd thust bll beings (5) To mintin the olling elements in thei pope position with the being ings...thust bll beings nd spheicl thust olle beings mounted on hoizontl shft 10.2 Peloding Methods Position Pelod A position pelod is chieved by fixing two xilly opposed beings in such wy tht pelod is imposed on them. Thei position, once fixed, emin unchnged while in opetion. In pctice, the following thee methods e genelly used to obtin position pelod. (1) y instlling duplex being set with peviously djusted stnd-out dimensions (see Pge A7, Fig. 1.1) nd xil clence. (2) y using spce o shim of pope size to obtin the equied spcing nd pelod. (Refe to Fig. 10.1) (3) y utilizing bolts o nuts to llow djustment of the xil pelod. In this cse, the stting toque should be mesued to veify the pope pelod Constnt-Pessue Pelod A constnt pessue pelod is chieved using coil o lef sping to impose constnt pelod. Even if the eltive position of the beings chnges duing opetion, the mgnitude of the pelod emins eltively constnt (efe to Fig. 10.2) Fig Position Pelod Fig Constnt-Pessue Pelod 10.3 Pelod nd Rigidity Position Pelod nd Rigidity When the inne ings of the duplex beings shown in Fig.10.3 e fixed xilly, beings A nd e displced δ 0 nd xil spce 2δ 0 between the inne ings is eliminted. With this condition, pelod F 0 is imposed on ech being. A pelod digm showing being igidity, tht is the eltion between lod nd displcement with given xil lod F imposed on duplex set, is shown in Fig F F 0 eing A δ 0 eing δ 0 F 0 Fig ck-to-ck Duplex eing Pelod Constnt-Pessue Pelod nd Rigidity A pelod digm fo duplex beings unde constnt-pessue pelod is shown in Fig The deflection cuve of the sping is nely pllel to the hoizontl xis becuse the igidity of spings is lowe thn tht of the being. As esult, the igidity unde constnt-pessue pelod is ppoximtely equl to tht fo single being with pelod F 0 pplied to it. Fig pesents compison of the igidity of being with position pelod nd one with constnt-pessue pelod Selection of Peloding Method nd Amount of Pelod Compison of Peloding Methods A compison of the igidity using both peloding methods is shown in Fig The position pelod nd constnt-pessue pelod my be comped s follows: (1) When both of the pelods e equl, the position pelod povides gete being igidity, in othe wods, the deflection due to extenl lods is less fo beings with position pelod. (2) In the cse of position pelod, the pelod vies depending on such fctos s diffeence in xil expnsion due to tempetue diffeence between the shft nd housing, diffeence in dil expnsion due to tempetue diffeence between the inne nd oute ings, deflection due to lod, etc. eing F 0 δ A Axil Lod δ eing A F F F A Axil Displcement δ δ 0 δ 0 F : Axil lod pplied fom outside δ : Displcement of duplex F A : Axil lod imposed on eing A being set F : Axil lod imposed on eing δa: Displcement of eing A δ : Displcement of eing Fig Axil Displcement with Position Pelod In the cse of constnt-pessue pelod, it is possible to minimize ny chnge in the pelod becuse the vition of the sping lod with shft expnsion nd contction is negligible. Fom the foegoing explntion, it is seen tht position pelods e genelly pefeed fo incesing igidity nd constnt-pessue pelods e moe suitble fo high speed pplictions, fo pevention of xil vibtion, fo use with thust beings on hoizontl shfts, etc. Axil Lod δ δ eing with Position Pelod δ0 Axil Lod δ A δ δ eing with Constnt-Pessue Pelod Axil Displcement F F F 0 eing without Pelod eing A Axil Displcement Fig Axil Displcement with Constnt-Pessue Pelod Fig Compison of Rigidities nd Peloding Methods A 96 A 97

49 PRELOAD Amount of Pelod If the pelod is lge thn necessy, bnoml het genetion, incesed fictionl toque, educed ftigue life, etc. my occu. The mount of the pelod should be cefully detemined consideing the opeting conditions nd the pupose of the pelod. (1) Peloding of Duplex Angul Contct ll eings Avege pelods fo duplex ngul contct bll beings (contct ngle of 15 ) with pecision bette thn P5 clss, which e used on the min shfts of mchine tools, e listed in Tble The ecommended fitting between the shft nd inne ing nd between the housing nd oute ing e listed in Tble In the cse of fits with housings, the lowe limit of the fitting nge should be selected fo fixed-end beings nd the uppe limit fo fee-end beings. As genel ule, n ext light o light pelod should be selected fo ginding spindles nd the min shfts of mchining centes, while medium pelod should be dopted fo the min shfts of lthes equiing igidity. When speeds esult in vlue of Dpw n (d m n vlue) highe thn , the pelod should be vey cefully studied nd selected. In such cse, plese consult with NSK befoehnd. eing No. Ext light Pelod EL Tble Duplex eings of Seies 79 Light Pelod L Pelods Medium Pelod M Units : N Hevy Pelod H Tble Recommended Fitting fo High Accucy Duplex Angul Contct ll eings with Pelod Units : µm Nominl oe Di. d Nominl Outside Di. D Tget Shft Intefeence ove incl ove incl 18 0 to to to to to to to to to to to to 15 eing No. Tget Housing Clence Tble Pelods fo Duplex Ext light Pelod EL Tble Duplex Light Pelod L (2) Pelod of Thust ll eings When the blls in thust bll beings otte t eltively high speeds, sliding due to gyoscopic moments on the blls my occu. The lge of the two vlues obtined fom Equtions(10.1) nd (10.2) below should be dopted s the minimum xil lod in ode to pevent such sliding C 0 F min = ( ) 2...(10.1) 100 C 0 n N mx F min =...(10.2) 1000 whee F min : Minimum xil lod (N), {kgf} n : Speed (min 1 ) C 0 : sic sttic lod ting (N), {kgf} N mx : Limiting speed (oil lubiction) (min 1 ) Angul Contct ll eings eings of Seies 70 Pelods Medium Pelod M Units : N Hevy Pelod H eing No. Ext light Pelod EL (3) Pelod of Spheicl Thust Rolle eings When spheicl thust olle beings e used, dmge such s scoing my occu due to sliding between the olles nd oute ing cewy. The minimum xil lod F min necessy to pevent such sliding is obtined fom the following eqution: C 0 F min =...(10.3) 1000 Tble Duplex eings of Seies 72 Light Pelod L Pelods Medium Pelod M Hevy Pelod H Units : N 7900 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C A 98 A 99

50 11. DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS 11.1 Accucy nd Sufce Finish of Shfts nd Housings If the ccucy of shft o housing does not meet the specifiction, the pefomnce of the beings will be ffected nd they will not povide thei full cpbility. Fo exmple, inccucy in the squeness of the shft shoulde my cuse mislignment of the being inne nd oute ings, which my educe the being ftigue life by dding n edge lod in ddition to the noml lod. Cge fctue nd seizue sometimes occu fo this sme eson. Housings should be igid in ode to povide fim being suppot. High igidity housings e dvntgeous lso fom he stndpoint of noise, lod distibution, etc. Fo noml opeting conditions, tuned finish o smooth boed finish is sufficient fo the fitting sufce; howeve, gound finish is necessy fo pplictions whee vibtion nd noise must be low o whee hevy lods e pplied. In cses whee two o moe beings e mounted in one single-piece housing, the fitting sufces of the housing boe should be designed so both being sets my be finished togethe with one opetion such s in -line boing. In the cse of split housings, ce must be tken in the fbiction of the housing so the oute ing will not become defomed duing instlltion. The ccucy nd sufce finish of shfts nd housings e listed in Tble 11.1 fo noml opeting conditions. Tble Accucy nd Roughness of Shft nd Housing Item Tolence fo Out-of-oundness Tolence fo Cylindiclity Tolence fo Shoulde Runout Roughness of Fitting Sufces R Clss of eings Noml, Clss 6 Clss 5, Clss 4 Noml, Clss 6 Clss 5, Clss 4 Noml, Clss 6 Clss 5, Clss 4 Smll eings Lge eings Remks This tble is fo genel ecommendtion using dius mesuing method, the bsic tolence (IT) clss should be selected in ccodnce with the being pecision clss. Regding the figues of IT, plese efe to the Appendix Tble 11 (pge C22). Remks In cses tht the oute ing is mounted in the housing boe with intefeence o tht thin cosssection being is mounted on shft nd housing, the ccucy of the shft nd housing should be highe since this ffects the being cewy A 100 diectly. IT3 2 IT2 2 IT3 2 IT2 2 Shft to to to to IT3 IT IT4 2 IT3 2 IT4 2 IT3 2 Housing oe IT4 2 IT2 2 IT4 2 IT2 2 to to to to IT3 to IT4 IT IT5 2 IT3 2 IT5 2 IT Shoulde nd Fillet Dimensions The shouldes of the shft o housing in contct with the fce of being must be pependicul to the shft cente line. (Refe to Tble 11.1) The font fce side shoulde boe of the housing fo tpeed olle being should be pllel with the being xis in ode to void intefeence with the cge. The fillets of the shft nd housing should not come in contct with the being chmfe; theefoe, the fillet dius must be smlle thn the minimum being chmfe dimension o 1. Housing (min) o 1 (min) eing (min) o 1 (min) Shft (min) o 1 (min) The shoulde heights fo both shfts nd housings fo dil beings should be sufficient to povide good suppot ove the fce of the beings, but enough fce should extend beyond the shoulde to pemit use of specil dismounting tools. The ecommended minimum shoulde heights fo metic seies dil beings e listed in Tble 11.2 Nominl dimensions ssocited with being mounting e listed in the being tbles including the pope shoulde dimetes. Sufficient shoulde height is pticully impotnt fo suppoting the side ibs of tpeed olle beings nd cylindicl olle beings subjected to high xil lods. The vlues of h nd in Tble 11.2 should be dopted in those cses whee the fillet dius of the shft o housing is s shown in Fig (), while the vlues in Tble 11.3 e genelly used with n undecut fillet dius poduced when ginding the shft s shown in Fig (b). h h (min) o 1 (min) Fig Chmfe Dimensions, Fillet Rdius of Fig.11.1 Shft nd Housing, nd Shoulde Height Tble Recommended Minimum Shoulde Heights fo Use with Metic Seies Rdil eings Units : mm Nominl Chmfe Dimensions (min) o 1 (min) Fillet Rdius (mx) Shft o Housing Minimun Shoulde Heights h (min) Deep Goove ll eings, Self-Aligning ll eings, Cylindicl Rolle eings, Needle Rolle eings Angul Contct ll eings, Tpeed Rolle eings, Spheicl Rolle eings Remks 1. When hevy xil lods e pplied, the shoulde height must be sufficiently highe thn the vlues listed. Remks 2. The fillet dius of the cone is lso pplicble to thust beings. Remks 3. The shoulde dimete is listed insted of shoulde height in the being tbles. h h g (min) (min) t (min) (min) b () (b) Fig Chmfe Dimensions, Fillet Rdius, nd Fig Shoulde Height Chmfe Dimensions of Inne nd Oute Rings (min) o 1(min) Tble Shft Undecut Undecut Dimensions t g b Units : mm A 101

51 DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS Fo thust beings, the squeness nd contct e of the suppoting fce fo the being ings must be dequte. In the cse of thust bll beings, the housing shoulde dimete D should be less thn the pitch cicle dimete of the blls, nd the shft shoulde dimete d should be gete thn the pitch cicle dimete of the blls (Fig. 11.3). Fo thust olle beings, it is dvisble fo the full contct length between olles nd ings to be suppoted by the shft nd housing shoulde (Fig. 11.4). These dimetes d nd D e listed in the being tbles. Fig Fce Suppoting Dimetes Fig fo Thust ll eings Fig Fce Suppoting Dimetes Fig fo Thust Rolle eings 11.3 eing Sels To insue the longest possible life of being, it my be necessy to povide sels to pevent lekge of lubicnt nd enty of dust, wte nd othe hmful mteil like metllic pticles. The sels must be fee fom excessive unning fiction nd the pobbility of seizue. They should lso be esy to ssemble nd disssemble. It is necessy to select suitble sel fo ech ppliction consideing the lubicting method Non-Contct Type Sels Vious seling devices tht do not contct the shft, such s oil gooves, flinges, nd lbyinths, e vilble. Stisfctoy seling cn usully be obtined with such sels becuse of thei close unning clence. Centifugl foce my lso ssist in peventing intenl contmintion nd lekge of the lubicnt. (1) Oil Goove Sels The effectiveness of oil goove sels is obtined by mens of the smll gp between the shft nd housing boe nd by multiple gooves on eithe o both of the housing boe nd shft sufce (Fig (), (b)). Since the use of oil gooves lone is not completely effective, except t low speeds, flinge o lbyinth type sel is often combined with n oil goove sel (Fig (c)). The enty of dust is impeded by pcking gese with consistency of bout 200 into the gooves. The smlle the gp between the shft nd housing, the gete the seling effect; howeve, the shft nd housing must not come in contct while unning. The ecommended gps e given in Tble The ecommended goove width is ppoximtely 3 to 5mm, with depth of bout 4 to 5mm. In the cse of seling methods using gooves only, thee should be thee o moe gooves. (2) Flinge (Slinge) Type Sels A flinge is designed to foce wte nd dust wy by mens of the centifugl foce cting on ny contminnts on the shft. Seling mechnisms with flinges inside the housing s shown in Fig (), (b) e minly intended to pevent oil lekge, nd e used in envionments with eltively little dust. Dust nd moistue e pevented fom enteing by the centifugl foce of flinges shown in Figs 11.6 (c), (d). Tble Gps between Shfts nd Housings fo Oil-Goove Type Sels Units : mm Nominl Shft Dimete Unde 50 () Rdil Gp 0.25 to to 1.5 (b) (c) Fig Exmples of Flinge Configutions (3) Lbyinth Sels Lbyinth sels e fomed by intedigitted segments ttched to the shft nd housing tht e septed by vey smll gp. They e pticully suitble fo peventing oil lekge fom the shft t high speeds. The type shown in Fig () is widely used becuse of its ese of ssembly, but those shown in Fig (b), (c) hve bette sel effectiveness. Nominl Shft Dimete Tble Lbyinth Sel Gps Rdil Gp Lbyinth Gps (d) Units : mm Axill Gp Unde to to to to 5 () (b) (c) Fig Exmples of Oil Gooves () Axil Lbyinth (b) Rdil Lbyinth (c) Lbyinth fo Self-Aligning Shft Fig Exmples of Lbyinth Designs A 102 A 103

52 DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND HOUSINGS 12. LURICATION Contct Type Sels The effectiveness of contct sels is chieved by the physicl contct between the shft nd sel, which my be mde of synthetic ubbe, synthetic esin, felt, etc. Oil sels with synthetic ubbe lips e most fequently used. (1) Oil Sels Mny types of oil sels e used to pevent lubicnt fom leking out s well s to pevent dust, wte, nd othe foeign mtte fom enteing (Figs nd 11.9) In Jpn, such oil sels e stnddized (Refe to JIS 2402) on the bsis of type nd size. Since mny oil sels e equipped with cicumfeentil spings to mintin dequte contct foce, oil sels cn follow the non-unifom ottionl movement of shft to some degee. Sel lip mteils e usully synthetic ubbe including nitile, cylte, silicone, nd fluoine. Tetfluoide ethylene is lso used. The mximum llowble opeting tempetue fo ech mteil inceses in this sme ode. Synthetic ubbe oil sels my cuse touble such s oveheting, we, nd seizue, unless thee is n oil film between the sel lip nd shft. Theefoe, some lubicnt should be pplied to the sel lip when the sels e instlled. It is lso desible fo the lubicnt inside the housing to sped little between the sliding sufces. Fig Exmple of Appliction Fig of Oil Sel (1) The pemissible cicumfeentil speed fo oil sels vies depending on the type, the finish of the shft sufce, liquid to be seled, tempetue, shft eccenticity, etc. The tempetue nge fo oil sels is esticted by the lip mteil. Appoximte cicumfeentil sufce speeds nd tempetue pemitted unde fvoble conditions e listed in Tble When oil sels e used t high cicumfeentil sufce speed o unde high intenl pessue, the contct sufce of the shft must be smoothly finished nd the shft eccenticity should be less thn 0.02 to 0.05mm. The hdness of the shft's contct sufce should be mde highe thn HRC40 by mens of het tetment o hd chome plting in ode to gin bsion esistnce. If possible, hdness of moe thn HRC 55 is ecommended. The ppoximte level of contct sufce finish equied fo sevel shft cicumfeentil sufce speeds is given in Tble (2) Felt Sels Felt sels e one of the simplest nd most common sels being used fo tnsmission shfts, etc. Howeve, since oil pemetion nd lekge e unvoidble if oil is used, this type of sel is used only fo gese lubiction, pimily to pevent dust nd othe foeign mtte fom enteing. Felt sels e not suitble fo cicumfeentil sufce speeds exceeding 4m/sec; theefoe, it is pefeble to eplce them with synthetic ubbe sels depending on the ppliction. Tble Pemissible Cicumfeentil Sufce Speeds nd Tempetue Rnge fo Oil Sels Synthetic Rubbe Sel Mteils Nitile Rubbe Acylic Rubbe Silicone Rubbe Fluoinecontines Rubbe Pemissible Cicumfeentil Speeds(m/sec) Unde 16 Unde 25 Unde 32 Unde 32 Note ( 1 ) The uppe limit of the tempetue nge my be ised bout 20 C fo opetion fo shot intevis. Tble Shft Cicumfeentil Sufce Speeds nd Finish of Contct Sufces Opeting Tempetue Rnge( C)( 1 ) 25 to to to to +200 Tetfluoide Ethylene Resin Unde to Puposes of Lubiction The min puposes of lubiction e to educe fiction nd we inside the beings tht my cuse pemtue filue. The effects of lubiction my be biefly explined s follows: (1) Reduction of Fiction nd We Diect metllic contct between the being ings, olling elements nd cge, which e the bsic components of being, is pevented by n oil film which educes the fiction nd we in the contct es. (2) Extension of Ftigue Life The olling ftigue life of beings depends getly upon the viscosity nd film thickness between the olling contct sufces. A hevy film thickness polongs the ftigue life, but it is shotened if the viscosity of the oil is too low so the film thickness is insufficient. (3) Dissiption of Fictionl Het nd Cooling Cicultion lubiction my be used to cy wy fictionl het o het tnsfeed fom the outside to pevent the being fom oveheting nd the oil fom deteioting. (4) Othes Adequte lubiction lso helps to pevent foeign mteil fom enteing the beings nd guds ginst coosion o usting Lubicting Methods The vious lubicting methods e fist divided into eithe gese o oil lubiction. Stisfctoy being pefomnce cn be chieved by dopting the lubicting method which is most suitble fo the pticul ppliction nd opeting condition. In genel, oil offes supeio lubiction; howeve, gese lubiction llows simple stuctue ound the beings. A compison of gese nd oil lubiction is given in Tble Tble Compison of Gese nd Oil Lubiction Item Gese Lubiction Oil Lubiction Housing Stuctue nd Seling Method Speed Cooling Effect Fluidity Full Lubicnt Replcement Removl of Foeign Mtte Extenl Contmintion due to Lekge Simple Limiting speed is 65% to 80% of tht with oil lubiction. Poo Poo Sometimes difficult Removl of pticles fom gese is impossible. Suoundings seldom contminted by lekge. My be complex, Ceful mintennce equied. Highe limiting speed. Het tnste is possible using foced oil cicultion. Good Esy Esy Often leks without pope countemesues. Not suitble if extenl contmintion must be voided Gese Lubiction (1) Gese Quntity The quntity of gese to be pcked in housing depends on the housing design nd fee spce, gese chcteistics, nd mbient tempetue. Fo exmple, the beings fo the min shfts of mchine tools, whee the ccucy my be impied by smll tempetue ise, equie only smll mount of gese. The quntity of gese fo odiny beings is detemined s follows. Sufficient gese must be pcked inside the being including the cge guide fce. The vilble spce inside the housing to be pcked with gese depends on the speed s follows: 1/2 to 2/3 of the spce When the speed is less thn 50% of the limiting speed. 1/3 to 1/2 of the spce When the speed is moe thn 50% of the limiting speed. Cicumfeentil Sufce Speeds(m/s) Sufce Finish R (µm) Unde to Ove A 104 Fig Exmple of Appliction Fig of Oil Sel (2) A 105

53 LURICATION (2) Replcement of Gese Gese, once pcked, usully need not be eplenished fo long time; howeve, fo sevee opeting conditions, gese should be fequently eplenished o eplced. In such cses, the being housing should be designed to fcilitte gese eplenishment nd eplcement. When eplenishment intevls e shot, povide eplenishment nd dischge pots t ppopite positions so deteioted gese is eplced by fesh gese. Fo exmple, the housing spce on the gese supply side cn be divided into sevel sections with ptitions. The gese on the ptitioned side gdully psses though the beings nd old gese foced fom the being is dischged though gese vlve (Fig. 12.1). If gese vlve is not used, the spce on Gese Replenishment Intevl, tf A 106 Rdil ll eings Cylindicl Rolle eings h A-A Fig Combintion of Ptitioned Gese Fig Resevoi nd Gese Vlve A A d=10 Gese Replenishment Intevl, tf h Speed n min 1 Speed n min 1 (1) Rdil ll eings, Cylindicl Rolle eings (2) Tpeed Rolle eings, Spheicl Rolle eings (3) Lod fcto P/C Lod fcto Fig Gese Replenishment Intevls the dischge side is mde lge thn the ptitioned side so it cn etin the old gese, which is emoved peiodiclly by emoving the cove. (3) Replenishing Intevl Even if high-qulity gese is used, thee is deteiotion of its popeties with time; theefoe, peiodic eplenishment is equied. Figs 12.2 (1) nd (2) show the eplenishment time intevls fo vious being types unning t diffeent speeds. Figs.12.2 (1) nd (2) pply fo the condition of high-qulity lithium sop-minel oil gese, being tempetue of 70 C, nd noml lod (P/C=0.1). Tempetue If the being tempetue exceeds 70 C, the eplenishment time intevl must be educed by hlf fo evey 15 C tempetue ise of the beings. Gese In cse of bll beings especilly, the eplenishing time intevl cn be extended depending on used gese type. (Fo exmple, high-qulity lithium sopsynthetic oil gese my extend bout two times of eplenishing time intevl shown in Fig.12.2 (1). If the tempetue of the beings is less thn 70 C, the usge of lithium sop-minel oil gese o lithium sop-synthetic oil gese is ppopite.) It is dvisble to consult NSK. Lod The eplenishing time intevl depends on the mgnitude of the being lod. Plese efe to Fig.12.2 (3). If P/C exceeds 0.16, it is dvisble to consult NSK d=20 30 (4) Gese Life of Totlly Enclosed ll eings When gese is pcked into single-ow deep goove bll beings, the gese life my be estimted using Eqution (12.1) o (12.2) o Fig. 12.3: (Genel pupose gese ( 1 )) Avege gese life, t log t = ( ) T (Wide-nge gese ( 2 )) h T=70 80 (12.1) log t = ( ) T (12.2) whee t : Avege gese life, (h) n : Speed (min 1 ) N mx : Limiting speed with gese lubiction (min 1 ) (vlues fo ZZ nd VV types listed in the being tbles) T : Opeting tempetue C Equtions (12.1) nd (12.2) nd Fig pply unde the following conditions: () Speed, n 0.25 n 1 N mx when n <0.25, ssume n = 0.25 N mx n N mx n N mx N mx Genel pupose gese Wide-nge gese T= n/n mx Fig Gese Life of Seled ll eings n N mx n N mx (b) Opeting Tempetue, T Fo genel pupose gese ( 1 ) Fo wide-nge gese ( 2 ) When T<70 C ssume T = 70 C Fig Oil th Lubiction 70 C T 110 C 70 C T 130 C (c) eing Lods The being lods should be bout 1/10 o less of the bsic lod ting C. Notes ( 1 ) Minel-oil bse geses (e.g. lithium sop bse gese) which e often used ove tempetue nge of ound 10 to 110 C. Notes ( 2 ) Synthetic-oil bse geses e usble ove wide tempetue nge of ound 40 to 130 C Oil Lubiction (1) Oil th Lubiction Oil bth lubiction is widely used with low o medium speeds. The oil level should be t the cente of the lowest olling element. It is desible to povide sight guge so the pope oil level my be mintined (Fig. 12.4) (2) Dip-Feed Lubiction Dip feed lubiction is widely used fo smll bll beings opeted t eltively high speeds. As shown in Fig. 12.5, oil is stoed in visible oile. The oil dip te is contolled with the scew in the top. Fig Dip Feed Fig Lubiction A 107

54 LURICATION (3) Splsh Lubiction With this lubicting method, oil is splshed onto the beings by ges o simple otting disc instlled ne beings without submeging the beings in oil. It is commonly used in utomobile tnsmissions nd finl dive ges. Fig shows this lubicting method used on eduction ge. (4) Ciculting Lubiction Ciculting lubiction is commonly used fo high speed opetion equiing being cooling nd fo beings used t high tempetues. As shown in Fig (), oil is supplied by the pipe on the ight side, it tvels though the being, nd dins out though the pipe on the left. Afte being cooled in esevoi, it etuns to the being though pump nd filte. The oil dischge pipe should be lge thn the supply pipe so n excessive mount of oil will not bck up in the housing. (5) Jet Lubiction Jet lubiction is often used fo ult high speed beings, such s the beings in jet engines with d m n vlve (d m : pitch dimete of olling element set in mm; n: ottionl speed in min 1 ) exceeding one million. Lubicting oil is spyed unde pessue fom one o moe nozzles diectly into the being. Fig shows n exmple of odiny jet lubiction. The lubicting oil is spyed on the inne ing nd cge guide fce. In the cse of high speed opetion, the i suounding the being ottes with it cusing the oil jet to be deflected. The jetting speed of the oil fom the nozzle should be moe thn 20% of the cicumfeentil speed of the inne ing oute sufce (which is lso the guide fce fo the cge). Moe unifom cooling nd bette tempetue distibution is chieved using moe nozzles fo given mount of oil. It is desible fo the oil to be focibly dischged so the gitting esistnce of the lubicnt cn be educed nd the oil cn effectively cy wy the het. (6) Oil Mist Lubiction Oil mist lubiction, lso clled oil fog lubiction, utilizes n oil mist spyed into being. This method hs the following dvntges: () ecuse of the smll quntity of oil equied, the oil gittion esistnce is smll, nd highe speeds e possible. (b) Contmintion of the vicinity ound the being is slight becuse the oil lekge is smll. (c) It is eltively esy to continuously supply fesh oil; theefoe, the being life is extended. This lubicting method is used in beings fo the high speed spindles of mchine tools, high speed pumps, oll necks of olling mills, etc (Fig. 12.9). Fo oil mist lubiction of lge beings, it is dvisble to consult NSK. (7) Oil/Ai Lubicting Method Using the oil/i lubicting method, vey smll mount of oil is dischged intemittently by constnt-quntity piston into pipe cying constnt flow of compessed i. The oil flows long the wll of the pipe nd ppoches constnt flow te. The mjo dvntges of oil/i lubiction e: () Since the minimum necessy mount of oil is supplied, this method is suitble fo high speeds becuse less het is geneted. (b) Since the minimum mount of oil is fed continuously, being tempetue emins stble. Also, becuse of the smll mount of oil, thee is lmost no tmospheic pollution. (c) Since only fesh oil is fed to the beings, oil deteiotion need not be consideed. (d) Since compessed i is lwys fed to the beings, the intenl pessue is high, so dust, cutting fluid, etc. cnnot ente. Fo these esons, this method is used in the min spindles of mchine tools nd othe high speed pplictions (Fig. 12.1O). Oil Oil () (b) Fig Jet Lubiction Fig Splsh Lubiction Fig Oil Mist Lubiction Oil Oil/i inlets 5 plces Oil Oil () (b) (c) Fig Ciculting Lubiction Oil/i dischge pots 2 plces Fig Oil/Ai Lubiction A 108 A 109

55 LURICATION 12.3 Lubicnts Lubicting Gese Gese is semi-solid lubicnt consisting of bse oil, thickene nd dditives. The min types nd genel popeties of gese e shown in Tble It should be emembeed tht diffeent bnds of the sme type of gese my hve diffeent popeties. (1) se Oil Minel oils o synthetic oils such s silicone o dieste oil e minly used s the bse oil fo gese. The lubicting popeties of gese depend minly on the chcteistics of its bse oil. Theefoe, the viscosity of the bse oil is just s impotnt when selecting gese s when selecting n oil. Usully, gese mde with low viscosity bse oils is moe suitble fo high speeds nd low tempetues, while geses mde with high viscosity bse oils e moe suited fo high tempetues nd hevy lods. Howeve, the thickene lso influences the lubicting popeties of gese; theefoe, the selection citei fo gese is not the sme s fo lubicting oil. (2) Thickene As thickenes fo lubicting gese, thee e sevel types of metllic sops, inognic thickenes such s silic gel nd bentonite, nd het esisting ognic thickenes such s polyue nd fluoic compounds. The type of thickene is closely elted to the gese dopping point ( 1 ); genelly, gese with high dopping point lso hs high tempetue cpbility duing opetion. Howeve, this type of gese does not hve high woking tempetue unless the bse oil is het-esistnt. The highest possible woking tempetue fo gese should be detemined consideing the het esistnce of the bse oil. The wte esistnce of gese depends upon the type of thickene. Sodium sop gese o compound gese contining sodium sop emulsifies when exposed to wte o high humidity, nd theefoe, cnnot be used whee moistue is pevlent. Popeties Remks Nme (Popul nme) Thickene se Oil Dopping Point, C Woking Tempetues, C Woking Speed, %( 1 ) Mechnicl Stbility Pessue Resistnce Wte Resistnce Rust Pevention Minel Oil Lithium Gese Sodium Gese (Fibe Gese) Clcium Gese (Cup Gese) Li Sop N Sop C Sop Dieste Oil, Polytomic Este Oil Mixed se Gese N + C Sop, Li + C Sop, etc. Complex se Gese (Complex Gese) C Complex Sop, Al Complex Sop, Li Complex Sop, etc. Silicone Oil Minel Oil Minel Oil Minel Oil Minel Oil Minel Oil Non-Sop se Gese (Non-Sop Gese) Ue, entonite, Cbon lck, Fluoic Compounds, Het Resistnt Ognic Compound, etc. Synthetic Oil (Este Oil, Polytomic Este Oil, Synthetic Hydocbon Oil, Silicone Oil, Fluoic sed Oil) 170 to to to to to to to 300 > 230 > to to to to to to to to +130 < to 100 Good Good Good Good Poo Good Good Good Good Fi Fi Poo Fi Poo Fi to Good Fi to Good Fi Fi Good Good Good Poo Good Poo fo N Sop Gese Good Good Good Good Good Poo Poo to Good Good Fi to Good Fi to Good Fi to Good Fi to Good Genel pupose gese used fo numeous pplictions Good low tempetue nd toque chcteistics. Often used fo smll motos nd instument beings. Py ttention to ust cused by insultion vnish. Minly fo high tempetue pplictions. Unsuitble fo beings fo high nd low speeds o hevy lods o those hving numeous sliding-contct es (olle beings, etc.) Note ( 1 ) The vlues listed e pecentges of the limiting speeds given in the being tbles. Tble 12.2 Gese Popeties Long nd shot fibe types e vilble. Long fibe gese is unsuitble fo high speeds. Attention to wte nd high tempetue is equed. Exteme pessue gese contining high viscosity minel oil nd exteme pessue dditive (Pb sop, etc.) hs high pessue esistnce. Often used fo olle beings nd lge bll being. Suitble fo exteme pessues mechniclly stble Remks The gese popeties shown hee cn vy between bnds. Minel oil bse gese is middle nd high tempetue pupose lubicnt. Synthetic oil bse gese is ecommended fo low o high tempetue. Some silicone nd fluoic oil bsed gese hve poo ust pevention nd noise. (3) Additives Gese often contins vious dditives such s ntioxidnts, coosion inhibitos, nd exteme pessue dditives to give it specil popeties. It is ecommended tht exteme pessue dditives be used in hevy lod pplictions. Fo long use without eplenishment, n ntioxidnt should be dded. Note ( 1 ) The gese dopping point is tht tempetue t which gese heted in specified smll contine becomes sufficiently fluid to dip. (4) Consistency Consistency indictes the softness of gese. Tble 12.3 shows the eltion between consistency nd woking conditions. (5) Mixing Diffeent Types of Gese In genel, diffeent bnds of gese must not be mixed. Mixing gese with diffeent types of thicknenes my destoy its composition nd physicl popeties. Even if the thickenes e of the sme type, possible diffeences in the dditive my cuse detimentl effects. Consistency Numbe Consistency( 1 ) 1/10 mm Woking Conditions (Appliction) Note Tble 12.3 Consistency nd Woking Conditions to to to to to 205 Fo centlized oiling When fetting is likely to occu Fo centlized oiling When fetting is likely to occu Fo low tempetues Fo genel use Fo seled bll beings Fo genel use Fo seled bll beings Fo high tempetues Fo high tempetues Fo gese sels ( 1 ) Consistency: The depth to which cone descends into gese when specified weight is pplied, indicted in units of 1/10mm. The lge the vlue, the softe the gese. A 110 A 111

56 LURICATION Lubicting Oil The lubicting oils used fo olling beings e usully highly efined minel oil o synthetic oil tht hve high oil film stength nd supeio oxidtion nd coosion esistnce. When selecting lubicting oil, the viscosity t the opeting conditions is impotnt. If the viscosity is too low, pope oil film is not fomed nd bnoml we nd seizue my occu. On the othe hnd, if the viscosity is too high, excessive viscous esistnce my cuse heting o lge powe loss. In genel, low viscosity oils should be used t high speed; howeve, the viscosity should incese with incesing being lod nd size. Tble 12.4 gives genelly ecommended viscosities fo beings unde noml opeting conditions. Fo use when selecting the pope lubicting oil, Fig shows the eltionship between oil tempetue nd viscosity, nd exmples of selection e shown in Tble Tble eing Types nd Pope Viscosity of Lubicting Oils Pope Viscosity eing Type t Opeting Tempetue ll eings nd Highe thn 13mm 2 /s Cylindicl Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings nd Highe thn 20mm 2 /s Spheicl Rolle eings Spheicl Thust Rolle eings Highe thn 32mm 2 /s Remks 1mm 2 /s=1cst (centistokes) Oil Replcement Intevls Oil eplcement intevls depend on the opeting conditions nd oil quntity. In those cses whee the opeting tempetue is less thn 50 C, nd the envionmentl conditions e good with little dust, the oil should be eplced ppoximtely once ye. Howeve, in cses whee the oil tempetue is bout 100 C, the oil must be chnged t lest once evey thee months. Opeting Tempetue Tble Exmples of Selection Lubicting Oils If moistue my ente o if foeign mtte my be mixed in the oil, then the oil eplcement intevl must be shotened. Mixing diffeent bnds of oil must be pevented fo the sme eson given peviously fo gese. Speed Light o noml Lod Hevy o Shock Lod 30 to 0 C Less thn limiting speed ISO VG 15, 22, 32 (efigeting mchine oil) Viscosity Redwood Sybolt (Seconds) (Seconds) mm 2 /s A C D E F G H J K L M N ISO Viscosity Gde ssumed V.I.80 A : VG 7 H : VG 100 : VG 10 JK : VG 150 C : VG 15 : VG 220 D : VG 22 L : VG 320 E : VG 32 M : VG 460 F : VG 46 N : VG 680 G : VG C 0 to 50 C 50 to 80 C 80 to 110 C Less thn 50% of limiting speed 50 to 100% of limiting speed Moe thn limiting speed Less thn 50% of limiting speed 50 to 100% of limiting speed Moe thn limiting speed Less thn 50% of limiting speed 50 to 100% of limiting speed Moe thn limiting speed ISO VG 32, 46, 68 (being oil, tubine oil) ISO VG 15, 22, 32 (being oil, tubine oil) ISO VG 10, 15, 22 (being oil) ISO VG 100, 150, 220 (beings oil) ISO VG 46, 68, 100 (being oil, tubine oil) ISO VG 32, 46, 68 (being oil, tubine oil) ISO VG 320, 460 (being oil) ISO VG 150, 220 (being oil) ISO VG 68, 100 (being oil, tubine oil) ISO VG 46, 68, 100 (being oil, tubine oil) ISO VG 22, 32, 46 (being oil, tubine oil) ISO VG 150, 220, 320 (being oil) ISO VG 68, 100, 150 (being oil, tubine oil) ISO VG 460, 680 (being oil, ge oil) ISO VG 220, 320 (being oil) F Tempetue Fig Tempetue-Viscosity Cht Remks 1. Fo the limiting speed, use the vlues listed in the being tbles. Remks 2. Refe to Refigeting Mchine Oils (JIS K 2211), eing Oils (JIS K 2239), Tubine Oils (JIS K 2213), Ge Oils (JIS K 2219). Remks 3. If the opeting tempetue is ne the high end of the tempetue nge listed in the left column, select high viscosity oil. Remks 4. If the opeting tempetue is lowe thn -30 C o highe thn 110 C, it is dvisble to consult NSK. A 112 A 113

57 13. EARING MATERIALS The being ings nd olling elements of olling beings e subjected to epetitive high pessue with smll mount of sliding. The cges e subjected to tension nd compession nd sliding contct with the olling elements nd eithe o both of the being ings. Theefoe, the mteils used fo the ings, olling elements, nd cges equie the following chcteistics: Mteil chcteistic s equied fo being ings nd olling elements High olling contct ftigue stength High hdness High we esistnce High dimensionl stbility High mechnicl stength Othe necessy chcteistics, such s esy poduction, shock nd het esistnce, nd coosion esistnce, e equied depending on individul pplictions. Stndd 13.1 Mteils fo eing Rings nd Rolling Elements Pimily, high cbon chomium being steel (Tble 13.1) is used fo the being ings nd olling elements. Most NSK beings e mde of SUJ2 mong the JIS steel types listed in Tble 13.1, while the lge beings genelly use SUJ3. The chemicl composition of SUJ2 is ppoximtely the sme s AISI specified in the USA, DIN 100 C6 in Gemny, nd S 535A99 in Englnd. Fo beings tht e subjected to vey sevee shock lods, cbuized low-cbon lloy steels such s chome steel, chome molybdenum steel, nickel chome molybdenum steel, etc. e often used. Such steels, when they e cbuized to the pope depth nd hve sufficient sufce hdness, e moe shock esistnt thn noml, though-hdened being steels becuse of the softe enegy-bsobing coe. The chemicl composition of common cbuized being steels is listed in Tble Tble Chemicl Composition of Cbuizing eing Steels (Mjo Elements) Symbols Chcteistics equied fo cge mteil Tble Chemicl Composition of High-Cbon Chomium eing Steel (Mjo Elements) Stndd Symbols Chemicl Composition (%) C Si Mn P S C Mo JIS G 4805 SUJ to to 0.35 Less thn 0.50 Less thn Less thn to 1.60 SUJ to to to 1.15 Less thn Less thn to 1.20 SUJ to to 0.35 Less thn 0.50 Less thn Less thn to to 0.25 ASTM A to to to 0.45 Less thn Less thn to 1.60 Less thn 0.10 Chemicl Composition (%) C Si Mn P S Ni C Mo JIS G 4052 SC 420 H 0.17 to to to 0.95 Less thn Less thn Less thn to 1.25 SCM 420 H 0.17 to to to 0.95 Less thn Less thn Less thn to to 0.35 SNCM 220 H 0.17 to to to 0.95 Less thn Less thn to to to 0.30 SNCM 420 H 0.17 to to to 0.70 Less thn Less thn to to to 0.30 JIS G 4053 SNCM to to to 0.60 Less thn Less thn to to to 0.30 ASTM A H 0.17 to to to 0.95 Less thn Less thn to to to H 0.17 to to to 0.70 Less thn Less thn to to to H 0.07 to to to 0.70 Less thn Less thn to to to 0.15 NSK uses highly pue vcuum-degssed being steel contining minimum of oxygen, nitogen, nd hydogen compound impuities. The olling ftigue life of beings hs been emkbly impoved using this mteil combined with the ppopite het tetment. Fo specil pupose beings, high tempetue being steel, which hs supeio het esistnce, nd stinless steel hving good coosion esistnce my be used. The chemicl composition of these specil mteils e given in Tbles 13.3 nd Stndd Symbols Tble Chemicl Composition of Stinless Steel fo Rolling eing (Mjo Elements) 13.2 Cge Mteils The low cbon steels shown in Tble 13.5 e the min ones fo the pessed cges fo beings. Depending on the pupose, bss o stinless steel my be used. Fo mchined cges, high stength bss (Tble 13.6) o cbon steel (Tble 13.5) is used. Sometimes synthetic esin is lso used. Chemicl Composition (%) C Si Mn P S C Mo JIS G 4303 SUS 440 C 0.95 to 1.20 Less thn 1.00 Less thn 1.00 Less thn Less thn to SAE J C 0.95 to 1.20 Less thn 1.00 Less thn 1.00 Less thn Less thn to Tble Chemicl Composition of Steel sheet nd Cbon Steel fo Cges (Mjo Elements) Chemicl Composition (%) Clssifiction Stndd Symbols C Si Mn P S Less thn Less thn Less thn Less thn JIS G 3141 SPCC Steel sheet nd Less thn Less thn Less thn stip fo pessed AS 361 SP to to cges Less thn Less thn JIS G 3311 S 50 CM 0.47 to to to Cbon steel fo JIS G 4051 S 25 C 0.22 to to to 0.60 Less thn 0.03 Less thn mchined cges Remks AS is Jpnese eing Assocition Stndd. Stndd Tble Chemicl Composition of High Stength ss fo Mchined Cges Chemicl Composition (%) Symbols Cu Zn Mn Fe Al Sn Ni Impuities Pb Si JIS H 5120 CAC301 Less thn Less thn Less thn Less thn 55.0 to to to to to 1.5 (HsC 1) Less thn JIS H 3250 C to 60.5 Residul 0.5 to to to Remks Impoved HsC 1 is lso used. Less thn 0.75 Less thn 0.75 Stndd Symbols Tble Chemicl Composition of High Speed Steel fo eings Used t High Tempetues Chemicl Composition (%) C Si Mn P S C Mo V Ni Cu Co W AISI M to 0.85 Less thn Less thn Less thn Less thn to to to 1.10 Less thn 0.10 Less thn 0.10 Less thn 0.25 Less thn 0.25 A 114 A 115

58 14. EARING HANDLING 14.1 Pecutions fo Pope Hndling of eings Since olling beings e high pecision mchine pts, they must be hndled ccodingly. Even if high qulity beings e used, thei expected pefomnce cnnot be chieved if they e not hndled popely. The min pecutions to be obseved e s follows: (1) Keep eings nd Suounding Ae Clen Dust nd dit, even if invisible to the nked eye, hve hmful effects on beings. It is necessy to pevent the enty of dust nd dit by keeping the beings nd thei envionment s clen s possible. (2) Ceful Hndling Hevy shocks duing hndling my cuse beings to be sctched o othewise dmged possibly esulting in thei filue. Excessively stong impcts my cuse binelling, beking, o ccking. (3) Use Pope Tools Alwys use the pope equipment when hndling beings nd void genel pupose tools. (4) Pevent Coosion Since pespition on the hnds nd vious othe contminnts my cuse coosion, keep the hnds clen when hndling beings. We gloves if possible. Py ttention to ust of being cused by coosive gsses Mounting The method of mounting olling beings stongly ffects thei ccucy, life, nd pefomnce, so thei mounting deseves ceful ttention. Thei chcteistics should fist be thooughly studied, nd then they should be mounted in the pope mnne. It is ecommended tht the hndling pocedues fo beings be fully investigted by the design enginees nd tht stndds be estblished with espect to the following items: (1) Clening the beings nd elted pts. (2) Checking the dimensions nd finish of elted pts. (3) Mounting (4) Inspection fte mounting. (5) Supply of lubicnts. eings should not be unpcked until immeditely befoe mounting. When using odiny gese lubiction, the gese should be pcked in the beings without fist clening them. Even in the cse of odiny oil lubiction, clening the beings is not equied. Howeve, beings fo instuments o fo high speed opetion must fist be clened with clen filteed oil in ode to emove the nti-coosion gent. Afte the beings e clened with filteed oil, they should be potected to pevent coosion. Pelubicted beings must be used without clening. eing mounting methods depend on the being type nd type of fit. As beings e usully used on otting shfts, the inne ings equie tight fit. eings with cylindicl boes e usully mounted by pessing them on the shfts (pess fit) o heting them to expnd thei dimete (shink fit). eings with tpeed boes cn be mounted diectly on tpeed shfts o cylindicl shfts using tpeed sleeves. eings e usully mounted in housings with loose fit. Howeve, in cses whee the oute ing hs n intefeence fit, pess my be used. eings cn be intefeence-fitted by cooling them befoe mounting using dy ice. In this cse, ust peventive tetment must be pplied to the being becuse moistue in the i condenses on its sufce Mounting of eings with Cylindicl oes (1) Pess Fits Fitting with pess is widely used fo smll beings. A mounting tool is plced on the inne ing s shown in Fig nd the being is slowly pessed on the shft with pess until the side of the inne ing ests ginst the shoulde of the shft. The mounting tool must not be plced on the oute ing fo pess mounting, since the being my be dmged. efoe mounting, pplying oil to the fitted shft sufce is ecommended fo smooth insetion. The mounting method using hmme should only be used fo smll bll beings with minimlly tight fits nd when pess is not vilble. In the cse of tight intefeence fits o fo medium nd lge beings, this method should not be used. Any time hmme is used, mounting tool must be plced on the inne ing. When both the inne nd oute ings of non-sepble beings, such s deep goove bll beings, equie tight-fit, mounting tool is plced on both ings s shown in Fig. 14.2, nd both ings e fitted t the sme time using scew o hydulic pess. Since the oute ing of self-ligning bll beings my deflect mounting tool such s tht shown in Fig should lwys be used fo mounting them. In the cse of sepble beings, such s cylindicl olle beings nd tpeed olle beings, the inne nd oute ings my be mounted septely. Assembly of the inne nd oute ings, which wee peviously mounted septely, should be done cefully to lign the inne nd oute ings coectly. Celess o foced ssembly my cuse sctches on the olling contct sufces. oe Expnsion Fig Pess Fitting Inne Ring Fig Simultneous Pess Fitting of Inne nd Oute Rings µm &T = 80 C Tempetue Diffeence 70 C 60 C 50 C 40 C 30 C 20 C 6 p6 n6 m5 k5 j mm oe Dimete Fig Tempetue nd Theml Expnsion of Inne Ring (2) Shink Fits Since pess fitting lge beings equies lge foce, shink fit is widely used. The beings e fist heted in oil to expnd them befoe mounting. This method pevents n excessive foce fom being imposed on the beings nd llows mounting them in shot time. The expnsion of the inne ing fo vious tempetue diffeences nd being sizes is shown in Fig The pecutions to follow when mking shink fits e s follows: () Do not het beings to moe thn 120 C. (b) Put the beings on wie net o suspend them in n oil tnk in ode to pevent them fom touching the tnk's bottom diectly. (c) Het the beings to tempetue 20 to 30 C highe thn the lowest tempetue equied fo mounting without intefeence since the inne ing will cool little duing mounting. (d) Afte mounting, the beings will shink in the xil diection s well s the dil diection while cooling. Theefoe, pess the being fimly ginst the shft shoulde using locting methods to void clence between the being nd shoulde. NSK eing Induction Hetes esides heting in oil, NSK eing Hetes, which use electomgnetic induction to het beings, e widely used. (Refe to Pge C7.) In NSK eing Hetes, electicity (AC) in coil poduces mgnetic field tht induces cuent inside the being tht genetes het. Consequently, without using flmes o oil unifom heting in shot time is possible, mking being shink fitting efficient nd clen. In the cse of eltively fequent mounting nd dismounting such s cylindicl olle beings fo oll necks of olling mills nd fo ilwy jounl boxes, induction heting should be used fo mounting nd dismounting inne ings. A 116 A 117

59 EARING HANDLING Mounting of eings with Tpeed oes eings with tpeed boes e mounted on tpeed shfts diectly o on cylindicl shfts with dptes o withdwl sleeves (Figs nd 14.5). Lge spheicl olle beings e often mounted using hydulic pessue. Fig shows being mounting utilizing sleeve nd hydulic nut. Fig shows nothe mounting method. Holes e dilled in the sleeve which e used to feed oil unde pessue to the being set. As the being expnds dilly, the sleeve is inseted xilly with djusting bolts. Spheicl olle beings should be mounted while checking thei dil-clence eduction nd efeing to the push-in mounts listed in Tble The dil clence must be mesued using clence guges. In this mesuement, s shown in Fig. 14.8, the clence fo both ows of olles must be mesued simultneously, nd these two vlues should be kept oughly the sme by djusting the eltive position of the oute nd inne ings. When lge being is mounted on shft, the oute ing my be defomed into n ovl shpe by its own weight. If the clence is mesued t the lowest pt of the defomed being, the mesued vlue my be bigge thn the tue vlue. If n incoect dil intenl clence is obtined in this mnne nd the vlues in Tble 14.1 e used, then the intefeence fit my Fig Mounting with Adpte become too tight nd the tue esidul clence my become too smll. In this cse, s shown in Fig one hlf of the totl clence t points nd b (which e on hoizontl line pssing though the being cente) nd c (which is t the lowest position of the being) my be used s the esidul clence. When self-ligning bll being is mounted on shft with n dpte, be sue tht the esidul clence does not become too smll. Sufficient clence fo esy lignment of the oute ing must be llowed Opetion Inspection Afte the mounting hs been completed, unning test should be conducted to detemine if the being hs been mounted coectly. Smll mchines my be mnully opeted to ssue tht they otte smoothly. Items to be checked include sticking due to foeign mtte o visible flws, uneven toque cused by impope mounting o n impope mounting sufce, nd excessive toque cused by n indequte clence, mounting eo, o sel fiction. If thee e no bnomlities, poweed opetion my be stted. Fig Mounting with Withdwl Sleeve eing oe Dimete d ove incl Tble 14.1 Mounting of Spheicl Rolle eings with Tpeed oes Reduction in Rdil Clence min mx Axil Movement Tpe 1 : 12 Tpe 1 : 30 min mx min mx Units : mm Minimum Pemissible Residul Clence Remks The vlues fo eduction in dil intenl clence e fo beings with CN clence. Fo being with C3 Clence,the mximum vlues listed should be used fo the eduction in dil intenl clence. CN C3 Oil Fig Mounting with Fig Hydulic Nut Fig Mounting with Specil Sleeve Fig nd Hydulic Pessue C Fig Clence Mesuement Fig of Spheicl Rolle eing C c Fig Mesuing Clence in Lge Spheicl Rolle Fig eing b c c Lge mchines, which cnnot be tuned by hnd, cn be stted fte exmintion with no lod, nd the powe immeditely cutoff nd the mchine llowed to cost to stop. Confim tht thee is no bnomlity such s vibtion, noise, contct of otting pts, etc. Poweed opetion should be stted slowly without lod nd the opetion should be obseved cefully until it is detemined tht no bnomlities exist, then gdully incese the speed, lod, etc. to thei noml levels. Items to be checked duing the test opetion include the existence of bnoml noise, excessive ise of being tempetue, lekge nd contmintion of lubicnts, etc. If ny bnomlity is found duing the test opetion, it must be stopped immeditely nd the mchine should be inspected. If necessy, the being should be dismounted fo exmintion. A 118 A 119

60 EARING HANDLING Although the being tempetue cn genelly be estimted by the tempetue of the outside sufce of the housing, it is moe desible to diectly mesue the tempetue of the oute ing using oil holes fo ccess. The being tempetue should ise gdully to the stedy stte level within one to two hous fte the opetion stts. If the being o its mounting is impope, the being tempetue my incese pidly nd become bnomlly high. The cuse of this bnoml tempetue my be n excessive mount of lubicnt, insufficient being clence, incoect Noise mounting, o excessive fiction of the sels. In the cse of high speed opetion, n incoect selection of being type o lubicting method my lso cuse n bnoml tempetue ise. The sound of being my be checked with noise locte o othe instuments. Abnoml conditions e indicted by loud metllic sound, o othe iegul noise, nd the possible cuse my include incoect lubiction, poo lignment of the shft nd housing, o the enty of foeign mtte into the being. The possible cuses nd countemesues fo iegulities e listed in Tble Tble Cuses of nd Countemesues fo Opeting Iegulities Iegulities Possible Cuses Countemesues Loud Metllic Sound ( 1 ) Loud Regul Sound Abnoml Lod Incoect mounting Insufficient o impope Lubicnt Contct of otting pts Flws,coosion,o sctches on cewys inelling Impove the fit, intenl clence, pelod, position of housing shoulde, etc. Impove the mchining ccucy nd lignment of shft nd housing, ccucy of mounting method. Replenish the lubicnt o select nothe lubicnt. Modify the lbyinth sel, etc. Replce o clen the being, impove the sels, nd use clen lubicnt. Replce the being nd use ce when hndling beings Dismounting A being my be emoved fo peiodic inspection o fo othe esons. If the emoved being is to be used gin o it is emoved only fo inspection, it should be dismounted s cefully s when it ws mounted. If the being hs tight fit, its emovl my be difficult. The mens fo emovl should be consideed in the oiginl design of the djcent pts of the mchine. When dismounting, the pocedue nd sequence of emovl should fist be studied using the mchine dwing nd consideing the type of mounting fit in ode to pefom the opetion popely Dismounting of Oute Rings In ode to emove n oute ing tht is tightly fitted, fist plce bolts in the push-out holes in the housing t sevel loctions on its cicumfeence s shown in Fig , nd emove the oute ing by unifomly tightening the bolts. These bolt holes should lwys be fitted with blnk plugs when not being used fo dismounting. In the cse of sepble beings, such s tpeed olle beings, some notches should be mde t sevel positions in the housing shoulde, s shown in Fig , so the oute ing my be pessed out using dismounting tool o by tpping it Dismounting of eings with Cylindicl oes If the mounting design llows spce to pess out the inne ing, this is n esy nd fst method. In this cse, the withdwl foce should be imposed only on the inne ing (Fig ). Withdwl tools like those shown in Figs nd e often used. olt Plug Fig Removl of Oute Ring with Dismounting olts Iegul Sound Flking on cewy Excessive clence Penettion of foeign pticles Replce the being. Impove the fit, clence nd pelod. Replce o clen the being, impove the sels, nd use clen lubicnt. Flws o flking on blls Excessive mount of lubicnt Insufficient o impope lubicnt Replce the being. Reduce mount of lubicnt, select stiffe gese. Replenish lubicnt o select bette one. Fig Removl Notches Abnoml Tempetue Rise Vibtion (Axil unout) Abnoml lod Incoect mounting Ceep on fitted sufce, excessive sel fiction inelling Flking Incoect mounting Impove the fit, intenl clence, pelod, position of housing shoulde. Impove the mchining ccucy nd lignment of shft nd housing, ccucy of mounting, o mounting method. Coect the sels, eplce the being, coect the fitting o mounting. Replce the being nd use ce when hndling beings. Replce the being. Coect the squeness between the shft nd housing shoulde o side of spce. Penettion of foeign pticles Replce o clen the being, impove the sels. A 120 Lekge o Discolotion of Lubicnt Note Too much lubicnt, Penettion by foeign mtte o bsion chips Reduce the mount of lubicnt, select stiffe gese. Replce the being o lubicnt. Clen the housing nd djcent pts. ( 1 ) Intemittent squel o high-pitch noise my be hed in medium- to lge-sized cylindicl olle beings o bll beings tht e opeting unde gese lubiction in low-tempetue envionments. Unde such low-tempetue conditions, being tempetue will not ise esulting in ftigue no is gese pefomnce ffected. Although intemittent squel o high-pitch noise my occu unde these conditions, the being is fully functionl nd cn continue to be used. In the event tht gete noise eduction o quiete unning popeties e needed, plese contct you neest NSK bnch office. Fig Removl of Inne Fig Ring Using Pess Fig Removl of Inne Ring Using Fig Withdwl Tool (1) Fig Removl of Inne Ring Using Fig Withdwl Tool (2) A 121

61 EARING HANDLING In both cses, the clws of the tools must substntilly engge the fce of the inne ing; theefoe, it is dvisble to conside the size of the shft shoulde o to cut gooves in the shoulde to ccommodte the withdwl tools (Fig ). The oil injection method is usully used fo the withdwl of lge beings. The withdwl is chieved esily by men of oil pessue pplied though holes in the shft. In the cse of ext wide beings, the oil injection method is used togethe with withdwl tool. Induction heting is used to emove the inne ings of NU nd NJ types of cylindicl olle beings. The inne ings e expnded by bief locl heting, nd then withdwn (Fig ). Induction heting is lso used to mount sevel beings of these types on shft. Inne Ring Withdwl Clw Fig Removl of Inne Ring Using Fig Induction Hete Fig Removl of Withdwl Fig Sleeve Using Withdwl Nut (1) Dismounting of eings with Tpeed oes When dismounting eltively smll beings with dptes, the inne ing is held by stop fstened to the shft nd the nut is loosened sevel tuns. This is followed by hmmeing on the sleeve using suitble tool s shown in Fig Fig shows one pocedue fo dismounting withdwl sleeve by tightening the emovl nut. If this pocedue is difficult, it my be possible to dill nd tp bolt holes in the nut nd withdw the sleeve by tightening the bolts s shown in Fig Lge beings my be withdwn esily using oil pessue. Fig illusttes the emovl of being by focing oil unde pessue though hole nd goove in tpeed shft to expnd the inne ing. The being my suddenly move xilly when the intefeence is elieved duing this pocedue so stop nut is ecommended fo potection. Fig shows withdwl using hydulic nut. Fig Removl of Withdwl Fig Sleeve Using Withdwl Nut (2) 14.5 Inspection of eings eing Clening When beings e inspected, the ppence of the beings should fist be ecoded nd the mount nd condition of the esidul lubicnt should be checked. Afte the lubicnt hs been smpled fo exmintion, the beings should be clened. In genel, light oil o keosene my be used s clening solution. Dismounted beings should fist be given peliminy clening followed by finishing inse. Ech bth should be povided with metl net to suppot the beings in the oil without touching the sides o bottom of the tnk. If the beings e otted with foeign mtte in them duing peliminy clening, the cewys my be dmged. The lubicnt nd othe deposits should be emoved in the oil bth duing the initil ough clening with bush o othe mens. Afte the being is eltively clen, it is given the finishing inse. The finishing inse should be done cefully with the being being otted while immesed in the insing oil. It is necessy to lwys keep the insing oil clen. Oil Fig Removl Using Hydulic Nut Inspection nd Evlution of eings Afte being thooughly clened, beings should be exmined fo the condition of thei cewys nd extenl sufces, the mount of cge we, the incese in intenl clence, nd degdtion of tolences. These should be cefully checked, in ddition to exmintion fo possible dmge o othe bnomlities, in ode to detemine the possibility fo its euse. In the cse of smll non-sepble bll beings, hold the being hoizontlly in one hnd, nd then otte the oute ing to confim tht it tuns smoothly. Sepble beings such s tpeed olle beings my be checked by individully exmining thei olling elements nd the oute ing cewy. Lge beings cnnot be otted mnully; howeve, the olling elements, cewy sufces, cges, nd contct sufce of the ibs should be cefully exmined visully. The moe impotnt being is, the moe cefully it should be inspected. The detemintion to euse being should be mde only fte consideing the degee of being we, the function of the mchine, the impotnce of the beings in the mchine, opeting conditions, nd the time until the next inspection. Howeve, if ny of the following defects exist, euse is impossible nd eplcement is necessy. () When thee e ccks in the inne o oute ings, olling elements, o cge. (b) When thee is flking of the cewy o olling elements. (c) When thee is significnt smeing of the cewy sufces, ibs, o olling elements. (d) When the cge is significntly won o ivets e loose. (e) When thee is ust o scoing on the cewy sufces o olling elements. (f) When thee e ny significnt impct o binell tces on the cewy sufces o olling elements. (g) When thee is significnt evidence of ceep on the boe o the peiphey of the oute ing. (h) When discolotion by het is evident. (i) When significnt dmge to the sels o shields of gese seled beings hs occued. Fig Removl of Adpte with Stop nd Axil Pessue Fig Removl Using Oil Injection Hydulic Pump A 122 A 123

62 EARING HANDLING 14.6 Mintennce nd Inspection Detecting nd Coecting Iegulities In ode to mintin the oiginl pefomnce of being fo s long s possible, pope mintennce nd inspection should be pefomed. If pope pocedues e used, mny being poblems cn be voided nd the elibility, poductivity, nd opeting costs of the equipment contining the beings e ll impoved. It is suggested tht peiodic mintennce be done following the pocedue specified. This peiodic mintennce encompsses the supevision of opeting conditions, the supply o eplcement of lubicnts, nd egul peiodic inspection. Items tht should be egully checked duing opetion include being noise, vibtion, tempetue, nd lubiction. If n iegulity is found duing opetion, the cuse should be detemined nd the pope coective ctions should be tken fte efeing to Tble If necessy, the being should be dismounted nd exmined in detil. As fo the pocedue fo dismounting nd inspection, efe to Section 14.5, Inspection of eings. NSK EARING MONITOR (eing Abnomlity Detecto) It is impotnt duing opetion to detect signs of iegulities ely befoe dmge becomes sevee. The NSK eing Monito (see Pge C5) is n instument tht checks the condition of beings nd gives wning of ny bnomlity, o it stops mchine utomticlly in ode to pevent seious touble. In ddition, it helps to impove mintennce nd educe its cost. Tble 14.3 Cuses nd Countemesue fo eing Filues eing Filues nd Countemesues In genel, if olling beings e used coectly they will suvive to thei pedicted ftigue life. Howeve, they often fil pemtuely due to voidble mistkes. In contst to ftigue life, this pemtue filue is cused by impope mounting, hndling, o lubiction, enty of foeign mtte, o bnoml het genetion. Fo instnce, the cuses of ib scoing, s one exmple of pemtue filue, my include insufficient lubiction, use of impope lubicnt, fulty lubiction system, enty of foeign mtte, being mounting eo, excessive deflection of the shft, o ny combintion of these. Thus, it is difficult to detemine the el cuse of some pemtue filues. If ll the conditions t the time of filue nd pevious to the time of filue e known, including the ppliction, the opeting conditions, nd envionment; then by studying the ntue of the filue nd its pobble cuses, the possibility of simil futue filues cn be educed. The most fequent types of being filue, long with thei cuses nd coective ctions, e listed in Tble Type of Filue Pobble Cuses Countemesue Flking Flking of one-side of the cewy of dil being. Flking of the cewy in symmeticl pttem. Flking ptten inclined eltive to the cewy in dil bll beings. Flking ne the edge of the cewy nd olling sufces in olle beings. Flking of cewy with sme spcing s olling elements. Pemtue flking of cewy nd olling elements. Abnoml xil lod. Out-of-oundness of the housing boe. Impope muonting, deflection of shft, indequte tolences fo shft nd housing. Lge shock lod duing mounting, usting while being is out of opetion fo polonged peiod. Insufficient clence, excessive lod, impope lubiction, ust, etc. A loose fit should be used when mounting the oute ing of fee-end beings to llow xil expnsion of the shft. Coect the fulty housing. Pemtue flking of duplex beings. Excessive pelod. Adjust the pelod. Use ce in mounting nd centeing, select being with lge clence, nd coect the shft nd housing shoulde. Use ce in mounting nd pply ust peventive when mchine opetion is suspended fo long time. Select pope fit, being clence, nd lubicnt. Scoing Ccks Type of Filue Pobble Cuses Countemesue Scoing o smeing between cewy nd olling sufces. Spil scoing o smeing of cewy sufce of thust bll being. Scoing o smeing between the end fce of the olles nd guide ib. Cck in oute o inne ing. Cck in olling element. oken ib. Fctued cge. Indenttions Indenttions in cewy in sme ptten s olling elements. Indenttions in cewy nd olling elements. Abnoml We Seizue Flse binelling (phenomenon simil to binelling) Weing of cewy, olling elements, ib, nd cge. Indequte initil lubiction, excessively hd gese nd high cceletion when stting. Rcewy ings e not pllel nd excessive speed. Indequte lubiction, incoect mounting nd lge xil lod. Excessive shock lod, excessive intefeence in fitting, poo sufce cylindiclity, impope sleeve tpe, lge fillet dius, development of theml ccks nd dvncement of flking. Advncement of flking, shock pplied to the ib duing mounting o dopped duing hndling. Abnoml loding of cge due to incoect mounting nd impope lubiction. Shock lod duing mounting o excessive lod when not otting. Foeign mtte such s metllic chips o snd. Penenttion by foeign mtte, incoect lubiction, nd ust. Use softe gese nd void pid cceletion. Coect the mounting, pply pelod, o select nothe being type. Select pope lubicnt nd modify the mounting. Exmine the loding conditions, modify the fit of being nd sleeve. The fillet dius must be smlle thn the being chmfe. e cefull in hndling nd mounting. Reduce the mounting eo nd eview the lubicting method nd lubicnt. Use ce in hndling. Clen the housing, impove the sels, nd use clen lubicnt. Fetting Slight we of the fitting sufce. Incese intefeence nd pply oil. Ceep Discolotion nd melting of cewy, olling elements, nd ibs. Vibtion of the being without ottion duing shipment o ocking motion of smll mplitude. Insufficient intefeence o insufficient tightening of sleeve. Insufficient clence, incoect lubiction, o impope mounting. Secue the shft nd housing, use oil s lubicnt nd educe vibtion by pplying pelod. Impove the sels, clen the housing, nd use clen lubicnt. Modify the fit o tighten the sleeve Review the intenl clence nd being fit, supply n dequte mount of the pope lubicnt nd impove the mounting method nd elted pts. Electic ung Fluting o cougtions. Melting due to electic cing. Instll gound wie to stop the flow of electicity o insulte the bening. Coosion & Rust Rust nd coosion of fitting sufces nd being inteio. Condenstion of wte fom the i, o fetting. Penettion by coosive substnce(especilly vnish-gs, etc). Use ce in stoing nd void high tempetue nd high humidity, tetment fo ust pevention is necessy when opetion is stopped fo long time. Selection of vnish nd gese. A 124 A 125

63 15. TECHNICAL DATA DEFINIONS OF SYMOLS AND THEIR UNITS Pge AXIAL DISPLACEMENT OF EARINGS A 128 (1) Contct Angle nd Axil Displcement of Deep Goove ll eings nd Angul Contct ll eings A 128 (2) Axil Lod nd Axil Displcement of Tpeed Rolle eings A FITS A 130 (1) Sufce Pessue, Mximum Stess on Fitted Sufces nd Expnsion o Contction of Rcewy Dimete A 130 (2) Intefeences o Clences fo Shfts nd Inne Rings A 130 (3) Intefeences o Clences fo Housing oes nd Oute Rings A RADIAL AND AXIAL INTERNAL CLEARANCES A 132 (1) Rdil nd Axil Intenl Clences fo Single-Row Deep Goove ll eings A 132 (2) Rdil nd Axil Intenl Clences fo Double-Row Angul Contct ll eings A PRELOAD AND STARTING TORQUE A 134 (1) Axil Lod nd Stting Toque of Tpeed Rolle eings A 134 (2) Pelod nd Stting Toque of Angul Contct ll eings nd Double-Diection Angul Contct Thust ll eings A COEFFICIENTS OF FRICTION AND OTHER EARING DATA A 136 (1) eing Types nd Thei Coefficients of Fiction A 136 (2) Cicumfeentil Speed of Rolling Elements bout Thei Centes nd eing Cente A 136 (3) Rdil Intenl Clence nd Ftigue Life A RANDS AND PROPERTIES OF LURICATING GREASES A 138 Symbols Nomencltue Units Contct Ellipse Mjo Axis b Contct Ellipse Mjo Axis C sic Dynmic Lod Rting of Rdil eings (N){kgf} C0 sic Sttic Lod Rdil of Rdil eings (N){kgf} C sic Dynmic Lod Rting of Thust eings (N){kgf} C0 sic Sttic Lod Rting of Thust eings (N){kgf} d Shft Dimete, Nominl eing oe Dimete D Housing oe Dimete, Nominl eing Outside Dimete D e Oute Ring Rcewy Dimete D i Inne Ring Rcewy Dimete D0 Housing Outside Dimete D pw Rolling Element Pitch Dimete D w Nominl Rolling Element Dimete e E E(k) f 0 Contct Position of Tpeed Rolle End Fce with Rib Modulus of Longitudinl Elsticity (eing Steel) MP {21 200kgf/mm 2 } Complete elliptic integl of the 2nd kind fo which the popultion pmete is k= 1 ( b ) 2 fcto which depends on the geomety of the being components nd on the pplicble stess level f (ε) Function of ε F Axil Lod, Pelod (N){kgf} F Rdil Lod (N){kgf} h D e/d h 0 D/D 0 k d/d i K Constnt Detemined by Intenl Design of eing L Ftigue Life when Effective Clence is 0 L we Effective Leng of Rolle L ε Ftigue Life when Effective Clence is & m 0 Distnce between Centes of Cuvtue of Inne nd Oute Rings i+ e D w M Fictionl Toque (N mm){kgf mm} M s Spin Fiction (N mm){kgf mm} Symbols Nomencltue Units n Rotting Speed of Rolling Elements (min 1 ) n c Revolving Speed of Rolling Elements (Cpe Speed) (min 1 ) n e Speed of Oude Ring (min 1 ) n i Speed of Inne Ring (min 1 ) p m Sufce Pessue on Fitted Sufce (MP ){kgf/mm 2 } P eing Lod (N){kgf} Q Rolling Element Lod (N){kgf} e Goove Rdius of Oute Ring i Goove Rdius of Inne Ring v Cicumfeentil Speed of Rolling Element bout Its Cente (m/sec) v c Cicumfeentil Speed of Rolling Element bout eing Cente (m/sec) Z α α0 α R Numbe of Rolling Elements pe Row Contct Angle (when xil lod is pplied on Rdil ll ening ( ) Initil Confct Angle (Geometi) (when inne nd oute ings of Angul Contct ll eings e pushed xilly) ( ) Initil Contct Angle (Geometic) (when inne nd oute ings Angul Contct ll eing e pushed dilly) ( ) β 1/2 of Conicl Angle of Rolle ( ) δ Reltive Axil Displcement of Inne nd Oute Rings & Axil Intenl Clence & d Effective Intefeence of Inne Ring nd Shft & Rdil Intenl Clence & D & D e & D i Effective Intefeence of Oute Ring nd Housing Contction of Oute Ring Rcewy Dimete due to Fit Expnsion of Inne Ring Rcewy Dimete dus to Fit ε Lod Fcto µ Coefficient of Dynmic Fiction of Rolling eing µ e Coefficient of Fiction between Rolle End Fce nd Rib µ s Coefficient of Sliding Fiction σ t mx Mximum Stess on Fitted Sufces (MP ){kgf/mm 2 } A 126 A 127

64 TECHNICAL DATA Axil Displcement of eings (1) Contct Angle α nd Axil Displcement δ of Deep Goove ll eing nd Angul Contct ll eings (Figs to 15.3) δ = Q ( )... (N) sin α D w δ = Q ( )... {kgf} } sin α D w F Q = (N), {kgf} Zsin α (2) Axil Lod F nd Axil Displcement δ of Tpeed Rolle eings (Fig. 15.4) F δ =... (N) (sin α) 1.9 Z L we F δ =... {kgf} (sin α) 1.9 Z L we } Contct Angle α α = F /C o Fig F /C o nd Contct Angle of Deep Goove nd Angul Contct ll eings Axil Displcement δ mm C 08C 06C 10C 14C 26C 18C,20C,22C 7200A 04A 06A 02A 08A 24A 10A 14A 18A,20A,22A 7200 Digits: eing C oe Numbe α 0 A α 0 α 0 =15 =30 = N kgf Axil Lod F Fig Axil Lod nd Axil Displcement of Angul Contct ll eings ,20 26 Remks: Actul xil displcement my vy depending on the shft/housing thickness, mteil, nd fitting intefeence with the being. Plese contct NSK bout such fctos of xil displcement which e not discussed in detil in this ctlog. µm α =0 µm HR303J Seies 06 HR323J Seies HR322J Seies Axil Displcement δ α =0 0 α =10 0 α =10 0 α = α =15 Axil Displcement δ 10 5 HR302J Seies D HR303DJ Seies 10D 14D Axil Lod F Fig Axil Lod nd Axil Displcement of Deep Goove ll eings N kgf N kgf Axil Lod F Fig Axil Lod nd Axil Displcement of Tpeed Rolle eings A 128 A 129

65 TECHNICAL DATA 15.2 Fits (1) Sufce Pessue p m, Mximum Stess σ tmx on Fitted Sufces nd Expnsion of Inne Ring Rcewy Dimete & Di o Contction of Oute Ring Rcewy Dimete & D e (Tble 15.1, Figs nd 15.6) (2) Intefeences o Clences of Shfts nd Inne Rings (Tble 15.2) (3) Intefeences o Clences of Housing oes nd Oute Rings (Tble 15.3) A 130 Tble Sufce Pessue, Mximum Stess on Fitted Sufces nd Expnsion o Contction Items Shft & Inne Ring Housing & oe & Oute Ring Sufce Pessue p m (MP ) {kgf/mm 2 } Mximum stess σt mx (MP ) {kgf/mm 2 } Expnsion of inne ing cewy di. & D i Contction of oute ing cewy di. & D e (In cse of sold shft) E &d p m= (1 k 2 ) 2 2 Mximum cicumfeentil stess on fitted sufce of inne ing boe is 1 + k σ t mx = p 2 m 1 k 2 In cse of solid shft & D i = &d. k In cse of housing outside di. D0 E & D (1 h p m= 2 )(1 h0 2 ) 1 h D h0 In cse D0 = E & D p m= (1 h 2 ) 2 D Mximum cicumfeentil stess on oute ing boe sufce is 2 σ t mx = p m 1 h 2 In cse D0 & D e = &D h In cse D0 = & D e = &D h Remks The modulus of longitudinl elsticity nd Poisson's tio fo the shft nd housing mteil e the sme s those fo inne nd oute ings. Refeence 1MP=1N/mm 2 =0.102kgf /mm 2 Tble Intefeences o Clences Remks 1. The figues fo tolence clsses whee stess cused by the fitting of the shft nd inne ing becomes excessive e omitted. 2. The tolence nge js is now ecommended insted of j. 1 h0 2 1 h 2 2 h0 kgf/mm 2 MP m Sufce Pessue of Shfts nd Inne Rings Ech Fitting Clss js5 k5 MP kgf/mm mm Nominl eing oe Dimete d (Clss Noml) Fig Sufce Pessue mnd Mximum Stess m5 σ t mx fo Avege Fitting Intefeence n6 p Mximum Stess σ t mx 0.5 kgf/mm 2 MP js6 j6 k5 k6 m5 m6 n6 p6 6 Single Plne Intefeences o Clences fo Size Men oe Clssifiction Di. Devition f6 g5 g6 h5 h6 js5 j5 (Noml) &d Clence Clence Intefeencfeencfeencfeencfeencfeence Clence Inte- Clence Inte- mp Clence Inte- Clence Inte- Clence Inte- ove incl high ove mx min mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx Clence Intefeencfeence Clence Inte- Intefeence Intefeence Intefeence Intefeence Intefeence Intefeence Intefeence MP kgf/mm Units : µm Size Clssifiction mx mx mx mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx min mx ove incl m Sufce Pessue js5 k5 m5 n mm Nominl eing oe Dimete d (Clss Noml) Fig Sufce Pessue mnd Mximum Stess σ t mx fo Mximum Fitting Intefeence p Mximum Stess σ t mx A 131

66 TECHNICAL DATA Size Clssifiction Single Plne Men O. D. Devition (Noml) & D mp Tble Intefeences o Intefeences o Clences fo ove incl high low mx min mx min mx min mx min mx mx mx mx mx mx Note ( ) Indictes the minimum intefeence Remks The tolence nge JS is now ecommended insted of J. Clences of Housing oes nd Oute Rings Ech Fitting Clss JS7 K6 K7 M6 M7 N6 N7 P6 P7 G7 H6 H7 H8 J6 JS6 J7 Clence Clence Clence Clence Clence Intefeencfeence Clence Inte- Clence Intefeence Clence Intefeencfeence Clence Inte- Clence Intefeencfeence Clence Inte- Clence Intefeencfeencfeence Clence Inte- Clence Inte- Intefeence Intefeence Units : µm Size Clssifiction mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx mx min mx ove incl Rdil nd Axil Intenl Clences (1) Rdil Intenl Clence & nd Axil Intenl Clence & in Single- Row Deep Goove ll eings (Fig. 15.7) whee & HK & 1 2 K =2 ( e + i D w ) (2) Rdil Intenl Clence & nd Axil Intenl Clence & in Double- Row Angul Contct ll eings (Fig. 15.8) 1 2 & 2 & = 2 m 0 2 ( m 0 cosα R ) 2 2m 0 sinα R Tble Constnt K Vlues of K oe No. 160XX 60XX 62XX 63XX Axil Intenl Clence & mm Seies 62Seies 28, 30 22, 24 24~30 17~19 21, 22 15, 16 16, 17 10, 11 13~15 10~ , 06 04~06 01~04 00~02 160Seies 26~30 21~24 16~17 11~13 06~08 01~03 60Seies 22~ ~17 11~13 07~10 02~ Rdil Intenl Clence & Fig & nd & in Single-Row Deep Goove ll eings mm Axil Intenl Clence & µm & = & cot Rdil Intenl Clence & µm Fig & nd & in Double-Row Angul Contct ll eings (52, 53 Seies) A 132 A 133

67 TECHNICAL DATA Pelod nd Sting Toque (1) Axil Lod F nd Stting Toque M of Tpeed Rolle eings (Figs nd 15.10) (2) Pelod F nd Stting Toque M of Angul Contct ll eings nd Double-Diection Angul Contct Thust ll eings (Figs nd 15.12) kgf. mm N. mm M = e µ e F cosβ (N mm), {kgf mm} whee µ e : 0.20 When beings with the sme numbe e used in opposition, the toque M cused by the pelod becomes 2M. Qe µ e Qf Q f Dw1 F e L M = M s Z sinα whee Ms is spin fiction Ms = 3 µ 8 s QE(k) (N mm), {kgf mm} (N mm), {kgf mm} whee µ s = 0.15 When beings with the sme numbe e used in opposition, the toque M cused by the pelod becomes 2M. Stting Toque of Duplex eings (fo two beings) 2M , , C Seies 72C Seies 0 α 2β Qi Fig Reltion between e nd β N kgf Pelod F Fig Pelod nd Stting Toque fo ck-to-ck o Fce-to-Fce Angements of Angul Contct ll eings ( α =15 ) kgf mm 500 N mm 5000 kgf. mm N. mm M Stting Toque HR302JSeies HR303JSeies HR303DJSeies HR322JSeies HR323JSeies D 10D 08D 14D 12 14, N kgf Stting Toque M TAC20 240TAC20 200TAC20 150TAC20 100TAC20 80TAC20 60TAC20 50TAC20 40TAC20 240TAC29 170TAC29 140TAC29 120TAC29 100TAC29 80TAC29 60TAC N Axil Lod F Fig Reltion between Axil Lod nd Stting Toque of Tpeed Rolle eings Pelod F Fig Pelod nd Stting Toque of Double-Diection Angul Contct Thust ll eings kgf A 134 A 135

68 TECHNICAL DATA 15.5 Coefficients of Dynmic Fiction nd Othe eing Dt (1) eing Types nd Thei Coefficients of Dynmic Fiction µ M µ = P d 2 Tble 15.5 Coefficients of Dynmic Fiction eing Types Appoximte vlues of µ Deep Goove ll eings Angul Contct ll eings Self-Aligning ll eings Thust ll eings Cylindicl Rolle eings Tpeed Rolle eings Spheicl Rolle eings Needle Rolle eings with Cges Full Complement Needle Rolle eings Spheicl Thust Rolle eings (3) Rdil Intenl Clence & nd Ftigue Life L (Fig ) Fo the dil intenl clence & nd the function f (ε) of the lod fcto, the following equtions e vlid: Fo Deep Goove ll eings f (ε) = f (ε) = Fo Cylindicl Rolle eings f (ε) = f (ε) = & D w & D w F ( ) F ( ) Z & L we ( ) 0.9 & L we 0.8 F Z ( ) 0.9 Z F Z...(N)...{kgf}...(N)...{kgf} The eltion between the lod fcto ε nd f (ε) nd L ε /L, when the dil intenl clence is & is s shown in Tble Fom the bove equtions, fist obtin f (ε) nd then ε nd L ε /L cn be obtined. ε Tble ε nd f (ε), Lε/L Deep Goove ll eings f (ε) Lε L Cylindicl Rolle eings f (ε) Lε L (2) Cicumfeentil Speeds of Rolling Elements bout Thei Centes nd eing Cente Tble 15.6 Cicumfeentil Speeds of Rolling Elements bout Thei Centes nd eing Cente ε L L P=C /5 P=C /10 P=C / C =29 100N Items Rotting inne ing, fixed oute ing Rotting oute ing, fixed inne ing ll otting speed n (min 1 ) Cicumfeentil speed ound being bll's cente υ (m/sec) Revolving speed ound being cente n c (min 1 ) Cicumfeentil speed ound being cente υ c (m/sec) D ( pw cos 2 α ) D w D pw/d w n i 2 π D w D ( pw cos 2 α ) n i D w D pw/d w 2 D + ( pw cos 2 α ) D w D pw/d w cos α + (1 ) ni cos α + D pw/d w 2 (1 ) ne D pw/d w 2 π D pw cos α n (1 ) i π D + pw cos α n 3 D pw/d w (1 ) e 3 D pw/d w 2 n e 2 π D + w D ( pw cos 2 α ) n e D w D pw/d w 2 Life Rtio NU208 C =43 500N P=C /5 P=C /10 P=C / µm Rdil Intenl Clence & Fig Rdil Intenl Clence nd Life Rtio Remks Remks 1. + sign indictes CW ottion nd sign CCW 2. The evolving speed nd cicumfeentil speed of the olling elements e the sme s those of the cge. A 136 A 137

69 TECHNICAL DATA RANDS AND PROPERTIES OF LURICATING GREASES Tble nds of Lubicting Geses nd Compison of Popeties Woking nds Thickenes se Oils Dopping Point ( C) Consistency Tempetue Pessue Resistnce Rnge( 1 )( C) ADREX Lithium Minel oil to +110 Good 70 APPOLOIL AUTOREX A Lithium Minel oil to +110 Fi 60 Apen R 300 Lithium/Clcium Minel oil to + 80 Fi 70 EA2 Gese Ue Poly-α-olefin oil to +150 Fi 100 EA3 Gese Ue Poly-α-olefin oil to +150 Fi 100 EA5 Gese Ue Poly-α-olefin oil to +160 Good 60 EA7 Gese Ue Poly-α-olefin oil to +160 Fi 100 ENC Gese Ue Polyol este oil + Minel oil to +160 Fi 70 ENS Gese Ue Polyol este oil to +160 Poo 100 ECZ Lithium + Cbon blck Poly-α-olefin oil to +120 Fi 100 ISOFLEX NU 15 ium Complex Dieste oil + Minel oil to +120 Poo 100 ISOFLEX SUPER LDS 18 Lithium Dieste oil to +110 Poo 100 ISOFLEX TOPAS N52 ium Complex Poly-α-olefin oil to +130 Poo 90 Aeo Shell Gese 7 Mico Gel Dieste oil to +100 Poo 100 SH 33 L Gese Lithium Silicone oil to +120 Poo 60 SH 44 M Gese Lithium Silicone oil to +130 Poo 60 NS Hi-LUE Lithium Polyol este oil + Dieste oil to +130 Poo 100 NSA Lithium Poly-α-olefin oil + Este oil to +130 Fi 70 NSC Gese Lithium Alkyldiphenyl ethe oil + Polyol este oil to +140 Fi 70 NSK Clen Gese LG2 Lithium Poly-α-olefin oil + Minel oil to +130 Poo 100 EMALUE 8030 Ue Minel oil to +130 Good 60 MA8 Gese Ue Alkyldiphenyl ethe oil + Poly-α-olefin oil to +160 Fi 70 KRYTOX GPL-524 PTFE Pefluoopolyethe oil to +200 Fi 70 KP1 PTFE Pefluoopolyethe oil to +200 Fi 60 Cosmo Wide Gese WR No.3 Sodium Teephtlmte Polyol este oil + Minel oil to +130 Poo 100 G-40M Lithium Silicone oil to +130 Poo 60 Shell Alvni EP Gese 2 Lithium Minel oil to + 80 Good 60 Shell Alvni Gese S1 Lithium Minel oil to +110 Fi 70 Shell Alvni Gese S2 Lithium Minel oil to +110 Fi 70 Shell Alvni Gese S3 Lithium Minel oil to +110 Fi 70 Shell Cssid Gese RLS 2 Aluminum Complex Poly-α-olefin oil to +120 Fi 70 SHELL SUNLIGHT Gese 2 Lithium Minel oil to +110 Fi 70 Usble Limit Comped to Listed Limiting Speed( 2 )(%) WPH Gese Ue Poly-α-olefin oil to +150 Fi 70 DEMNUM Gese L-200 PTFE Pefluoopolyethe oil to +200 Fi 60 Notes Notes ( 1 ) If gese will be used t the uppe o lowe limit sfficient of the tempetue nge o in specil envionment such s vcuum, it is dvisble to consult NSK. ( 2 ) Fo shot-tem opetion o when cooling is gese my be used t speeds exceeding the bove limits povided the supply of gese is ppopite. (continued on next pge) A 138 A 139

70 TECHNICAL DATA Woking nds Thickenes se Oils Dopping Point ( C) Consistency Tempetue Pessue Resistnce Rnge( 1 )( C) NIGACE WR-S Ue Mixed oil to +150 Poo 70 NIGLU RSH Sodium Complex Polylkylene Glycol oil to +120 Fi 60 PYRONOC UNIVERSAL N6 Ue Minel oil to +130 Fi 70 PALMAX RG Lithium Complex Minel oil to +130 Good 70 econ 325 Lithium Dieste oil to +110 Poo 100 MULTEMP PS No.2 Lithium Minel oil + Dieste oil to +110 Poo 100 MOLYKOTE FS-3451 Gese PTFE Fluoosilicone oil to +180 Fi 70 UME Gese Ue Minel oil to +130 Fi 70 UMM Gese 2 Ue Minel oil to +130 Fi 70 RAREMAX AF-1 Ue Minel oil to +130 Fi 70 Notes ( 1 ) If gese will be used t the uppe o lowe limit sufficient of the tempetue nge o in specil envionment such s vcuum, it is dvisble to consult NSK. Notes ( 2 ) Fo shot-tem opetion o when cooling is gese my be used t speeds exceeding the bove limits povided the supply of gese is ppopite. Usble Limit Comped to Listed Limiting Speed( 2 )(%) A 140 A 141

71 TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS METRIC DESIGN TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 116 oe Dimete mm 124 oe Dimete mm 130 INCH DESIGN TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 132 oe Dimete mm 146 oe Dimete mm 154 The index fo inch design tpeed olle beings is in Appendix 14 (Pge C26). DOULE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 168 Fou-Row Tpeed Rolle eings e descibed on pges 330 to 335. Contct ngle DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES Tpeed olle beings e designed so the pices of the cones fomed by the cewys of the cone nd cup nd the conicl olles ll coincide t one point on the xis of the being. When dil lod is imposed, n xil foce component occus; theefoe, it is necessy to use two beings in opposition o some othe multiple ngement. Fo metic-design medium-ngle nd steep-ngle tpeed olle beings, the espective contct ngle symbol C o D is dded fte the boe numbe. Fo noml-ngle tpeed olle beings, no contct ngle symbol is used. Medium-ngle tpeed olle beings e pimily used fo the pinion shfts of diffeentil ges of utomobiles. Among those with high lod cpcity(hr seies), some beings hve the bsic numbe suffixed by J to confom to the specifictions of ISO fo the cup bck fce cewy dimete, cup width, nd contct ngle. Theefoe, the cone ssembly nd cup of beings with the sme bsic numbe suffixed by J e intentionlly intechngeble. Among metic-design tpeed olle beings specified by ISO 355, thee e those hving new dimensions tht e diffeent thn the dimension seies 3XX used in the pst. Pt of them e listed in the being tbles. They confom to the specifictions of ISO fo the smlle end dimete of the cup nd contct ngle. The cone nd cup ssemblies e intentionlly intechngeble. The being numbe fomultion, which is diffeent thn tht fo pst metic design, is s follows: Exmple: T 7 F C 045 Symbol Repesenting Tpeed Rolle eings Dimete Width Contct Angle Symbol Symbol New Seies Symbols of ISO oe Dimete Symbol (oe dimete in mm)

72 esides metic design tpeed olle beings, thee e lso inch design beings. Fo the cone ssemblies nd cups of inch design beings, except fou-ow tpeed olle beings, the being numbes e ppoximtely fomulted s follows: Exmple: Lod Limit Symbol LM Contct Angle Symbol Seies No. Design No. Additionl Symbol TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY METRIC DESIGN TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8.3 (Pges A64 to A67) INCH DESIGN TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8.4 (Pges A68 nd A69) Among inch design tpeed olle beings, thee e those to which the following pecision clsses pply. Fo moe detils, plese consult with NSK. (1) J line beings(in the being tbles, beings peceeded by ) Fo tpeed olle beings, besides single-ow beings, thee e lso vious combintions of beings. The cges of tpeed olle beings e usully pessed steel. Tble 1 Design nd Fetued of Combintions of Tpeed Rolle eings Figue Angement Exmples of eing No. Fetues ck-to-bck Fce-to-fce KE Type KH Type HR30210JD+KLR10 HR30210JDF+KR 100KE31+L 110KH31+K Two stndd beings e combined. The being clences e djusted by cone spces o cup spces. The cones nd cups nd spces e mked with seil numbes nd mting mks. Components with the sme seil numbe cn be ssembled efeing to the mtching symbols. The KE type is bck-to-bck ngement of beings with the cup nd spce integted, nd the KH type is fce-tofce ngement in which the cones e integted. Since the being clence is djusted using spces, it is necessy fo components to hve the sme seil numbe fo ssembly with efeence to mtching symbols. Nominl oe Dimete d Tble 2 Tolences fo Cones(CLASS K) Units : µm & dmp V dp V dmp K i ove incl high low mx mx mx Nominl Outside Dimete D Tble 3 Tolences fo Cups(CALSS K) Units : µm & D mp V Dp V D mp K e ove incl high low mx mx mx

73 Tble 4 Tolences fo Effective Widths of Cone Assemblies nd Cups, nd Ovell Width (CLASS K) Nominl oe Dimete d Effective Width Devition of Cone Assembly & T 1s ove incl high low high low high low (2) eings fo Font Axles of Automobiles (In the being tbles, those peceded by t) Effective Width Devition of Cup & T 2s Tble 5 Tolences fo oe Dimete nd Ovell Width Nominl oe Dimete d ove incl 1/25.4 1/25.4 Units : µm Ovell Width Devition & Ts hig hlow hig hlow The tolences fo outside dimete nd those fo dil unout of the cones nd cups confom to Tble (Pges A68 nd A69). (3) Specil Chmfe Dimensions Fo beings mked spec. in the column of in the being tbles, the chmfe dimension of the cone bck-fce side is s shown on the following figue oe Dimete Devition & ds (min, mm) Units : µm Ovell Width Devition & Ts INTERNAL CLEARANCE METRIC DESIGN TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (Mtched nd Double-Row) Tble 9.16 (Pge A93) INCH DESIGN TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (Mtched nd Double-Row) Tble 9.16 (Pge A93) DIMENSIONS RELATED TO MOUNTING The dimensions elted to mounting tpeed olle beings e listed in the being tbles. Since the cges potude fom the ing fces of tpeed olle beings, plese use ce when designing shfts nd housings. When hevy xil lods e imposed, the shft shoulde dimensions nd stength must be sufficient to suppot the cone ib. PERMISSILE MISALIGNMENT The pemissible mislignment ngle fo tpeed olle beings is ppoximtely din (3 ). LIMITING SPEEDS The limiting speeds listed in the being tbles should be djusted depending on the being lod conditions. Also, highe speeds e ttinble by mking chnges in the lubiction method, cge design, etc. Refe to Pge A37 fo detiled infomtion. PRECAUTIONS FOR USE OF TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS 1. If the lod on tpeed olle beings becomes too smll, o if the tio of the xil nd dil lods fo mtched beings exceeds e (e is listed in the being tbles)duing opetion, slippge between the olles nd cewys occus, which my esult in smeing. Especilly with lge beings since the weight of the olles nd cge is high. If such lod conditions e expected, plese contct NSK fo selection of the beings. 2. Confim the dimension of Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions of D, D b, S, S b t the time of the HR seies doption. RECOMMENDED FITS METRIC DESIGN TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) INCH DESIGN TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS Tble 9.6 (Pge A86) Tble 9.7 (Pge A87)

74 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min Remks sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 The suffix C epesents medium-ngle tpeed olle beings. Since they e designed fo specific pplictions, plese consult NSK when using beings with suffix C. Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt HR J 2F HR J 2D HR J 2DD HR J 2F D HR J 2FD HR XJ 3CC HR J 2D HR C-A HR J 2DD HR CJ 5DD HR J 2F D HR J 2FD HR 320/22 XJ 3CC HR 302/ HR 302/22 C HR 322/ HR 322/22 C HR 303/ HR 303/22 C HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3CC HR C HR J 2CD HR C HR J 2DE HR J 2F HR C HR DJ (7F) HR J 7F HR J 2FD HR 320/28 XJ 4CC HR 302/ HR 302/28 C HR 322/ HR 322/28 CJ 5DD HR 303/ HR 303/28 C e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox 113

75 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox Remks The suffix C epesents medium-ngle tpeed olle beings. Since they e designed fo specific pplictions, plese consult NSK when using beings with suffix C. HR J 2D HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3D HR C HR J 3DC HR C HR J 2DE HR J 2F HR C HR DJ (7F) HR J 7F HR J 2FD HR CJ 5FD HR 320/32 XJ 4CC / HR 302/ HR 302/32 C HR 322/ HR 322/32 C HR 332/32 J 2DE / HR J 2D HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3D HR C HR J 3DC HR C HR J 2DE HR J 2F HR C HR DJ 7F HR J 7F HR J 2FE

76 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min Remks sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 The suffix C epesents medium-ngle tpeed olle beings. Since they e designed fo specific pplictions, plese consult NSK when using beings with suffix C. Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt HR J 2C HR XJ 3CD HR J 2E HR J 2CE HR J 3D HR J 3DC HR CJ 5DC HR J 2DE HR J 2F HR C HR DJ 7F HR J 7F HR J 2FD HR J 2C HR XJ 3CC HR J 2CE HR J 3CE HR J 3D HR J 3DC HR CJ 5DC HR J 3DE T 7 FC045 7FC T 2 ED045 2ED HR J 2F HR DJ 7F HR J 7F HR J 2FD T 2 ED050 2ED HR J 2C HR XJ 3CC HR J 2CE HR J 3CE HR J 3D HR J 3DC HR CJ 5DC HR J 3DE T 7 FC050 7FC HR J 2F HR DJ 7F HR J 7F HR J 2FD HR CJ 5FD e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox 117

77 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min Remks sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 The suffix C epesents medium-ngle tpeed olle beings. Since they e designed fo specific pplictions, plese consult NSK when using beings with suffix C. Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt HR J 2C HR XJ 3CC HR J 2CE HR J 3CE HR J 3D HR J 3DC HR J 3DE T 7 FC055 7FC HR J 2F HR DJ 7F HR J 7F HR J 2FD HR CJ 5FD HR J 2C HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3CE HR J 3E HR J 3EC HR J 3EE T 7 FC060 7FC HR J 2F HR DJ 7F HR J 7F HR J 2FD C HR J 2C HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3DE HR J 3E HR J 3EC HR J 3EE HR J 2G HR DJ 7G HR J 7G HR J 2GD e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox 119

78 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min Remks sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 The suffix CA epesents medium-ngle tpeed olle beings. Since they e designed fo specific pplictions, plese consult NSK when using beings with suffix CA. Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt HR J 2C HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3DE HR J 3E HR J 3EC HR J 3EE T 7 FC070 7FC HR J 2G HR DJ 7G HR J 7G HR J 2GD HR CJ 5GD HR J 2C HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3DE HR J 4D HR J 4DC HR J 3EE HR J 2G HR DJ 7G HR J 7G HR J 2GD CA HR J 2C HR XJ 3CC HR J 2CE HR J 3DE HR J 3E CA HR J 3EC HR J 3EE HR J 2G HR DJ 7G HR J 7G HR J 2GD HR CJ 5GD e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox 121

79 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min Remks sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 The suffix CA epesents medium-ngle tpeed olle beings. Since they e designed fo specific pplictions, plese consult NSK when using beings with suffix CA. Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt HR J 2C HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3DE HR J 3E CA HR J 3EC HR J 3EE HR J 2G HR DJ 7G HR J 7G HR J 2GD HR J 2C HR XJ 3CC HR J 2CE HR J 3DE HR J 3F HR J 3FC HR J 2G HR DJ 7G HR J 7G HR J 2GD HR J 2C HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE T 2 ED095 2ED HR J 3F HR J 3FC HR J 2G CA HR DJ 7G HR J 7G HR J 2GD HR J 2CC T 4 C100 4C HR XJ 4CC HR J 2CE HR J 3EE HR J 3F HR J 3FC HR J 3FE HR J 2G HR J 7G HR J 2GD e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox 123

80 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox HR J 2CC HR XJ 4DC HR J 2DE HR J 3F HR J 3FC HR J 2G HR J 7G HR J 2GD HR J 2CC HR XJ 4DC HR J 2DE HR J 3EE HR J 3F HR J 3FC HR J 2G HR J 7G HR J 2GD HR J 2CC T 4 C120 4C HR XJ 4DC HR J 2DE HR J 3FE HR J 4F HR J 4FD HR J 2G HR J 7G HR J 2GD HR J 2CC T 4 C130 4C HR XJ 4EC HR J 2EE HR J 4F HR J 4FD HR J 2G HR J 7G

81 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt HR J 2CC HR XJ 4DC HR J 2DE HR J 4F HR J 4FD HR J 2G HR J 7G HR J 2DC HR XJ 4EC HR J 2EE HR J 2G HR J 4GD HR J 2G HR J 7G HR J 2DC HR XJ 4EC HR J 4G HR J 4GD HR J 2G D HR J 3DC HR XJ 4EC HR J 4G HR J 4GD HR J 2G D e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox

82 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox HR J 4DC HR XJ 3FD HR J 4G HR J 4GD D HR J 4DC HR XJ 4FD HR J 4G HR J 4GD HR J 3EC HR XJ 4FD HR J 4G HR J 3GD D HR J 3EC HR XJ 4FD HR J 4EC HR XJ 4FD

83 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C S S b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes ISO355 Dimension Seies ppox Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions Cone Cup d d b D D b S S b min mx mx min min min min mx Eff. Lod Centes Constnt HR J 3EC HR XJ 4FC HR J 4EC HR XJ 4FC HR J 3FD HR XJ 4GD HR J 3FD HR XJ 4GD HR J 4FD HR J 4FD e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox

84 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below C oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 *A 2047 A A 4050 A *A 4059 A L L A 6062 A *HM **HM A 6067 A A 5069 A LM LM A 6075 A LM LM M M * LM LM * LM LM M M Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). ** The mximum outside dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pges A68 nd A69). The tolences fo the boe dimete nd ovell being width diffe fom the stndd (See Tble 5 on Pge 110). * The tolence fo the boe dimete is 0 to 20 µm, nd fo ovell being width is +356 to 0 µm. 133

85 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil spec CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 LM LM L L JHM JHM SA L L M M M M X M M HM HM L L X LM LM M M Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP Notes The tolences fo the boe dimete nd ovell being width diffe fom the stndd (See Tble 5 on Pge 110). The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd

86 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil C spec spec CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 L L * * * * M M M M M A M LM LM M M A A HM HM *HM HM Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). The tolences fo the boe dimete nd ovell being width diffe fom the stndd (See Tble 5 on Pge 110). Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP

87 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below spec spec spec spec spec spec oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y M M HM HM HM HM HM HM LM LM LM LM M M A A HM HM HM A HM HM HM HM HM * L L * L L * LM ** LM * LM ** LM A M M Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). ** The mximum outside dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pges A68 nd A69). The tolences fo the boe dimete nd ovell being width diffe fom the stndd (See Tble 5 on Pge 110). * The tolence fo the boe dimete is 0 to 20 µm, nd fo ovell being width is +356 to 0 µm. 139

88 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below spec spec spec oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 HM HM HM HM JL JL LM LM LM LM LM LM X HM HM M M A * LM ** LM LM LM LM LM Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). ** The mximum outside dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pges A68 nd A69). The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd

89 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y M M HM HM HM HM HM HM S * HM HM Note * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP

90 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM A LM LM LM LM LM LM * LM ** LM S 354A A A 362A M M HM HM Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). ** The mximum outside dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pges A68 nd A69)

91 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 HM HM HM HM HM HM HH HH JLM JLM * LM A LM A JM JM JHM JHM L L LM LM A LM LM A 362A A X HM HM HM HM C C Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd 110. Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP

92 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y X C S 552A HM HM JLM JLM JM JM A JH JH X 614X C A 382A A A 382S A X X C S 552A A 382A Note The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd 110. Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP

93 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 JLM JLM * A X HM HM H H H H L L A A 394A HM HM HM HM HM HM A Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd 110. Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP

94 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 JLM JLM JM JM A JH JH H H A 394A S 394A X HM HM HM HM A H H A 394A S 553X H H H H LM LM X H H A Note The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd 110. Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP

95 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 JLM JLM JM JM S A H H H H X JLM JLM JM JM JH JH A AX A 592A Note The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd 110. Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP

96 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP JM JM X A HM HM X A A Note The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd

97 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP JM JM JM JM JHM JHM JH JH S A HM HM A A HH HH A HM HM HH HH JM JM *HM **HM JHM JHM Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). ** The mximum outside dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pges A68 nd A69). The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd

98 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP A A 592 A A JM JM A HH HH HH HH HH HH JLM JLM JM JM JHM JHM Note The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd

99 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP HH HH HH HH LM LM HH HH LM LM LM LM JM JM JHM JHM L L ** HH HH Notes ** The mximum outside dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pges A68 nd A69). The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd

100 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP JL JL * M M JL JL LL LL A L L LM LM HM HM Notes * The mximum boe dimete is listed nd its tolence is negtive (See Tble on Pge A68). The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd

101 SINGLE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm T C Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Y 1 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =0.5F +Y 0 F When F >0.5F +Y 0 F, use P 0 =F The vlues of e, Y 1, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D T C Cone Cup min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CONE eing Numbes CUP Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b Cone Cup mx Eff. Lod Constnt Centes e Axil Lod Fctos Y 1 Y 0 JHM JHM JM JM M M JM JM JHM JHM Note The tolences e listed in Tbles 2, 3 nd 4 on Pges 109 nd 110. Mss (kg) ppox CONE CUP

102 DOULE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 2 C 1 b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D 2 C 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D b b min min mx mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox Remks Fo othe double-ow tpeed olle beings not listed bove, plese contct NSK. 168 HR 40 KE 42+L HR 45 KE 42+L HR 45 KE 52X+L HR 50 KE 042+L HR 50 KE 42+L HR 50 KE 52X+L HR 50 KE 043+L HR 55 KE 042+L HR 55 KE 1003+L HR 55 KE 52X+L HR 55 KE 43+L HR 60 KE 042+L HR 60 KE 52X+L HR 60 KE 43+L HR 65 KE 42+L HR 65 KE 1202+L HR 65 KE 52X+L HR 65 KE 43+L HR 70 KE 042+L HR 70 KE 42+L HR 70 KE 52X+L HR 70 KE 43+L HR 75 KE 42+L HR 75 KE 52X+L HR 75 KE 043+L HR 80 KE 042+L HR 80 KE 42+L HR 80 KE 52X+L HR 80 KE 043+L HR 85 KE 42+L HR 85 KE 52X+L HR 85 KE 043+L HR 90 KE 042+L HR 90 KE 42+L HR 90 KE 52X+L

103 DOULE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 2 C 1 b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D 2 C 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D b b min min mx mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox HR 90 KE 043+L HR 90 KE 1901+L HR 95 KE 42+L HR 95 KE 52+L HR 95 KE 43+L KE 31+L HR100 KE 1805+L HR100 KE 042+L HR100 KE 1801+L HR100 KE 42+L HR100 KE 1802+L HR100 KE 52X+L HR100 KE 1804+L HR100 KE 043+L HR105 KE 42X+L HR105 KE 1902+L HR105 KE 52+L HR105 KE 043+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 1802+L HR110 KE 42+L HR110 KE 42X+L HR110 KE 2001+L HR110 KE 52X+L HR110 KE 043+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 2001+L HR120 KE 42X+L HR120 KE 52X+L HR120 KE 43+L HR120 KE 2601+L Remks 170 Fo othe double-ow tpeed olle beings not listed bove, plese contct NSK. 171

104 DOULE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 2 C 1 b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D 2 C 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D b b min min mx mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox KE 2101+L HR130 KE 42+L HR130 KE 2301+L KE 43+L HR130 KE 2302+L HR130 KE 52+L HR130 KE 2303+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 2101+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 2201+L KE 2301+L KE 2302+L KE 2401+L HR140 KE 42+L HR140 KE 52X+L KE 43+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 2502+L KE 2601+L HR150 KE 42+L HR150 KE 52X+L HR150 KE 2701+L HR150 KE 43+L Remks Fo othe double-ow tpeed olle beings not listed bove, plese contct NSK

105 DOULE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm 2 C 1 b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D 2 C 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D b b min min mx mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 2401+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 2701+L KE 2801+L KE 42+L HR160 KE 52X+L KE 43+L KE 2901+L KE 2501+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 2802+L HR170 KE 52X+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 42+L HR180 KE 52X+L KE 3401+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 42+L HR190 KE 52X+L HR200 KE 3101+L KE 3201+L KE 3301+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 42+L HR200 KE 52+L Remks 174 Fo othe double-ow tpeed olle beings not listed bove, plese contct NSK. 175

106 DOULE-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (INCH DESIGN) oe Dimete mm 2 C 1 b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF b F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D 2 C 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D b b min min mx mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox KE 2801+L KE 31+L KE 3001+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 42+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 31+L KE 031+L KE 4003+L KE 3801+L KE 30+L KE 030+L KE 31+L KE 4401+L KE 031+L Remks Fo othe double-ow tpeed olle beings not listed bove, plese contct NSK

107 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS Cylindicl oes, Tpeed oes oe Dimete mm 180 oe Dimete mm 188 oe Dimete mm 198 EA DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES Shown in the figues, types EA, C, CD, CA, which e designed fo high lod cpcity, e vilble. Types EA, C nd CD hve pessed steel cges, nd type CA hs mchined bss cges. Type EA hs especilly high lod cpcity, nd fetues such s low toque, nd high stength cge. An oil goove nd holes e povided in the oute ing to supply lubicnt nd the being numbes e suffixed with E4. To use beings with oil gooves nd holes, it is ecommended to povide n oil goove in the housing boe, since the depth of the goove in the being is limited. The numbe nd dimensions of the oil goove nd holes e shown in Tbles 1 nd 2. When beings with hole fo locking pin to pevent oute ing ottion e equied, plese infom NSK. C nd CD TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) RECOMMENDED FITS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) INTERNAL CLEARANCE Tble 9.15 (Pge A92) CA C W d OH PERMISSILE MISALIGNMENT The pemissible mislignment of spheicl olle beings vies depending on the size nd lod, but it is ppoximtely to din (1 to 2.5 ) with noml lods. LIMITING SPEEDS The limiting speeds listed in the being tbles should be djusted depending on the being lod conditions. Also, highe speeds e ttinble by mking chnges in the lubiction method, cge design, etc. Refe to Pge A37 fo detiled infomtion. Tble 1 Dimensions of Oil Gooves nd Holes Units : mm Nominl Oute Ring Width C Oil Goove Hole Dimete ove incl Width W d OH Tble 2 Numbe of Oil Holes Nominl Oute Ring Di D Numbe of Holes ove incl And if the lod on spheicl olle beings becomes too smll duing opetion o if the tio of xil nd dil lods is lge thn the vlue of e (listed in the being tbles), slippge occus between the olles nd cewys, which my esult in smeing. The highe the weight of the olles nd cge, the highe this tendency becomes, especilly fo lge spheicl olle beings. If vey smll being lods e expected, plese contct NSK fo selection of n ppopite being

108 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm j D j d j D j d Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove o Holes oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil CDE4 eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx min mx Constnt Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y CDKE e 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. Mss (kg) ppox CE CDE CKE CDKE CE CDE CKE CDKE CE CDE CKE CDKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12). Remks 1. An oil goove nd holes e stndd fo the EA type. 2. Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges , nd

109 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm j D j d j D j d Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove o Holes 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CE EAE EAE EAE CKE EAKE EAKE EAKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE EAE EAE EAE EAKE EAKE EAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12). Remks 1. An oil goove nd holes e stndd fo the EA type. 2. Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges , nd

110 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm j D j d j D j d Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove o Holes oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil EAE CE EAE EAE4 eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx min mx Constnt Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y EAKE CKE EAKE EAKE e 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. Mss (kg) ppox EAE CAE CE EAE EAKE CAKE CKE EAKE CDE CE CE CDKE CK30E CKE CAE EAE CE CAK30E EAKE CKE CE EAE CKE EAKE CDE CE CE CDKE CK30E CKE CE EAE CE CK30E EAKE CKE CAE EAE CAKE EAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30). Remks 1. An oil goove nd holes e stndd fo the EA type. 2. Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges , nd

111 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm j D j d j D j d Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove o Holes 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CDE CE CE CE EAE CE EAE CDE CE CE CE EAE CE CE CDE CE CE CE CDE CE CE CDE CE CE CE CDE CE CAE CDKE CK30E CKE CK30E EAKE CKE EAKE CDKE CK30E CKE CK30E EAKE CKE CKE CDKE CK30E CKE CK30E CDKE CKE CKE CDKE CK30E CKE CK30E CDKE CKE CAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30). Remks 1. An oil goove nd holes e stndd fo the EA type. 2. Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges , nd

112 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove nd Holes 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CAE CDE CE CE CE CDE CE CAE CAE CDE CE CE CE CDE CE CAE CAE CDE CE CE CE CDE CE CAE CAE CAE CE CE CE CAE CE CAE CAKE CDKE CK30E CKE CK30E CDKE CKE CAKE CAKE CDKE CK30E CKE CK30E CDKE CKE CAKE CAKE CDKE CK30E CKE CK30E CDKE CKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CK30E CKE CK30E CAKE CKE CAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30). Remks Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges 358 nd

113 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove nd Holes 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CAE CAE CE CE CE CAE CE CAE CAE CAE CE CE CE CAE CE CAE CAE CAE CE CE CE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAKE CAKE CK30E CKE CK30E CAKE CKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CK30E CKE CK30E CAKE CKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CK30E CKE CK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30). Remks Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges 359 nd

114 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove nd Holes 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30). Remks Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges ,nd

115 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove nd Holes 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30). Remks Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges 360, nd

116 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe Without n Oil Goove nd Holes 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE CAE /500CAE /500CAE /500CAE /500CAE /500CAE /500CAE /530CAE /530CAE /530CAE /530CAE /530CAE /530CAE /560CAE /560CAE /560CAE /560CAE /560CAE /560CAE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAKE CAKE CAK30E CAKE CAK30E CAKE /500CAKE /500CAKE /500CAK30E /500CAKE /500CAK30E /500CAKE /530CAKE /530CAKE /530CAK30E /530CAKE /530CAK30E /530CAKE /560CAKE /560CAKE /560CAK30E /560CAKE /560CAK30E /560CAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30). Remks Fo the dimensions of dptes nd withdwl sleeves, efe to Pges 361 nd

117 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox /600CAE /600CAE /600CAE /600CAE /600CAE /600CAE /630CAE /630CAE /630CAE /630CAE /630CAE /630CAE /670CAE /670CAE /670CAE /670CAE /670CAE /670CAE /710CAE /710CAE /710CAE /710CAE /710CAE /750CAE /750CAE /750CAE /750CAE /800CAE /800CAE /800CAE /800CAE /800CAE4 239/600CAKE /600CAKE /600CAK30E /600CAKE /600CAK30E /600CAKE /630CAKE /630CAKE /630CAK30E /630CAKE /630CAK30E /630CAKE /670CAKE /670CAKE /670CAK30E /670CAKE /670CAK30E /670CAKE /710CAKE /710CAKE /710CAK30E /710CAK30E /710CAKE /750CAKE /750CAKE /750CAK30E /750CAKE /800CAKE /800CAKE /800CAK30E /800CAKE /800CAKE Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30)

118 SPHERICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e given in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx min mx Constnt e Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y 0 Mss (kg) ppox /850CAE /850CAE /850CAE /850CAE /900CAE /900CAE /900CAE /900CAE /950CAE /950CAE /950CAE /950CAE /1000CAE /1000CAE /1000CAE /1060CAE /1060CAE /1060CAE /1120CAE /1120CAE /1180CAE /1250CAE /1320CAE /1400CAE4 239/850CAKE /850CAKE /850CAK30E /850CAKE /900CAKE /900CAKE /900CAK30E /900CAKE /950CAKE /950CAKE /950CAK30E /950CAKE /1000CAKE /1000CAKE /1000CAK30E /1060CAKE /1060CAKE /1060CAK30E /1120CAKE /1120CAK30E /1180CAK30E /1250CAK30E /1320CAK30E /1400CAK30E Note ( 1 ) The suffix K o K30 epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12 o 1 : 30)

119 THRUST EARINGS SINGLE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS With Flt Set, Aligning Set, o Aligning Set Wshe oe Dimete mm 206 oe Dimete mm 210 DOULE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS With Flt Set, Aligning Set, o Aligning Set Wshe oe Dimete mm 214 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST EARINGS oe Dimete mm 220 SPHERICAL THRUST ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 224 Angul Contct Thust ll eings e descibed on pges 230 to 239. DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES THRUST ALL EARINGS Thust bll beings e clssified into those with flt sets o ligning sets depending on the shpe of the oute ing set (housing wshe). They cn sustin xil lods but no dil lods. The seies of thust bll beings vilble e shown in Tble 1. Fo Single-Diection Thust ll eings, pessed steel cges nd mchined bss cges e usully used s shown in Tble 2. The cges in Double- Diection Thust ll eings e the sme s those in Single-Diection Thust ll eings of the sme dimete seies. The bsic lod tings listed in the being tbles e bsed on the stndd cge type shown in Tble 2. If the type of cge is diffeent fo beings with the sme numbe, the numbe of blls my vy, in such cse, the lod ting will diffe fom the one listed in the being tbles. Tble1 Seies of Thust ll eings W/Flt W/Aligning W/Aligning Set Set Set Wshe 511 Single U Diection U Double- Diection U U U U Tble 2 Stndd Cges fo Thust ll eings Pessed Steel Mchined ss X 51156X 51172X X 51238X 51272X X 51338X 51340X X 51420X 51436X X 53238X 53272X X 53338X 53340X X 53420X 53436X

120 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST EARINGS These e thust beings contining cylindicl olles. They cn sustin only xil lods, but they e suitble fo hevy lods nd hve high xil igidity. The cges e mchined bss. SPHERICAL THRUST ROLLER EARINGS These e thust beings contining convex olles. They hve selfligning cpbility nd e fee of ny influence of mounting eo o shft deflection. esides the oiginl type, the E type with pessed cges fo high lod cpcity is lso vilble. Thei being numbes e suffixed by E. Fo hoizontl shft o high speed ppliction, mchined bss cges e ecommended. Fo detils, contct NSK. Since thee e sevel plces whee lubiction is difficult, such s the e between the olle heds nd inne ing ib, the sliding sufces between cge nd guide sleeve, etc., oil lubiction should be used even t low speed. The cges in the oiginl type e mchined bss. TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY THRUST ALL EARINGS Tble 8.6 (Pges A72 to A74) CYLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST EARINGS Accoding to Tble 8.2 (Pges A72 to A74) SPHERICAL THRUST ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8.7 (Pges A75) DIMENSIONS RELATED TO MOUNTING The dimensions elted to mounting of spheicl thust olle beings e listed in the eing Tble. If the being lod is hevy, it is necessy to design the shft shoulde with mple stength in ode to povide sufficient suppot fo the shft wshe. PERMISSILE MISALIGNMENT The pemissible mislignment of Spheicl Thust Rolle eings vies depending on the size, but it is ppoximtely to din (1 to 2 ) with vege lods. MINIMUM AXIAL LOAD It is necessy to pply some xil lod to thust beings to pevent slippge between the olling elements nd cewys. Fo moe detils, plese efe to Pge A99. RECOMMENDED FITS THRUST ALL EARINGS Tble 9.3 (Pges A84) Tble 9.5 (Pges A85) CYLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST EARINGS Tble 9.3 (Pges A84) Tble 9.5 (Pges A85) SPHERICAL THRUST ROLLER EARINGS Tble 9.3 (Pges A84) Tble 9.5 (Pges A85)

121 SINGLE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 R T 1 1 j D 1 A T 3 b 2 3 T 4 With Flt Set With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe oundy Dimensions d D T T 3 T 4 min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil With Flt Set eing Numbes With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe Dimensions d 1 D 1 D 2 D 3 b A R Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss(kg) ppox With With With Flt Set Aligning Aligning Set Set Wshe U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U

122 SINGLE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 R T 1 1 j D 1 A T 3 b 2 3 T 4 With Flt Set With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe oundy Dimensions d D T T 3 T 4 min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil X X X With Flt Set eing Numbes( 1 ) With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe Dimensions d 1 D 1 D 2 D 3 b A R Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss(kg) ppox With With With Flt Set Aligning Aligning Set Set Wshe U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U X XU U U X XU U U X XU Note ( 1 ) The outside dimete d 1 of the shft wshes of ll being numbes mked X is smlle thn the outside dimete D of the housing wshes

123 SINGLE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 R T 1 1 j D 1 A T 3 b 2 3 T 4 With Flt Set With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe oundy Dimensions d D T T 3 T 4 min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil With Flt Set eing Numbes( 1 ) With With Aligning Aligning Set Set Wshe Dimensions d 1 D 1 D 2 D 3 b A R Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss(kg) ppox With With With Flt Set Aligning Aligning Set Set Wshe X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X U X XU X XU U X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU Note ( 1 ) The outside dimete d 1 of the shft wshes of ll being numbes mked X is smlle thn the outside dimete D of the housing wshes

124 SINGLE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 R T 1 1 j D 1 A T 3 b 2 3 T 4 With Flt Set With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe oundy Dimensions d D T T 3 T 4 min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X With Flt Set eing Numbes( 1 ) With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe Dimensions d 1 D 1 D 2 D 3 b A R Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss(kg) ppox With With With Flt Set Aligning Aligning Set Set Wshe X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU X XU Note ( 1 ) The outside dimete d 1 of the shft wshes of ll being numbes mked X is smlle thn the outside dimete D of the housing wshes

125 DOULE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 3 T R A T 5 2 T 2 T b 6 T 8 T 7 b b b With Flt Set With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe oundy Dimensions sic Lod Rtings Limiting Speeds eing Numbes (N) {kgf} (min 1 ) With With d 2 d D T 1 T 5 T 7 1 C C 0 C C 0 Gese Oil Flt Set Aligning min min Set With Aligning Set Wshe Dimensions d 3 D 1 D 2 D 3 T 2 T 6 T 8 b A 1 R Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions D b mx mx mx Mss(kg) ppox With With With Flt Set Aligning Aligning Set Set Wshe U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U

126 DOULE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 3 T R A T 5 2 T 2 T b 6 T 8 T 7 b b b With Flt Set With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe oundy Dimensions d 2 d D T 1 T 5 T 7 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes( 1 ) With Flt Set With Aligning Set X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X With Aligning Set Wshe Dimensions d 3 D 1 D 2 D 3 T 2 T 6 T 8 b A 1 R Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions D b mx mx mx Mss(kg) ppox With With With Flt Set Aligning Aligning Set Set Wshe U U U U U U XU U U XU U U XU U U U XU U XU XU XU XU Note ( 1 ) The outside dimete d 3 of the centl wshes of ll being numbes mked X is smlle thn the outside dimete D of the housing wshes

127 DOULE-DIRECTION THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 3 T R A T 5 2 T 2 T b 6 T 8 T 7 b b b With Flt Set With Aligning Set With Aligning Set Wshe oundy Dimensions d 2 d D T 1 T 5 T 7 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes( 1 ) With Flt Set With Aligning Set X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X With Aligning Set Wshe Dimensions d 3 D 1 D 2 D 3 T 2 T 6 T 8 b A 1 R Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions D b mx mx mx Mss(kg) ppox With With With Flt Set Aligning Aligning Set Set Wshe XU XU XU XU XU XU Note ( 1 ) The outside dimete d 3 of the centl wshes of ll being numbes mked X is smlle thn the outside dimete D of the housing wshes

128 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 t D w T 1 t oundy Dimensions d D T min C sic Lod Rtings (N) C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Dimensions d 1 D 1 D w t Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx 35 TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP Mss (kg) ppox Remks Fo cylindicl olle thust beings not listed dove, plese contct NSK

129 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER THRUST EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 t D w T 1 t oundy Dimensions d D T min C sic Lod Rtings (N) C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Dimensions d 1 D 1 D w t Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx 140 TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP TMP Mss (kg) ppox Remks Fo cylindicl olle thust beings not listed dove, plese contct NSK

130 SPHERICAL THRUST ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm C j D A T C A T b S1 S2 30 Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =1.2F +F Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =2.8F +F Howeve, F /F 0.55 must be stisfied. oundy Dimensions d D T min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Oil eing Numbes E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E Dimensions d 1 D 1, 1 2 C A Spce Sleeve Dimensions Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 1 ) D D b min mx min mx d S1 mx d S2 mx Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) Fo hevy lod pplictions, d vlue should be chosen which is lge enough to suppot the shft wshe ib

131 SPHERICAL THRUST ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm C A T Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =1.2F +F Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =2.8F +F Howeve, F /F 0.55 must be stisfied. oundy Dimensions d D T min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Oil eing Numbes Dimensions d 1 D C A Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 1 ) D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) Fo hevy lod pplictions, d vlue should be chosen which is lge enough to suppot the shft wshe ib

132 SPHERICAL THRUST ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm C A T Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =1.2F +F Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =2.8F +F Howeve, F /F 0.55 must be stisfied. oundy Dimensions d D T min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Oil eing Numbes Dimensions d 1 D C A Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 1 ) D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox / / / Note ( 1 ) Fo hevy lod pplictions, d vlue should be chosen which is lge enough to suppot the shft wshe ib

133 ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS DOULE-DIRECTION ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS FOR ALL SCREWS oe Dimete mm 234 oe Dimete 15 60mm 238 DESIGN, TYPE, AND FEATURES DOULE-DIRECTION ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS Double-Diection Angul Contct Thust ll eings e specilly designed high pecision beings fo the min spindles of mchine tools. Comped with the Thust ll eings in the 511 Seies, this type contins moe blls of smlle dimete nd hs contct ngle of 60. Consequently, the influence of centifugl foce is less nd they cn withstnd highe speed nd hve highe igidity. eings in Seies 20 nd 29 hve the sme inne nd oute dimetes s the double-ow cylindicl olle beings in Seies NN30 nd NN49 espectively, nd they e both used fo high xil lods. Thei cges e mchined bss. Thee e the TR, AR Seies of highly igid ngul contct bll beings suitble fo high speed tht cn be esily eplced by these double- diection ngul contct bll beings. Fo moe detils, plese contct NSK. ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS FOR ALL SCREWS eings of this type wee specilly designed to suppot NSK Pecision ll Scews. They e usully used in combintions of moe thn two beings nd with pelod. Thei contct ngle is 60. Fo moe detils, plese efe to Ctlog CAT. No. E1254 SUPER PRECISION EARINGS. Thei cges e molded polymide

134 Nominl oe Dimete d Nominl oe Dimete d Note ( 1 ) Clss 7A is NSK Stndd. 232 TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY DOULE-DIRECTION ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS Tble 1 ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS FOR ALL SCREWS Tble 2 The limiting chmfe dimensions of beings of both types confom to Tble (Pge A78). Tble 1 Tolences fo Double-Diection Angul Contct Thust ll eings (Clss 7 ( 1 )) Tble 1. 1 Tolences fo eing oe nd Height nd Running Accucy & dmp & Ts K i (o K e) S d S i (o S e) ove incl high low high low mx mx mx Note ( 1 ) Clss 7 is NSK Stndd. Symbols in the tbles e descibed on Pge A59. Tble 2 Tolences nd Running Accucy of Angul Contct Thust ll eings fo ll Scews (Clss 7A ( 1 )) Tble 2. 1 Tolences nd Limits fo Shft nd Housing Wshe ove incl high low high low mx mx mx mx Units : µm Tble 1. 2 Tolences fo Housing Wshe Outside Dimete Units : µm Nominl Outside Dimete D & Ds ove incl high low & dmp & s (o & Cs ) V s (o V Cs ) K i S d S i Units : µm RECOMMENDED FITS DOULE-DIRECTION ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS The shft wshe nd shft should be in soft contct with neithe intefeence no clence, nd the housing wshe nd housing boe should be loosely fitted. Fo being ngement with double-ow cylindicl olle being, the tolences fo the outside dimete should be f6 to poduce loose fit. ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS FOR ALL SCREWS A tolence of h5 is ecommended fo shfts nd H6 fo housing boes. INTERNAL CLEARANCE AND PRELOAD In ode to poduce n ppopite pelod on beings when they e mounted, the following xil intenl clences e ecommended. DOULE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS Clence C7 ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS FOR ALL SCREWS Clence C10 Double-Row Cylindicl Rolle eing Double-Diection Angul Contct Thust ll eing Exmple of Appliction of Double-Diection Angul Contct Thust ll eing (Min Spindle of Mchine Tool) Tble 2. 2 Tolences nd Running Accucy of Housing Wshe Nominl Outside Dimete D &Ds K e S e Units : µm ove incl high low mx mx

135 DOULE-DIRECTION ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C 1 b oundy Dimensions d D( 1 ) T C 1 min min Note ( 1 ) Outside tolence is f6. sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D b mx mx Mss (kg) ppox 35 TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 29X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 29X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 29X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 29X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 29X+L TAC 20X+L TAC 29D+L TAC 20D+L TAC 29D+L TAC 20D+L Remks Nominl being boe nd outside dimetes fo 20X 20D nd 29X 29D being seies e the sme s those fo the NN30 nd NNU49 NN49 being seies espectively

136 DOULE-DIRECTION ANGULAR CONTACT THRUST ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm T C 1 b oundy Dimensions d D( 1 ) T C 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D b mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) Outside tolence is f TAC 29D+L TAC 20D+L TAC 29D+L TAC 20D+L TAC 29D+L TAC 20D+L TAC 29D+L TAC 20D+L TAC 29D+L TAC 20D+L TAC 29D+L TAC 29D+L TAC 29D+L TAC 29D+L Remks Nominl being boe nd outside dimetes fo 20X 20D nd 29X 29D being seies e the sme s those fo the NN30 nd NNU49 NN49 being seies espectively

137 EARINGS FOR SUPPORTING ALL SCREWS oe Dimete mm Double-Row Combintion Thee-Row Combintion Fou-Row Combintion 1 Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF j D 2 2 DF DFD DFF e=2.17 F /F e Rows Two Rows Thee Rows Fou Rows Combintion DF DT DFD DTD DFT DFF DFT Axil Lod Sustined by One Row Two Rows One Row Rows Two Thee Rows One Row Two Rows Thee Rows X Y DT DTD DFT F /F >e X Y oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min Dimensions d 1 d 2 D 1 D 2 Limiting Speeds( 1 ) (min 1 ) eing Numbes TAC TAC TAC TAC Mss (kg) ppox TAC TAC TAC TAC TAC TAC TAC TAC TAC TAC Gese Oil Sustined by one ow DF (N) {kgf} sic Lod RtingsC Sustined by two ows DT, DFD, DFF (N) {kgf} Sustined by thee ows DTD, DFT (N) {kgf} Sustined by one ow DF (N) {kgf} Limiting Axil Lod Sustined by two ows DT, DFD, DFF (N) {kgf} Sustined by thee ows DTD, DFT (N) {kgf} Note ( 1 ) These vlues pply when the stndd pelod (C10) is used

138 NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS CAGE & NEEDLE ROLLER ASSEMLIES Inscibed Cicle Dimete 5 100mm 248 Cge & Needle Rolle Assemblies fo Connecting Rod Inscibed Cicle Dimete 12 30mm 252 DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS With Cge Inscibed Cicle Dimete 4 55mm 254 Full Complement Type Inscibed Cicle Dimete 8 55mm 254 SOLID NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS THRUST NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete CAM FOLLOWERS Inscibed Cicle Dimete 9 390mm mm 270 Outside Dimete 16 90mm 272 ROLLER FOLLOWERS oe Dimete 5 50mm 274 DESIGN AND TYPES Fo needle olle beings, thee e mny designs nd types beings. Ctlog Specified ctlog, NSK Needle Rolle eings CAT.No.E1419 lists beings shown in Tble 1. Repesenttive exmples selected fom them, e shown in this ctlog. (shown with in Tble 1) Fo detils, plese efe individul specified ctlog. Fo being selection, plese contct NSK

139 Cge & Needle Rolle Assemblies Dwn Cup Needle Rolle eings Solid Needle Rolle eings Thust Needle Rolle eings Thust cewy wshes Needle Rolles Cm Followes Rolle Followes Needle Rolle eings Fo Univesl Joints Dwn Cup Rolle Clutches 242 FWJ FWF WJ FJ, FJH FJL J,JH F, FH, H FJT, FJTT MFJT FJLT, FJLTT MFJLT RNA 48 RNA 49 RNA 59 RNA 69 HJ FNTA NTA Tble1 Types of Needle Rolle eings FN, FNP WJC FWJC MFJ, MFJH MFJL MJ, MJH RLM A Type F Type P Type (Ples efe to 350 pge) T Type C Type M Type FCR FCJ CR ZY F FTRA TRA FCRS FCJS CRS MF, MFH M, MH FTR TR NSA FJP JP FTRC TRC FIR IR FTRD TRD FYCR FYCJ YCR RNAF RC FC RC FC Y YH FTRE TRE RNA TT FYCRS FYCJS YCRS DIMENSIONAL ACCURACY RUNNING ACCURACY Cone DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS The coect fom nd dimensionl ccucy of oute ing of dwn cup needle olle being is chieved only by pess fitting into pope housing with ppopite intefeence. Theefoe, olle inscibed cicle dimete is mesued fte pess fitted into stndd ing guge. The dimension of ing guge nd tolence of olle inscibed cicle dimete e shown in Tbles 2 nd 3. Tble 2 Inspection Guge Dimensions (Genel Metic) of Dwn Cup Needle Rolle eings. ( FJ, FJH, MFJ, MFJH F, FH, MF, MFH ) Nominl Rolle oe Dimete Plug Guge Inscibed Cicle Dimete, F w of Ring Guge GO Guge NO-GO Guge FH Tble 2 is pplicble to stndd dwn cup needle olle beings (metic seies), nd Tble 3 shows tolence of olle inscibed cicle dimete bsed on ISO Stndds. Fo beings ssued by ISO Stndds, plese ode by dding symbol of "-1" t the end of being numbe. Units mm Remks This is the guge dimension fo Inspection of minimum dimete, F wmin, of olle inscibed cicle dimete. Tble 3 Ring Guge of Dwn Cup Needle Rolle eings nd Tolence of Rolle Inscibed Cicle Dimete (ISO Stndds) ( FJ, FJH, MFJ nd MFJH F, FH, MF nd MFH ) Units mm Nominl Rolle oe Dimete Tolence fo Rolle Inscibed Inscibed Cicle Dimete, F wmin ( of Ring Guge ) Cicle Dimete, F w min mx H H H H Note ( 1 ) Remks When using cylinde insted of n inne ing, F wmin is the dimete of the cylinde t which the intenl clence is zeo in t lest one dil diection. (F wmin is the minimum dimete of ech inscibed cicle dimete whee devition is ssumed.) To mesue the olle inscibed cicle dimete, use the following plug guges: GO guge: The sme dimensions s the minimum tolence of the olle inscibed cicle dimete F wmin. NO-GO guge: The dimensions should be the mximum tolence of olle inscibed cicle dimete, F wmin, plus 0.002mm. 243

140 244 SOLID NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8. 2 (A60-63 pges) Tolence of olle inscibed cicle dimete fo solid needle olle beings without inne ings e shown in Tble 4. Tble 4 Inscibed Cicle Dimete fo Metic Solid Needle Rolle eings Units µm Devition (F6) of Minimum Nominl Inscibed Dimete, F Cicle Dimete, F wmin, of Rolle w Inscibed Cicle Dimete F wmin (1) & F wmin ove incl high low Note ( 1 ) When using cylinde insted of n inne ing, Fwmin is the dimete of the cylinde t which the intenl clence is zeo in t lest one dil diection. (Fwmin is the minimum dimete of ech inscibed cicle dimete whee devition is ssumed.) CAM FOLLOWERS ROLLER FOLLOWERS Tble 8. 2 (A60-63 pges) The tolence zone clss of stud dimete d of cm followes is h7, nd the tolence of ssembled width of inne ing of olle followes is shown in being tble. These tolences e pplied to the beings befoe sufce tetment. Cm Followe Dimensionl Toleences is lwys pplited to the being befoe sufce tetment. RECOMMENDED FITTING AND EARING INTERNAL CLEARANCE CAGE & NEEDLE ROLLER ASSEMLIES Recommended fitting of cge & olle unde typicl opeting condition is shown in Tble 5. y combining cge & olle, shft, nd housing, ppopite dil intenl clence is obtined. Howeve, the fitting nd the dil intenl clence of cge & olle fo connecting od should be detemined by the type of engine, chcteistic, nd diving condition etc.. Fo detils, plese efe to specified ctlog. Tble 5 Fitting Tolences fo Shfts nd Housing oes Opeting Conditions High Accucy, Oscillting Motion js5 (j5) h5 Fitting Tolence shft housing boe F w 50mm F w >50mm Noml h5 g5 G6 High Tempetue, Lge Shft Deflection nd Mounting Eo of eings f6 DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS Fo FJ, FJH, nd MFJH types nd F, FH, nd MFH types, if tolence of fitting such s shft:h6, nd housing boe:n7 (in cse of thick steel housing), e pplied unde genel opeting condition, ppopite dil intenl clence is obtined. In cse tht oute ing ottion, the fitting of shft : f6, housing boe : R7, nd light lloy housing o steel housing of less thn 6mm thickness, the housing boe should be smlle thn N7 by mm. SOLID NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS Recommended fitting fo solid needle olle beings with inne ings Tble 9. 2 (Pge A84) Tble 9. 4 (Pge A85) Intenl clence of solid needle olle beings with inne ings Tble (Pge A91) Howeve, fo needle olle being of wide being width, nd with long needle olles, beings with CN clence e not necessily common, but lge clence is selected fequently. Fo the solid needle olle being without inne ing, it is possible to select dil intenl clence shown in Tble 6 by selecting tolence clss of shft, which is fitting to the being. Tble 6 Fitting Tolences nd Rdil Intenl clence of Shfts Assembled with Solid Needle Rolle eings without Inne Rings Nominl Rolle Inscibed Cicle Dimete F w C2 CN C3 C4 ove incl k5 g5 f6 e6 THRUST NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS Recommended Fitting of Thust Needle Rolle eings nd Thust Rcewy e shown in Tble 7. Tble 7 Recommended Fitting of Thust Needle Rolle eings nd Thust Rcewy Clssifiction Type Note ( 1 ) D c epesents outside dimete of the cge. Remks If the cge is guided by outside dimete, to pevent the we of housing boe, it is necessy to hden the sufce t lest. Units mm Cge o Tolence clss o dimension tolence cewy guide Shft Housing boe Thust Needle eing Cge oe h8 D c ( FNTA 1 )+ove 1.0 & Needle Rolle Assemblies Outside H10 Thust eing Rings j6 f6 e6 d h6 e6 d6 c6 FTRA to FTRE oe h8 D c ( 1 )+ove 1.0 Outside H10 245

141 CAM FOLLOWERS ROLLER FOLLOWERS The ecommended fittings fo the mounting e of cm followe studs e shown in Tble 8. Recommended shft fittings of olle followe e shown in Tble 9. Since cm followes e used with cntileveed mounting, they should be fixed with little clence of the fitting sufce s much s possible. Since olle followe is genelly used with oute ing ottion, the fitting with shft is tnsition o loose fit. In cse tht hevy lods impose to the olle followe, it is ecommended to use the shft of quench hdening tetment, nd with tight fit. Fo the detils, plese efe to specified ctlog. Tble 8 Recommended Fitting fo Stud Mounting Pt of Cm Followes Type FCR, FCRS FCJ, FCJS Fitting Tolence of Mounting Hole JS7 (J7) SHAFT AND HOUSING SPECIFICATIONS Tble 9 Recommended Stft Fittings of Rolle Followes Lod Light Lod/Noml Lod Hevy Lod Fitting Tolence of Shft g6 o h6 The specifiction of shft nd housing fo dil needle olle beings, which e used unde genel opeting condition, is shown in Tble 10. Tble 10 Shft nd housing Specifictions of Rdil Needle Rolle eings (Cge & Needle Rolle Assemblies/Dwn Cup eings/solid eings) Ctegoy Out-of-Roundness Tolence Cylindicity Tolence Roughness R (µm) Shft Housing oe Rcewy Sufce Fitting Sufce Rcewy Sufce Fitting Sufce IT3 2 IT3 2 IT3 2 IT3 2 to to IT4 2 IT4 2 IT3 2 IT3 2 IT4 2 IT HRC58 to 64 HRC58 to 64 Hdness Appopite depth of hdening lye Appopite depth of hdening lye equied equied Remks 1. Fo the specifiction of shft nd housing of cge & needle olle ssembly fo connecting od, plese efe to specified ctlog. 2. These e genel ecommendtion by dius method. Fo the vlue of stndd tolence (IT), plese efe to Appendix 11 (pge C22) k6 to to IT5 2 IT5 2 Tble 12 Pemissble Lod Coefficient of Tck Hdness Coefficient (HRC) Specifictions of Thust eings Rcewy Sufce e shown in Tble 11. LIMITING INCLINATION ANGLES The limiting inclintion ngle of dil needle olle being unde genel lod condition is din (3.4') ppoximtely. Fo the detil, plese efe to specified ctlog., PERMISSLE TRACK LOAD The pemissble lod of the tck is detemined by compession stength o hdness. The pemissble lod of the tck shown in the being tble is vlue of tck mde of steel with hdness of HRC40. Tble 12 indictes the pemissible lod coefficient of the tck fo ech hdness. The pemissible lod of the tck fo ech hdness cn be obtined by multiplying the pemissible lod coefficient of the tck coesponding to ech hdness. PRE-PACKED GREASE Tble 11 Specifictions of Thust eings Rcewy Sufce Squeness A Squeness Roughness R (µm) Hdness 0.5/1000 incl (mm/mm) 1.0/1000 incl (mm/mm) 0.4 HRC58 to 64 (HRC60 to 64 is fovoble) The cm followe/olle followe with sel is pe-lubicted with lithium sop-bsed gese. The nge of opeting tempetue is 10 to +110 C. Fo the cm followe/olle followe without sel, plese lubicte with suitble lubicnt. MAXIMUM PERMISSILE LOAD AND MAXIMUM CLAMP TORQUE OF CAM FOLLOWERS. The mximum dil Lod tht the cm followe cn cy is detemined by the being stengh nd she stengh of the stud the thn the Lod ting fo neele beings. This vlue is given in the being tble s the mximum pemissible Lod. Since the stud of the cm followe eceives bending stess nd tensile stess fom the being Lod, the scew clmp toque should not exceed the vlue shown in the being tble. LIMITING SPEED The limiting speeds of beings e shown in being tbles. Howeve, depending on lod condition of the being, the limiting speeds e necessy to compenste. Also, impovement of lubiction method llows to tke highe limiting speed. Fo the detil, plese efe to A37 pge

142 CAGE & NEEDLE ROLLER ASSEMLIES FWF FWJ Inscibed Cicle Dimete 5 22 mm c je w jf w oundy Dimensions F W E W C sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Mss (g) ppox * FNP * FNP * FNP * FNP * FNP * FNP * FNP * FNP * FNP FN FN FWF FN FN FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWJ FWF FWF FWF FWJ FWF FWF FWJ FWF FWF FWF Note (*) These beings hve polymide cges. The mximum pemissible opeting tempetue fo these beings is 100 C fo continued opetion nd 120 C fo shot peiods

143 CAGE & NEEDLE ROLLER ASSEMLIES FWF FWJ Inscibed Cicle Dimete mm c je w jf w oundy Dimensions F W E W C sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Mss (g) ppox FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF A 18 FWF FWF FWJ FWF FWF FWF FWJ FWF A 23 FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF FWF

144 CAGE & NEEDLE ROLLER ASSEMLIES Cge & Needle Rolle Assemblies fo Lge Ends of Connecting Rods Inscibed Cicle Dimete mm Cge & Needle Rolle Assemblies fo Smll Ends of Connecting Rods Inscibed Cicle Dimete 9 19 mm c c je w jf w je w jf w oundy Dimensions F W E W C sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} eing Numbes C C 0 C C 0 Mss (g) ppox oundy Dimensions F W E W C sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} eing Numbes C C 0 C C 0 Mss (g) ppox FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FWF E FN-91211Z-E FN Z-E FN Z-E FN E FN Z-E FN E FN E FN Z-E FN E FN E FN E FN E FN E FN Z-E FN E FN E FN E FN E FN Z-E FN Z-E FWF E FWF E FWF Z-E FWF E FWF E

145 DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS FJ MFJ (With Cge) F MF (Full Complement Type) Inscibed Cicle Dimete 4 16 mm C C C C C jf w 2 jf w C 1 jf w jf w jf w Housing oe N7 Shft h6 Open Type With Cge Closed Type Open Type Closed Type Full Complement Type With Inne Ring oundy Dimensions F W D 0.25 C 0 C 1,C 2 mx sic Dynmic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C Limiting Lods (N) {kgf} P mx Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) With Cge Closed * FJP FJ-59 MFJ FJ-69 MFJ FJ-79 MFJ FJ-810 MFJ FJH-810 MFJH FJ-910 MFJ FJH-910 MFJH FJ-1010 MFJ FJH-1010 MFJH FJ-1210 MFJ FJH-1212 MFJH FJ-1312 MFJ FJ-1412 MFJ FJ-1416 MFJ FJ-1512 MFJ FJ-1516 MFJ FJ-1612 MFJ FJ-1616 MFJ Gese Oil Open eing Numbes Full Complement Type Open Closed In cse of inne ing is used eing Numbes oundy Abutment nd Fillet of Inne Ring Dimensions Dimensions d d (min) (mx) Mss Without Inne Ring (g) ppox Open Closed FH-810 MFH FH-910 MFH FIR FIR FH-1010 MFH-1010 FIR FIR FIR FH-1212 MFH-1212 FIR FIR F-1312 MF-1312 FIR FIR F-1412 MF-1412 FIR FIR F-1416 MF-1416 FIR FIR F-1512 MF-1512 FIR F-1514 MF FIR F-1516 MF-1516 FIR FIR F-1612 MF-1612 FIR FIR F-1616 MF-1616 FIR Note (*) These being hve polymide cges. The mximum pemissible opeting tempetue fo these beings is 100 C fo continued opetion nd 120 C fo shot peiods

146 DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS FJ MFJ (With Cge) F MF (Full Complement Type) Inscibed Cicle Dimete mm C C C C C jf w 2 jf w C 1 jf w jf w jf w Housing oe N7 Shft h6 Open Type With Cge Closed Type Open Type Closed Type Full Complement Type With Inne Ring oundy Dimensions F W D 0.25 C 0 C 1,C 2 mx sic Dynmic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C Limiting Lods (N) {kgf} P mx Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) With Cge Closed FJ-1712 MFJ FJ-1716 MFJ FJ-1812 MFJ FJ-1816 MFJ eing FJ-2012 MFJ FJ-2016 MFJ FJ-2020 MFJ FJ-2212 MFJ FJ-2216 MFJ FJ-2220 MFJ FJ-2516 MFJ FJ-2520 MFJ FJ-2526 MFJ FJ-2816 MFJ FJ-2820 MFJ FJ-2826 MFJ Gese Oil Open Numbes Full Complement Type Open Closed In cse of inne ing is used eing Numbes oundy Abutment nd Fillet of Inne Ring Dimensions Dimensions d d (min) (mx) Mss Without Inne Ring (g) ppox Open Closed F-1712 MF F-1716 MF FIR F-1812 MF-1812 FIR FIR F-1816 MF-1816 FIR FIR F-2012 MF-2012 FIR FIR F-2016 MF-2016 FIR FIR F-2020 MF-2020 FIR FIR F-2212 MF-2212 FIR FIR F-2216 MF-2216 FIR FIR F-2220 MF-2220 FIR FIR F-2516 MF-2516 FIR FIR F-2520 MF-2520 FIR FIR F-2526 MF-2526 FIR FIR F-2816 MF-2816 FIR FIR F-2820 MF-2820 FIR FIR F-2826 MF-2826 FIR

147 DRAWN CUP NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS FJ MFJ (With Cge) F MF (Full Complement Type) Inscibed Cicle Dimete mm C C C C C jf w 2 jf w C 1 jf w jf w jf w Housing oe N7 Shft h6 Open Type With Cge Closed Type Open Type Closed Type Full Complement Type With Inne Ring oundy Dimensions F W D 0.25 C 0 C 1,C 2 mx sic Dynmic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C Limiting Lods (N) {kgf} P mx Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) With Cge Closed FJ-3016L MFJ FJ-3020 MFJ FJ-3026 MFJ FJ-3516 MFJ FJ-3520 MFJ FJ-3526 MFJ FJ-4016 MFJ FJ-4020 MFJ FJ-4026 MFJ FJ-4516 MFJ FJ-4520 MFJ FJ-5020L MFJ FJ-5024 MFJ FJ-5520 MFJ FJ-5524 MFJ Gese Oil Open eing Numbes Full Complement Type Open Closed In cse of inne ing is used eing Numbes oundy Abutment nd Fillet of Inne Ring Dimensions Dimensions d d (min) (mx) Mss Without Inne Ring (g) ppox Open Closed F-3016 MF FIR F-3020 MF-3020 FIR FIR F-3026 MF-3026 FIR F-3516 MF FIR F-3520 MF-3520 FIR FIR F-3526 MF-3526 FIR F-4016 MF FIR F-4020 MF-4020 FIR FIR F-4516 MF FIR F-4520 MF-4520 FIR FIR F-5020 MF F-5024 MF F-5520 MF F-5524 MF

148 SOLID NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS RLM LM RNA NA Inscibed Cicle Dimete 9 22 mm C C C C jf w jf w RLM Without Inne Ring RNA LM With Inne Ring NA oundy Dimensions F W D C min (N) sic Lod Rtings RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Without Inne Ring Numbes Without Inne Ring With Inne Ring oundy Dimensions d Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Without Inne Ring With Inne Ring LM LM LM RNA 4900 NA LM LM LM LM LM RNA 4901 NA LM LM RNA 6901 NA LM LM LM LM LM LM LM LM RNA 4902 NA RNA 5902 NA RNA 6902 NA LM LM RNA 4903 NA RNA 5903 NA LM RNA 6903 NA Remks If full complement olle being is equied, plese contct NSK

149 SOLID NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS RLM LM RNA NA Inscibed Cicle Dimete mm C C C C jf w jf w RLM Without Inne Ring RNA LM With Inne Ring NA oundy Dimensions F W D C min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Without Inne Ring Numbes Without Inne Ring With Inne Ring oundy Dimensions d Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Without Inne Ring With Inne Ring RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM LM LM LM RNA 4904 NA RNA 5904 NA RNA 6904 NA LM LM LM RNA 49/22 NA 49/ RNA 59/22 NA 59/ RNA 69/22 NA 69/ LM LM LM RNA 4905 NA RNA 5905 NA RNA 6905 NA LM LM RNA 49/28 NA 49/ RNA 59/28 NA 59/ RNA 69/28 NA 69/ LM LM LM LM LM RNA 4906 NA RNA 5906 NA RNA 6906 NA Remks If full complement olle being is equied, plese contct NSK

150 SOLID NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS RLM LM RNA NA Inscibed Cicle Dimete mm C C C C jf w jf w RLM Without Inne Ring RNA LM With Inne Ring NA oundy Dimensions F W D C min (N) sic Lod Rtings RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM RLM {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Without Inne Ring Numbes Without Inne Ring With Inne Ring oundy Dimensions d Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Without Inne Ring With Inne Ring LM LM LM LM LM LM RNA 49/32 NA 49/ RNA 59/32 NA 59/ RNA 69/32 NA 69/ RNA 4907 NA RNA 5907 NA RNA 6907 NA LM LM RNA 4908 NA RNA 5908 NA RNA 6908 NA LM LM RNA 4909 NA RNA 5909 NA RNA 6909 NA LM LM RNA 4910 NA RNA 5910 NA RNA 6910 NA Remks If full complement olle being is equied, plese contct NSK

151 SOLID NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS RNA NA Inscibed Cicle Dimete mm C C jf w oundy Dimensions F W D C min (N) Without Inne Ring RNA sic Lod Rtings RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA 4822 {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Without Inne Ring Numbes With Inne Ring With Inne Ring NA oundy Dimensions d Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Without Inne Ring With Inne Ring NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Remks If full complement olle being is equied, plese contct NSK

152 SOLID NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS RNA NA Inscibed Cicle Dimete mm C C jf w oundy Dimensions F W D C min (N) Without Inne Ring RNA sic Lod Rtings RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA RNA 4872 {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Without Inne Ring Numbes With Inne Ring With Inne Ring NA oundy Dimensions d Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Without Inne Ring With Inne Ring NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA Remks If full complement olle being is equied, plese contct NSK

153 THRUST NEEDLE ROLLER EARINGS FNTA (Thust Cge & Needle Rolle Assemblies) Thust cewy wshes FTRA (s=1.0) FTR (s=1.5) FTRC (s=2.0) FTRD (s=2.5) FTRE (s=3.0) oe Dimete mm C 0 W ( 1) (1) C12 C1 E11 s P 0.75 P i e FNTA FTRA FTR FTRC FTRD FTRE oundy Dimensions D c1,d p1 D c,d p D W sic Lod Rtings Limiting Speeds (N) {kgf} (min 1 ) eing Numbes C C 0 C C 0 Oil s=1.0 ± FNTA-1024 *FTRA FNTA-1226 FTRA FNTA-1528 FTRA FNTA-1629 FTRA FNTA-1730 FTRA FNTA-1831 FTRA FNTA-2035 FTRA FNTA-2542 FTRA FNTA-3047 FTRA FNTA-3552 FTRA FNTA-4060 FTRA FNTA-4565 FTRA FNTA-5070 FTRA FNTA-5578 FTRA FNTA-6085 FTRA FNTA-6590 FTRA FNTA-7095 FTRA FNTA FTRA FNTA FTRA FNTA FTRA FNTA FTRA FNTA FTRA eing Numbes of Mtching eing Rings s= s= s= s= Rolle Contct Sufces Outside Dimete oe Dimete FTR-1024 FTRC FTR-1226 FTRC FTR-1528 FTRC-1528 FTRD-1528 FTRE FTR-1629 FTRC-1629 FTRD-1629 FTRE FTR-1730 FTRC-1730 FTRD-1730 FTRE FTR-1831 FTRC-1831 FTRD-1831 FTRE FTR-2035 FTRC-2035 FTRD-2035 FTRE FTR-2542 FTRC-2542 FTRD-2542 FTRE FTR-3047 FTRC-3047 FTRD-3047 FTRE FTR-3552 FTRC-3552 FTRD-3552 FTRE FTR-4060 FTRC-4060 FTRD-4060 FTRE FTR-4565 FTRC-4565 FTRD-4565 FTRE FTR-5070 FTRC-5070 FTRD-5070 FTRE FTR-5578 FTRC-5578 FTRD-5578 FTRE FTR-6085 FTRC-6085 FTRD-6085 FTRE FTR-6590 FTRC-6590 FTRD-6590 FTRE FTR-7095 FTRC-7095 FTRD-7095 FTRE FTR FTRC FTRD FTRE FTR FTRC FTRD FTRE FTR FTRC FTRD FTRE FTR FTRC FTRD FTRE FTR FTRC FTRD FTRE D e min D i mx Mss (g) ppox FNTA FTRA Note ( 1 ) Fo tolence clsses C12 nd E11, plese efe to ISO nd (ISO system of limits nd fits), espectively. (*) The tolence of this being boe dimete is to mm nd outside dimete tolence is to 0.370mm

154 CAM FOLLOWERS FCR (Full Complement) FCRS Full Complement, Seled With Thust Wshe FCJ (With Cge) FCJS Seled, with Cge nd Thust Wshe Outside Dimete mm jm 1 C 1 3 jm 2 G 1 jm 1 G X E jf Full Complement FCR 2 Full Complement, Seled With Thust Wshe FCRS Full Complement, With Hexgonl Socket FCR Full Complement, With Eccentic ush FCRE ( ) 5 oundy Dimensions D C d M ( 1 ) 0.3 FCR-16 FCRS M ( 1 ) 0.3 FCJ-16 FCJS M ( 1 ) 0.3 FCR-19 FCRS M ( 1 ) 0.3 FCJ-19 FCJS M ( 1 ) 0.3 FCR-22 FCRS M ( 1 ) 0.3 FCJ-22 FCJS M ( 1 ) 0.3 FCR-26 FCRS M ( 1 ) 0.3 FCJ-26 FCJS M FCR-30 FCRS M FCJ-30 FCJS M FCR-32 FCRS M FCJ-32 FCJS M FCR-35 FCRS M FCJ-35 FCJS M FCR-40 FCRS M FCJ-40 FCJS M FCR-47 FCRS M FCJ-47 FCJS M FCR-52 FCRS M FCJ-52 FCJS M FCR-62 FCRS M FCJ-62 FCJS M FCR-72 FCRS M FCJ-72 FCJS M FCR-80 FCRS M FCJ-80 FCJS M FCR-85 FCRS M FCJ-85 FCJS M FCR-90 FCRS M FCJ-90 FCJS Dimensions Scew G G M 2 M 1 min Notes ( 1 ) Only the hed of the stud hs on oil hole. ( 2 ) Applicble to FCR only. Remks Stndd gese is pcked in seled cm followes, but not in cm followes without sels. eing Numbes FCR FCJ FCRS FCJS sic Dynmic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C Limiting Lods (N) {kgf} P mx Limiting Tck Lods (N) {kgf} Mss (kg) ppox Dimensions of Hexgonl Socket ( 2 )(width coss flts) X Eccentic ush Dimensions ( 3 ) 4 d 1 E Shoulde Dimensions F (min) Tightening Toque ( 4 ) (N cm) {kgf cm} Notes ( 3 ) Applicble to FCRE only. ( 4 ) These vlues e fo when the scew is oiled ; they should be ppoximtely doubled when the scew is dy. ( 5 ) Should not be gete thn (min). (mx) (mx) 273

155 ROLLER FOLLOWERS FYCR (Full Complement) FYCRS Full Complement, Seled with Thust Wshe FYCJ (With Cge) FYCJS Seled, with Cge nd Thust Wshe oe Dimete 5 50 mm C C jf Full Complement FYCR Full Complement, Seled with Thust Wshe FYCRS oundy Dimensions d D C min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C Remks Stndd gese is pcked in seled cm followes, but not in cm followes without sels. Limiting Tck Lods (N) {kgf} FYCR FYCJ eing Numbes FYCRS FYCJS Mss (kg) ppox Shoulde Dimensions F min FYCR-5 FYCRS FYCJ-5 FYCJS FYCR-6 FYCRS FYCJ-6 FYCJS FYCR-8 FYCRS FYCJ-8 FYCJS FYCR-10 FYCRS FYCJ-10 FYCJS FYCR-12 FYCRS FYCJ-12 FYCJS FYCR-15 FYCRS FYCJ-15 FYCJS FYCR-17 FYCRS FYCJ-17 FYCJS FYCR-20 FYCRS FYCJ-20 FYCJS FYCR-25 FYCRS FYCJ-25 FYCJS FYCR-30 FYCRS FYCJ-30 FYCJS FYCR-35 FYCRS FYCJ-35 FYCJS FYCR-40 FYCRS FYCJ-40 FYCJS FYCR-45 FYCRS FYCJ-45 FYCJS FYCR-50 FYCRS FYCJ-50 FYCJS

156 ALL EARING UNITS SET SCREW TYPE PILLOW LOCKS CAST HOUSING UCP2 Shft Dimete 12 90mm 282 1/2 3 1/2 inch SET SCREW TYPE FLANGED UNITS CAST HOUSING UCF2 Shft Dimete 12 90mm 288 UCFL2 1/2 3 1/2 inch Shft Dimete 12 90mm 294 1/2 3 1/2 inch

157 1. CONSTRUCTION The NSK being unit is combintion of dil bll being, sel, nd housing of high-gde cst ion o pessed steel, which comes in vious shpes. The oute sufce of the being nd the intenl sufce of the housing e spheicl, so tht the unit is self-ligning. The inside constuction of the bll being fo the unit is such tht steel blls nd etines of the sme type s in seies 62 nd 63 of the deep goove bll being e used. A duplex sel consisting of combintion of n oil-poof synthetic ubbe sel nd 278 Mintennce fee being unit ll end set scew Fig.1.1 slinge is povided on both sides. Depending on the type, the following methods of fitting to the shft e employed: (1) The inne ing is fstened onto the shft in two plces by set scews. (2) The inne ing hs tpeed boe nd is fitted to the shft by mens of n dpte. (3) In the eccentic locking coll system the inns ing is fstened to the shft by mens of eccentics gooves povided t the side of the inne ing nd on the coll. Relubictble being unit Gese fitting Housing Spheicl oute ing Slinge Specil ubbe sel 2. DESIGN FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES 2.1 MAINTENANCE FREE TYPE The NSK Mintennce fee being unit contins high-gde lithium-bsed gese, good fo use ove long peiod, which is idelly suited to seled-type being. Also povided is n excellent seling device, which pevents ny lekge of gese o penettion of dust nd wte fom outside. It is designed so tht the ottion of the shft cuses the seled-in gese to ciculte though the inside spce, effectively poviding mximum lubiction. The lubiction effect is mintined ove long peiod with no need fo eplenishment of gese. To summize the dvntges of the NSK mintennce fee being unit: (1) As n dequte mount of good qulity gese is seled in t the time of mnufctue, thee is no need fo eplenishment. This mens svings in tems of time nd mintennce costs. (2) Since thee is no need fo ny egesing fcilities, such s piping, moe compct design is possible. (3) The seled-in design elimintes the possibility of gese lekge, which could led to stined poducts. 2.2 RELURICATALE TYPE The NSK elubictble type being unit hs n dvntge ove othe simil, units being so designed s to pemit egesing even in the cse of mislignment of 2 to the ight o left. The hole though which the gese fitting is mounted usully cuses stuctul wekening of the housing. Howeve, s esult of extensive testing, in the NSK being unit the hole is positioned so s to minimize this dvese effect. In ddition, the egesing goove hs been designed to minimize wekening of the housing. While the NSK mintennce fee type being unit is stisfctoy fo use unde noml opeting conditions in-doos, in the following cicumstnces it is necessy to use the elubictble type being unit: (1) Cses whee the tempetue of the being ises bove 100 C, 212 F: *-Noml tempetue of up to 200 C, 392 F het-esistnt being units. (2) Cses whee thee is excessive dust, but spce does not pemit using being unit with cove. (3) Cses whee the being unit is constntly exposed to splshes of wte o ny othe liquid, but spce does not pemit using being unit with cove. (4) Cses in which the humidity is vey high, nd the mchine in which the being unit is used is un only intemittently. (5) Cses involving hevy lod of which the C/P vlue is bout 10 o below, nd the speed is 10 min 1 o below, o the movement is oscilltoy. (6) Cses whee the numbe of evolutions is eltively high nd the noise poblem hs to be consideed; fo exmple, when the being is used with the fn of n i conditione. 2.3 SPECIAL SEALING FEATURE STANDARD EARING UNITS The seling device of the bll being fo the NSK being unit is combintion of het-esistnt nd oil-poof synthetic ubbe sel nd slinge of n exclusive design. The sel, which is fixed in the oute ing, is steel-einfoced, nd its lip, in contct with the inne ing, is designed to minimize fictionl toque. The slinge is fixed to the inne ing of the being with which it ottes. Thee is smll clence between its peiphey nd the oute ing. Thee e tingul potusions on the outside fce of the slinge nd, s the being ottes, these potusions on the slinge cete flow of i outwd fom the being. In this wy, the slinge cts s fn which-keeps dust nd wte wy fom the being. These two types of sels on both sides of the being pevent gese lekge, nd foeign mtte is pevented fom enteing the being fom outside. Fig

158 2.3.2 EARING UNITS WITH COVERS The NSK being unit with cove consists of stndd being unit nd n outside coveing fo ext potection ginst dust. Specil considetion hs been given to its design with espect to dustpoofing. Seling devices e povided in both the being nd the housing, so tht units of this type opete stisfctoily even in such dvese envionments s flou mills, steel mills, foundies, glvnizing plnts nd chemicl plnts, whee excessive dust is poduced nd/o liquids e used. They e lso eminently suitble fo outdoo envionments whee dust nd in e inevitble, nd in hevy industil mchiney such s constuction nd tnspottion equipment. The ubbe sel of the cove contcts with the shft by its two lips, s shown in Fig. 2.2 nd 2.3. y filling the goove between the two lips with gese, n excellent seling effect is obtined nd, t the sme time, the contcting potions of the lips e lubicted. Futhemoe, the goove is so designed tht when the shft is inclined the ubbe sel cn move in the dil diection. When being units e exposed to splshes of wte the thn to dust, din hole (5 to 8 mm, 0.2 to 0.3 inches in dimete)is povided t the bottom of the cove, nd gese should be pplied to the side of the being itself insted of into the cove. 280 Fig. 2.2 Pessed steel cove Fig.2.3 Cst ion cove 2.4 SECURE FITTING Fstening the being to the shft is effected by tightening the bll-end set scew, situted on the inne ing. This is unique fetue which pevents loosening, even if the being is subject to intense vibtions nd shocks. 2.5 SELF-ALIGNING With the NSK being unit, the oute sufce of the bll being nd the inne sufce of the housing e spheicl, thus this being unit hs self-ligning chcteistic. Any mislignment of xis tht ise fom poo wokmnship on the shft o eos in fitting will be popely djusted. 2.6 HIGHER RATED LOAD CAPACITY The being used in the unit is of the sme intenl constuction s those in being seies 62 nd 63, nd is cpble of ccommodting xil lod s well s dil lod, o composite lod. The ted lod cpcity o this being is considebly highe thn tht of the coesponding self-ligning bll beings used fo stndd plumme blocks 2.7 LIGHT WEIGHT YET STRONG HOUSING Housings fo NSK being units come in vious shpes. They consist of eithe high-gde cst ion, one-piece csting, o of pecision finished pessed steel, the ltte being lighte in weight. In eithe cse, they e pcticlly designed to combine lightness with mximum stength. 2.8 EASY MOUNTING The NSK being unit is n integted unit consisting of being nd housing. As the being is pelubicted t mnufctue with the coect mount of high-gde lithium bse, it cn be mounted on the shft just s it is. It is sufficient to cy out shot test un fte mounting. 2.9 ACCURATE FITTING OF THE HOUSING In ode to simplify the fitting of the pillow block nd flnge type being units, the housings e povided with set fo dowel pin, which my be utilized s needed EARING REPLACEAILITY The being used in the NSK being unit is eplceble. In the event of being filue, new being cn be fitted to the existing housing. 3. RECOMMENDED TORQUES FOR TIGTENING SET SCREWS Tble 3.1 Recommended toques fo tightening set scews A) Metic seies, pplied to metic boe size. Designtion of the beings of pplicble units UC201 to UC205 UC206 Designtion of set scews Tightening toques N m (mx.) M UC305 to UC306 M UC207 UCX05 M UC208 to UC210 UC211 M UCX06 to UC307 M UCX08 UC212 UCX09 M UC213 to UC215 UC308 to UC309 M UC216 UCX10 M UCX11 to M UCX12 UC217 to UCX13 to UC310 to M UC218 UCX15 UC314 UCX16 to UCX17 UCX18 UCX20 M UC315 to UC316 UC317 to UC319 UC320 to UC324 UC326 to UC328 Designtion of the beings of pplicble units M M M M Designtion of set scews Tightening toques N m (mx.) AS201 to 205 M AS206 M AS207 M AS208 M ) Inch seies, pplied to inch boe size. Designtion of the beings Designtion Tightening fo the unit to which of toques toques given e pplicble set scews lbf inch (mx.) UC201 to UC205 UC206 No.10-32UNF 34 UC305 to UC306 1/4-28UNF 43 UC207 UCX05 1/4-28UNF 52 UC208 to UC210 UC211 5/16-24UNF 69 UCX06 to UC307 5/16-24UNF 86 UCX08 UC212 UCX09 3/8-24UNF 147 UC213 to UC215 UC308 to UC309 3/8-24UNF 173 UC216 UCX10 3/8-24UNF 199 UCX11 to 3/8-24UNF 216 UCX12 UC217 to UCX13 to UC310 to 1/2-20UNF 260 UC218 UCX15 UC314 UCX16 to UCX17 UCX18 UCX20 1/2-20UNF 303 UC315 to UC316 UC317 to UC318 9/16-18UNF 303 5/8-18UNF 477 UC320 5/8-18UNF 520 Designtion of the beings Designtion Tightening fo the unit to which of toques toques given e pplicble set scews lbf inch (mx.) AS201 to 205 No 10-32UNF 30 AS206 1/4-28UNF 39 AS207 1/4-28UNF 43 AS208 5/16-24UNF

159 UCP2 Pillow blocks cst housing Set scew type S S 30 S N N 1 H H 2 N N 1 H H 2 t N N 1 H H 3 t J L L 1 H 1 A L J L Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCP D1 Closed end ZM-UCP D1 1 H 1 A A4 J L Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCP D1 Closed end CM-UCP D1 L 1 H 1 A A5 Shft di. mm inch Unit numbe( 1 ) 12 UCP201D M10 UC201D1 1/2 UCP D1 13/ /4 11/2 1/2 5/8 9/16 27/16 121/ /8 UC D1 15 UCP202D M10 UC202D1 9/16 UCP D1 1 3/ /4 1 1 /2 1/2 5/8 9/ / UC D1 / /8 5/8 UCP D1 UC D1 17 UCP203D M10 UC203D1 11/16 UCP D1 1 3 / /4 1 1 /2 1/2 5/8 9/ / / /8 UC D1 20 UCP204D M10 UC204D1 3/4 UCP D1 15/ /4 11/2 1/2 5/8 9/16 29/16 121/ /8 UC D1 25 UCP205D M10 UC205D1 13/16 UCP D1 UC D1 7/8 UCP D1 1 7/ /2 4 1 /8 1 1 /2 1/2 5/8 19/ / UC D1 / /8 15/16 UCP D1 UC D1 1 UCP D1 UC D1 30 UCP206D M14 UC206D1 11/16 UCP D1 UC D1 1 1 /8 UCP D1 1 11/ /2 4 3 /4 1 7 /8 21/32 25 /32 21/ / UC D1 / /2 1 3 /16 UCP D1 UC D1 1 1 /4 UCP D1 UC D1 35 UCP207D M14 UC207D1 1 1 /4 UCP D1 UC D1 1 5 /16 UCP D1 1 UC D1 7/8 69/ /8 21/32 25/32 23/32 321/32 21/ /2 13/8 UCP D1 UC D1 1 7 /16 UCP D1 UC D1 40 UCP208D M14 UC208D1 1 1 /2 UCP D1 1 UC D1 15/16 71/4 513/32 21/8 21/32 25/32 23/32 327/32 21/ /2 19/16 UCP D1 UC D1 45 UCP209D M14 UC209D1 1 5 /8 UCP D1 UC D1 111/16 UCP D1 21/8 715/32 53/4 21/8 21/32 25/32 25/32 43/16 23/ /2 UC D1 1 3 /4 UCP D1 UC D1 Note Nominl dimensions mm inch H L J A N N 1 H 1 H 2 L 1 S olt size mm inch eing numbe ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D1. Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 H 3 A 5 mx. UCP Z(ZM) C(CM) P203D1 Z(ZM)-UCP201D1 C(CM)-UCP201D P203D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/64 125/32 241/64 27/ P203D1 Z(ZM)-UCP202D1 C(CM)-UCP202D P203D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P203D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ / / / P203D1 Z(ZM)-UCP203D1 C(CM)-UCP203D P203D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ / / / P204D1 Z(ZM)-UCP204D1 C(CM)-UCP204D P204D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/64 125/32 23/4 27/ P205D1 Z(ZM)-UCP205D1 C(CM)-UCP205D P205D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P205D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P205D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ / / P205D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P206D1 Z(ZM)-UCP206D1 C(CM)-UCP206D P206D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P206D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ / / / P206D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P206D1 P207D1 Z(ZM)-UCP207D1 C(CM)-UCP207D P207D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P207D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 1/8 2 3 / / / P207D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P207D1 P208D1 Z(ZM)-UCP208D1 C(CM)-UCP208D P208D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P208D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 1/8 223/32 41/8 317/ P209D1 Z(ZM)-UCP209D1 C(CM)-UCP209D P209D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P209D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 1/8 223/32 47/16 33/ P209D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D

160 UCP2 Pillow blocks cst housing Set scew type S S 30 S N N 1 H H 2 N N 1 H H 2 t N N 1 H H 3 t J L L 1 H 1 A L J L Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCP D1 Closed end ZM-UCP D1 1 H 1 A A4 J L Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCP D1 Closed end CM-UCP D1 L 1 H 1 A A5 Shft di. mm inch Unit numbe( 1 ) Nominl dimensions mm inch H L J A N N 1 H 1 H 2 L 1 S 50 UCP210D M16 UC210D /16 UCP D1 UC D1 1 7 /8 UCP D1 2 1/4 8 1 /8 6 1 /4 2 3 /8 25/32 29 /32 13/ /2 2 9 UC D1 / / /16 UCP D1 UC D1 2 UCP D1 UC D1 55 UCP211D M16 UC211D1 2 UCP D1 UC D1 2 1 /16 UCP D1 2 1/2 8 5 / / /8 25/32 29 /32 29/ / UC D1 / /8 21/8 UCP D1 UC D1 2 3 /16 UCP D1 UC D1 60 UCP212D M16 UC212D1 2 1 /4 UCP D1 UC D1 25/16 UCP D1 2 3/4 9 1 /2 7 1 /4 2 3 /4 25/32 29 /32 31/ / UC D1 / /8 2 3 /8 UCP D1 UC D1 2 7 /16 UCP D1 UC D1 65 UCP213D M20 UC213D1 2 1 /2 UCP D / /4 31/ / / / UC D1 / /4 2 9 /16 UCP D1 UC D1 70 UCP214D M20 UC214D1 25/8 UCP D1 UC D /16 UCP D1 3 1 / / / /32 31 / / / / / /4 UC D1 2 3 /4 UCP D1 UC D1 75 UCP215D M20 UC215D1 213/16 UCP D1 UC D1 2 7 /8 UCP D1 3 1/ / / /32 31 / / / / UC D1 / / /16 UCP D1 UC D1 3 UCP D1 UC D1 80 UCP216D M20 UC216D1 3 1 /16 UCP D1 UC D1 3 1 /8 UCP D1 3 1 / /2 9 1 /8 3 1 /16 31 / / / / / /4 UC D1 3 3 /16 UCP D1 UC D1 Note olt size mm inch eing numbe ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D1. Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 H 3 A 5 mx. UCP Z(ZM) C(CM) P210D1 Z(ZM)-UCP210D1 C(CM)-UCP210D P210D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P210D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 1/ / / P210D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P210D1 P211D1 Z(ZM)-UCP211D1 C(CM)-UCP211D P211D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P211D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P211D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ / / / P211D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P212D1 Z(ZM)-UCP212D1 C(CM)-UCP212D P212D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P212D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P212D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ /2 5 5 / / P212D1 P213D1 Z(ZM)-UCP213D1 C(CM)-UCP213D P213D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P213D1 Z(ZM)-UCP D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ / / / P214D1 C(CM)-UCP214D P214D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P214D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ /8 5 5 / P214D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P215D1 C(CM)-UCP215D P215D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P215D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P215D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ /8 5 5 / P215D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P216D1 C(CM)-UCP216D P216D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P216D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 5/ / / P216D1 C(CM)-UCP D

161 UCP2 Pillow blocks cst housing Set scew type S S 30 S N N 1 H H 2 N N 1 H H 2 t N N 1 H H 3 t J L L 1 H 1 A L J L Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCP D1 Closed end ZM-UCP D1 1 H 1 A A4 J L Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCP D1 Closed end CM-UCP D1 L 1 H 1 A A5 Shft di. mm inch Unit numbe( 1 ) 85 UCP217D M20 UC217D1 31/4 UCP D1 UC D1 3 5 /16 UCP D1 3 3 / / / /32 31 / / /4 7 3 / / /4 UC D1 3 7 /16 UCP D1 UC D1 90 UCP218D M22 UC218D1 3 1 /2 UCP D / / / / / / / / /8 UC D1 Note Nominl dimensions mm inch H L J A N N 1 H 1 H 2 L 1 S olt size mm inch eing numbe ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D1. Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 H 3 A 5 mx. UCP Z(ZM) C(CM) P217D1 C(CM)-UCP217D P217D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P217D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 13/ / / P217D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 P218D1 C(CM)-UCP218D P218D1 C(CM)-UCP D1 13/ / /

162 UCF2 Flnged units cst housing Set scew type N S N S N S J L J L t J L t J L A A0 A 1 A 2 J L Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCF D1 Closed end ZM-UCF D1 A A4 A 1 A2 J L Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCF D1 Closed end CM-UCF D1 A5 A 1 A 2 Shft di. Unit numbe( 1 ) Nominl dimensions mm inch mm mm inch L J A 2 A 1 A N A 0 S inch 12 UCF201D M10 UC201D1 1/2 UCF D1 3 3 / /64 19/32 7/ / / /8 UC D1 15 UCF202D M10 UC202D1 9/16 UCF D1 3 3 / /64 19/32 7/ / UC D1 / /8 5/8 UCF D1 UC D1 17 UCF203D M10 UC203D1 11/16 UCF D1 3 3 / /64 19/32 7/ / / /8 UC D1 20 UCF204D M10 UC204D1 3/4 UCF D1 3 3 / /64 19/32 7/ / / /8 UC D1 25 UCF205D M10 UC205D1 13/16 UCF D1 UC D1 7/8 UCF D1 3 3 /4 2 3 /4 5/8 1/2 1 1 /16 15/ UC D1 / /8 15/16 UCF D1 UC D1 1 UCF D1 UC D1 30 UCF206D M10 UC206D1 1 1 /16 UCF D1 UC D1 11/8 UCF D1 4 1 / /64 45/64 1/2 1 7 /32 15/ UC D1 / /8 1 3 /16 UCF D1 UC D1 1 1 /4 UCF D1 UC D1 35 UCF207D M12 UC207D1 11/4 UCF D1 UC D1 1 5 /16 UCF D / /8 3/4 19/ /32 35/ / UC D1 7/ /8 UCF D1 UC D1 1 7 /16 UCF D1 UC D1 40 UCF208D M14 UC208D1 1 1 /2 UCF D1 5 1 /8 4 1 /64 53/64 19/ /32 5/8 2 1 / UC D1 1/2 1 9 /16 UCF D1 UC D1 45 UCF209D M14 UC209D1 15/8 UCF D1 UC D /16 UCF D / /64 55/64 5/8 1 1 /2 5/8 2 1 / /2 UC D1 1 3 /4 UCF D1 UC D1 Note olt size eing numbe ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D1. Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 A 5 mx. UCP Z(ZM) C(CM) F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF201D1 C(CM)-UCF201D F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ / / F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF202D1 C(CM)-UCF202D F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ / / F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF203D1 C(CM)-UCF203D F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ / / F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF204D1 C(CM)-UCF204D F204D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ / / F205D1 Z(ZM)-UCF205D1 C(CM)-UCF205D F205D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F205D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F205D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ / F205D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F206D1 Z(ZM)-UCF206D1 C(CM)-UCF206D F206D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F206D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F206D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ /4 2 7 / F206D1 F207D1 Z(ZM)-UCF207D1 C(CM)-UCF207D F207D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F207D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F207D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 1/ / / F207D1 F208D1 Z(ZM)-UCF208D1 C(CM)-UCF208D F208D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F208D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 1/8 2 3 / / F209D1 Z(ZM)-UCF209D1 C(CM)-UCF209D F209D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F209D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 1/8 2 1 /4 2 3 / F209D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D

163 UCF2 Flnged units cst housing Set scew type N S N S N S J L J L t J L t J L A A0 A 1 A 2 J L Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCF D1 Closed end ZM-UCF D1 A A4 A 1 A2 J L Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCF D1 Closed end CM-UCF D1 A5 A 1 A 2 Shft di. mm inch Unit numbe( 1 ) Nominl dimensions mm inch L J A 2 A 1 A N A 0 S 50 UCF210D M14 UC210D /16 UCF D1 UC D1 1 7 /8 UCF D1 55/8 43/8 55/64 5/8 19/16 5/8 25/ UC D1 1/ /16 UCF D1 UC D1 2 UCF D1 UC D1 55 UCF211D M16 UC211D1 2 UCF D1 UC D1 2 1 /16 UCF D1 63/8 51/8 63/64 23/32 111/16 3/4 219/ UC D1 5/8 2 1 /8 UCF D1 UC D1 23/16 UCF D1 UC D1 60 UCF212D M16 UC212D1 2 1 /4 UCF D1 UC D1 2 5 /16 UCF D1 6 7 /8 5 5 /8 1 9 /64 23/ /8 3/ / UC D1 5/8 2 3 /8 UCF D1 UC D1 27/16 UCF D1 UC D1 65 UCF213D M16 UC213D1 2 1 /2 UCF D1 7 3 / / /16 7/ /32 3/4 2 3 / UC D1 5/8 2 9 /16 UCF D1 UC D1 70 UCF214D M16 UC214D1 2 5 /8 UCF D1 UC D1 211/16 UCF D1 719/32 563/64 17/32 7/8 21/8 3/4 231/ /8 UC D1 2 3 /4 UCF D1 UC D1 75 UCF215D M16 UC215D /16 UCF D1 UC D1 2 7 /8 UCF D1 77/8 617/64 111/32 7/8 27/32 3/4 33/ UC D1 5/ /16 UCF D1 UC D1 3 UCF D1 UC D1 80 UCF216D M20 UC216D1 3 1 /16 UCF D1 UC D1 3 1 /8 UCF D1 8 3 / / /32 7/8 2 9 /32 29/ / /4 UC D1 3 3 /16 UCF D1 UC D1 Note olt size mm inch eing numbe ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D1. Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 A 5 mx. UCF Z(ZM) C(CM) F210D1 Z(ZM)-UCF210D1 C(CM)-UCF210D F210D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F210D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F210D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 1/8 23/8 227/ F210D1 F211D1 Z(ZM)-UCF211D1 C(CM)-UCF211D F211D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F211D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F211D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/32 21/2 215/ F211D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F212D1 Z(ZM)-UCF212D1 C(CM)-UCF212D F212D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F212D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F212D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ / / F212D1 F213D1 Z(ZM)-UCF213D1 C(CM)-UCF213D F213D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F213D1 Z(ZM)-UCF D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ / F214D1 C(CM)-UCF214D F214D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F214D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/32 327/ F214D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F215D1 C(CM)-UCF215D F215D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F215D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F215D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/32 41/ F215D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F216D1 C(CM)-UCF216D F216D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F216D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 5/ / F216D1 C(CM)-UCF D

164 UCF2 Flnged units cst housing Set scew type N S N S N S J L J L t J L t J L A A0 A 1 A 2 J L Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCF D1 Closed end ZM-UCF D1 A A4 A 1 A2 J L Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCF D1 Closed end CM-UCF D1 A5 A 1 A 2 Shft di. mm inch Unit numbe( 1 ) 85 UCF217D M20 UC217D1 31/4 UCF D1 UC D1 3 5 /16 UCF D / / /64 15/ /32 29/ / /4 UC D1 3 7 /16 UCF D1 UC D1 90 UCF218D M20 UC218D1 3 1 /2 UCF D1 9 1 / / /64 15/ /16 29/ / /4 UC D1 Note Nominl dimensions mm inch L J A 2 A 1 A N A 0 S olt size mm inch eing numbe ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D1. Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 A 5 mx. UCF Z(ZM) C(CM) F217D1 C(CM)-UCF217D F217D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F217D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 13/ / F217D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 F218D1 C(CM)-UCF218D F218D1 C(CM)-UCF D1 13/ /

165 UCFL2 Flnged units cst housing Set scew type N 45 S N 45 S N 45 S L L t L 2 L 1 t J H A 1 A A 2 A0 J H Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCFL D1 Closed end ZM-UCFL D1 A 1 A A2 A4 J H Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCFL D1 Closed end CM-UCFL D1 A5 A1 A2 Shft di. Unit numbe( 1 ) Nominl dimensions mm inch mm mm inch H J A 2 A 1 A N L A 0 S inch 12 UCFL201D M10 UC201D1 1/2 UCFL D1 4 7 / /64 19/32 7/ / /8 1 5 / /8 UC D1 15 UCFL202D M10 UC202D1 9/16 UCFL D1 4 7 / /64 19/32 7/ / /8 1 5 UC D1 / /8 5/8 UCFL D1 UC D1 17 UCFL203D M10 UC203D1 11/16 UCFL D1 47/16 335/64 19/32 7/ /32 23/8 15/ /8 UC D1 20 UCFL204D M10 UC204D1 3/4 UCFL D1 4 7 / /64 19/32 7/ / /8 1 5 / /8 UC D1 25 UCFL205D M14 UC205D1 13/16 UCFL D1 UC D1 7/8 UCFL D1 5 1 / /64 5/8 1/2 1 1 /16 5/ / UC D1 / /2 15/16 UCFL D1 UC D1 1 UCFL D1 UC D1 30 UCFL206D M14 UC206D1 1 1 /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 1 1 /8 UCFL D / /64 45/64 1/2 1 7 /32 5/8 3 5 / / UC D1 1/2 1 3 /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 11/4 UCFL D1 UC D1 35 UCFL207D M14 UC207D1 1 1 /4 UCFL D1 UC D1 15/16 UCFL D / /8 3/4 19/ /32 5/ / UC D1 / /2 1 3 /8 UCFL D1 UC D1 1 7 /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 40 UCFL208D M14 UC208D1 1 1 /2 UCFL D1 6 7 / /64 53/64 19/ /32 5/ / / UC D1 1/2 1 9 /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 45 UCFL209D M16 UC209D1 1 5 /8 UCFL D1 UC D /16 UCFL D / /64 55/64 5/8 1 1 /2 3/4 4 1 /4 2 1 / /8 UC D1 13/4 UCFL D1 UC D1 Note olt size eing numbe ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D1. Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 A 5 L 1 L 2 mx. UCFL Z(ZM) C(CM) FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL201D1 C(CM)-UCFL201D FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/ / / /8 1 3 / FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL202D1 C(CM)-UCFL202D FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/ / / /8 1 3 / FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL203D1 C(CM)-UCFL203D FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/64 11/2 113/32 25/8 13/ FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL204D1 C(CM)-UCFL204D FL204D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/ / / /8 1 3 / FL205D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL205D1 C(CM)-UCFL205D FL205D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL205D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL205D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/ / /32 111/ FL205D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL206D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL206D1 C(CM)-UCFL206D FL206D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL206D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL206D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/ /4 2 7 / / / FL206D1 FL207D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL207D1 C(CM)-UCFL207D FL207D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL207D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL207D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 1/ / / / / FL207D1 FL208D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL208D1 C(CM)-UCFL208D FL208D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL208D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 1/8 2 3 / / / / FL209D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL209D1 C(CM)-UCFL209D FL209D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL209D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 1/8 2 1 /4 2 3 /4 4 7 / / FL209D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D

166 UCFL2 Flnged units cst housing Set scew type N 45 S N 45 S N 45 S L L t L 2 L 1 t J H A 1 A A 2 A0 J H Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCFL D1 Closed end ZM-UCFL D1 A 1 A A2 A4 J H Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCFL D1 Closed end CM-UCFL D1 A5 A1 A2 Shft di. mm inch Unit numbe( 1 ) Nominl dimensions mm inch H J A 2 A 1 A N L A 0 S 50 UCFL210D M16 UC210D /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 1 7 /8 UCFL D1 73/4 63/16 55/64 5/8 19/16 3/4 417/32 25/ UC D1 5/ /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 2 UCFL D1 UC D1 55 UCFL211D M16 UC211D1 2 UCFL D1 UC D1 2 1 /16 UCFL D1 813/16 71/4 63/64 23/32 111/16 3/4 51/8 219/ UC D1 5/8 2 1 /8 UCFL D1 UC D1 23/16 UCFL D1 UC D1 60 UCFL212D M20 UC212D1 2 1 /4 UCFL D1 UC D1 2 5 /16 UCFL D / / /64 23 / /8 29/ / / UC D1 3/4 2 3 /8 UCFL D1 UC D1 27/16 UCFL D1 UC D1 65 UCFL213D M20 UC213D1 2 1 /2 UCFL D / / /16 7/ /32 29 / / / UC D1 3/4 2 9 /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 70 UCFL214D M20 UC214D1 2 5 /8 UCFL D1 UC D1 211/16 UCFL D1 107/16 81/2 17/32 7/8 21/8 29/32 65/16 231/ /4 UC D1 2 3 /4 UCFL D1 UC D1 75 UCFL215D M20 UC215D /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 2 7 /8 UCFL D1 1013/16 855/64 111/32 7/8 27/32 29/32 61/2 33/ UC D1 3/ /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 3 UCFL D1 UC D1 80 UCFL216D M22 UC216D1 3 1 /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 3 1 /8 UCFL D / / /32 7/8 2 9 /32 63 / / / /8 UC D1 3 3 /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 olt size mm inch eing numbe Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 A 5 L 1 L 2 mx. UCFL Z(ZM) C(CM) FL210D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL210D1 C(CM)-UCFL210D FL210D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL210D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL210D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 1/8 23/8 227/32 423/32 29/ FL210D1 FL211D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL211D1 C(CM)-UCFL211D FL211D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL211D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL211D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/32 21/2 215/16 51/4 29/ FL211D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL212D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL212D1 C(CM)-UCFL212D FL212D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL212D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL212D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/ / / / / FL212D1 FL213D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL213D1 C(CM)-UCFL213D FL213D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL213D1 Z(ZM)-UCFL D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/ / / / FL214D1 C(CM)-UCFL214D FL214D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL214D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/32 327/32 615/32 35/ FL214D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL215D1 C(CM)-UCFL215D FL215D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL215D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL215D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/32 41/32 621/32 37/ FL215D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL216D1 C(CM)-UCFL216D FL216D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL216D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 5/ / / / FL216D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 Note ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D

167 UCFL2 Flnged units cst housing Set scew type N 45 S N 45 S N 45 S L L t L 2 L 1 t J H A 1 A A 2 A0 J H Pessed steel dust cove type Open end Z-UCFL D1 Closed end ZM-UCFL D1 A 1 A A2 A4 J H Cst dust cove type Open end C-UCFL D1 Closed end CM-UCFL D1 A5 A1 A2 Shft di. mm inch Unit numbe( 1 ) Nominl dimensions mm inch H J A 2 A 1 A N L A 0 S 85 UCFL217D M22 UC217D1 31/4 UCFL D1 UC D1 3 5 /16 UCFL D / /64 15 / /32 63 / / / /8 UC D1 3 7 /16 UCFL D1 UC D1 90 UCFL218D M22 UC218D1 3 1 /2 UCFL D / / /64 15 / /16 63 / / / /8 UC D1 olt size mm inch eing numbe Housing numbe Unit numbe pessed steel dust cove type Unit numbe cst dust cove type Nominl dimensions Mss of unit mm inch kg lb t A 4 A 5 L 1 L 2 mx. UCFL Z(ZM) C(CM) FL217D1 C(CM)-UCFL217D FL217D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL217D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 13/ /2 7 9 / / FL217D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 FL218D1 C(CM)-UCFL218D FL218D1 C(CM)-UCFL D1 13/ / / / Note ( 1 ) These numbes indicte elubictble type. If mintennce fee type is needed, plese ode without suffix D

168 PLUMMER LOCKS STANDARD TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS 302 LARGE PLUMMER LOCKS 308 DUSTPROOF PLUMMER LOCKS 312 STEPPED-SHAFT TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS 314 DESIGN, TYPES AND FEATURES Thee e numeous types nd sizes of plumme blocks. In this ctlog, only the types mked by e shown. SN 5 SN 6 SN 30 SN 31 SN 2 SN 3 SN 2C SN 3C These e the most common type. Models SN30 nd SN31 e fo medium lods. Fo types SN2C nd SN3C, the boe dimetes on the two sides e diffeent. SN 5 SN 6 SN 30 SN 31 SN 2 SN 3 SN 2C SN 3C These hve the sme dimensions s those of types SN5 nd SN6. To incese the being box stength, no mteil is emoved fom the top o bottom of the bse, so mounting holes cn be dilled nywhee. SG 5 Dustpoof plumme blocks hve combintion of oil sels, lbyinth sels, nd oil goove sels, theefoe, they e suitble fo envionments with much dust nd othe foeign mtte. SD 30S SD 31S SD 5 SD 6 SD 2 SD 3 SD 2C SD 3C These e lge nd mde fo hevy lods. The stndd ones hve double sels nd fou mounting bolt holes. Fo types SD2C nd SD3C, the boe dimetes on the two sides e diffeent. SD31TS SD32TS These e povided with lbyinth sels, so they e suitble fo high speed pplictions. V C Single-piece plumme blocks (integted type olle being unit)hve highe igidity nd pecision thn split type plumme blocks

169 STANDARD TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS SN 5, SN 6 Types Shft Dimete mm t A g Width J N 1 N A 1 s H 1 H H 2 1 Fee-End Fixed-End Outside Dimete L X( 2) Locting Ring Shft Dimete d 1 Plumme lock eing ox Numbes ( 1 ) Dimensions D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 g t s H8 h13 H13 nominl nominl 20 SN M 8 M SN M 8 M SN M 8 M SN M 10 M SN M 10 M SN M 10 M SN M 10 M SN M 10 M SN M 10 M SN M 12 M SN M 10 M SN M 12 M SN M 12 M SN M 12 M SN M 12 M SN M 12 M Mss (kg) ppox Applicble Pts Self-Aligning ll eing Spheicl Rolle eing Adpte Locting Rings Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Rtings C (N) Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Rtings C (N) Outside Di. Width Numbes Nominl ( ) Q'ty Oil Sels ( 3 ) 1205 K H 205X SR GS K CKE H 305X SR K CDKE H 305X SR GS K H 2305X SR K H 206X SR GS K CKE H 306X SR K CDKE H 306X SR GS K H 2306X SR K H 207X SR GS K CKE H 307X SR K CDKE H 307X SR GS K H 2307X SR K H 208X SR GS K EAKE H 308X SR K EAKE H 308X SR GS K EAKE H 2308X SR K H 209X SR GS K EAKE H 309X SR K EAKE H 309X SR GS K EAKE H 2309X SR K H 210X SR GS K EAKE H 310X SR K EAKE H 310X SR GS K EAKE H 2310X SR K H 211X SR GS K EAKE H 311X SR K EAKE H 311X SR GS K EAKE H 2311X SR K H 212X SR GS K EAKE H 312X SR K EAKE H 312X SR GS K EAKE H 2312X SR Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+dpte+locting ing. Remks Theds fo plugs e R 1/8. Notes ( 2 ) The X dimension indictes the offset of the being cente fom the cente of the plumme block being box. When one locting ing is used, it is 1/2 of the locting ing width, nd when two ings e used, it becomes 0. ( 3 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe. 303

170 STANDARD TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS SN 31, SN 5, SN 6 Types Shft Dimete mm t A g Width J N 1 N A 1 s H 1 H H 2 1 Fee-End Fixed-End Outside Dimete L X( 2) Locting Ring Shft Dimete d 1 Plumme lock eing ox Numbes ( 1 ) Dimensions D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 g t s H8 h13 H13 nominl nominl 60 SN M 12 M SN M 16 M SN M 12 M SN M 16 M SN M 16 M SN M 16 M SN M 16 M SN M 20 M SN M 16 M SN M 20 M SN M 16 M SN M 20 M SN M 20 M SN M 20 M SN M 20 M SN M 20 M SN M 24 M Mss (kg) ppox Applicble Pts Self-Aligning ll eing Spheicl Rolle eing Adpte Locting Rings Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Rtings C (N) Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Rtings C (N) Outside Di. Width Numbes Nominl ( ) Q'ty Oil Sels ( 3 ) 1213 K H 213X SR GS K EAKE H 313X SR K EAKE H 313X SR GS K EAKE H 2313X SR K H 215X SR GS K EAKE H 315X SR K EAKE H 315X SR GS K EAKE H 2315X SR K H 216X SR GS K EAKE H 316X SR K EAKE H 316X SR GS K EAKE H 2316X SR K H 217X SR GS K EAKE H 317X SR K EAKE H 317X SR GS K EAKE H 2317X SR K H 218X SR GS K EAKE H 318X SR CKE H 2318X SR K EAKE H 318X SR GS K EAKE H 2318X SR K H 219X SR GS K EAKE H 319X SR K CKE H 319X SR GS K EAKE H 2319X SR K H 220X SR GS K EAKE H 320X SR CKE H 2320X SR K CKE H 320X SR GS K EAKE H 2320X SR CKE H 3122X SR GS K H 222X SR GS K EAKE H 322X SR CKE H 2322X SR K CAKE H 322X SR GS K EAKE H 2322X SR Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+dpte+locting ing. Remks 1. The theds fo plugs e R 1/8 fo SN 616 nd SN 519 o unde nd R 1/4 fo SN 617, SN 520, SN 3122, nd ove. 2. SN 620 nd SN 622 e povided with eye bolts. Notes ( 2 ) The X dimension indictes the offset of the being cente fom the cente of the plumme block being box. When one locting ing is used, it is 1/2 of the locting ing width, nd when two ings e used, it becomes 0. ( 3 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe

171 STANDARD TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS SN 30, SN 31, SN 5, SN 6 Types Shft Dimete mm t A g Width J N 1 N A 1 s H 1 H H 2 1 Fee-End Fixed-End Outside Dimete L X( 2) Locting Ring Shft Dimete d 1 Plumme lock eing ox Numbes ( 1 ) Dimensions D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 g t s H8 h13 H13 nominl nominl 110 SN M 20 M SN M 20 M SN M 20 M SN M 24 M SN M 20 M SN M 20 M SN M 24 M SN M 24 M SN M 20 M SN M 24 M SN M 24 M SN M 30 M SN M 24 M SN M 24 M SN M 24 M SN M 30 M SN M 24 M SN M 24 M SN M 24 M SN M 30 M Mss (kg) ppox Applicble Pts Self-Aligning ll eing Spheicl Rolle eing Adpte Locting Rings Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Rtings C (N) Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Rtings C (N) Outside Di. Width Numbes Nominl ( ) Q'ty Oil Sels ( 3 ) CDKE H 3024 SR GS CKE H 3124 SR GS EAKE H 3124 SR GS CKE H 2324 SR EAKE H 2324 SR GS CDKE H 3026 SR GS CKE H 3126 SR GS EAKE H 3126 SR GS CKE H 2326 SR CKE H 2326 SR GS CDKE H 3028 SR GS CKE H 3128 SR GS CDKE H 3128 SR GS CKE H 2328 SR CKE H 2328 SR GS CDKE H 3030 SR GS CKE H 3130 SR GS CDKE H 3130 SR GS CKE H 2330 SR CAKE H 2330 SR GS CDKE H 3032 SR GS CKE H 3132 SR GS CDKE H 3132 SR GS CKE H 2332 SR CAKE H 2332 SR GS32 Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+dpte+locting ing. Remks 1. The theds fo plugs e R 1/4. 2. The being boxes fo SN 524, SN 624, SN 3126, SN 3028, nd ove e povided with eye bolts. 306 Notes ( 2 ) The X dimension indictes the offset of the being cente fom the cente of the plumme block being box. When one locting ing is used, it is 1/2 of the locting ing width, nd when two ings e used, it becomes 0. ( 3 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe. 307

172 LARGE-SIZE PLUMMER LOCKS SD 30 S, SD 31 S, SD 5, SD 6 Types Shft Dimete mm N1 t A g N Fee-End J 1 A 1 s H H 2 1 Fixed-End J L H 1 g 1 Shft Dimete d 1 Plumme lock eing ox Numbes ( 1 ) Fee-End Fixed-End Dimensions D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 J 1 H8 h13 g g 1 t s H13 H13 nominl nominl Mss (kg) ppox Applicble Pts Spheicl Rolle eing Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Rtings C (N) Adpte Numbes Oil Sels ( 2 ) 150 SD 3034 S SD 3034 SG SD 3134 S SD 3134 SG SD 534 SD 534 G SD 634 SD 634 G SD 3036 S SD 3036 SG SD 3136 S SD 3136 SG SD 536 SD 536 G SD 636 SD 636 G SD 3038 S SD 3038 SG SD 3138 S SD 3138 SG SD 538 SD 538 G SD 638 SD 638 G SD 3040 S SD 3040 SG SD 3140 S SD 3140 SG SD 540 SD 540 G SD 640 SD 640 G SD 3044 S SD 3044 SG SD 3144 S SD 3144 SG SD 544 SD 544 G SD 644 SD 644 G SD 3048 S SD 3048 SG SD 3148 S SD 3148 SG SD 548 SD 548 G SD 648 SD 648 G SD 3052 S SD 3052 SG SD 3152 S SD 3152 SG SD 552 SD 552 G SD 652 SD 652 G SD 3056 S SD 3056 SG SD 3156 S SD 3156 SG SD 556 SD 556 G SD 656 SD 656 G M 24 M CDKE H 3034 GS M 24 M CKE H 3134 GS M 24 M CDKE H 3134 GS M 30 M CAKE H 2334 GS M 24 M CDKE H 3036 GS M 24 M CKE H 3136 GS M 24 M CDKE H 3136 GS M 30 M CAKE H 2336 GS M 24 M CAKE H 3038 GS M 24 M CKE H 3138 GS M 30 M CAKE H 3138 GS M 30 M CAKE H 2338 GS M 24 M CAKE H 3040 GS M 30 M CKE H 3140 GS M 30 M CAKE H 3140 GS M 36 M CAKE H 2340 GS M 30 M CAKE H 3044 GS M 30 M CKE H 3144 GS M 30 M CAKE H 3144 GS M 36 M CAKE H 2344 GS M 30 M CAKE H 3048 GS M 30 M CKE H 3148 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3148 GS M 36 M CAKE H 2348 GS M 30 M CAKE H 3052 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3152 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3152 GS M 36 M CAKE H 2352 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3056 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3156 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3156 GS M 42 M CAKE H 2356 GS 56 Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+dpte. Remks 1. The theds fo oil eplenishing hole plugs e R 1/4 nd those fo din plugs e R 3/8. 2. The plumme block being boxes listed bove e povided with eye bolts. 308 Note ( 2 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe. 309

173 LARGE-SIZE PLUMMER LOCKS SD 30 S, SD 31 S, SD 5 Types Shft Dimete mm N1 t A g N Fee-End J 1 A 1 s H H 2 1 Fixed-End J L H 1 g 1 Shft Dimete d 1 Plumme lock eing ox Numbes ( 1 ) Fee-End Fixed-End Dimensions D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 J 1 H8 h SD 3060 S SD 3060 SG SD 3160 S SD 3160 SG SD 560 SD 560 G g g 1 t s H13 H13 nominl nominl Mss (kg) ppox Applicble Pts Spheicl Rolle eing Adpte Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Rtings C (N) Numbes Oil Sels ( 2 ) M 36 M CAKE H 3060 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3160 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3160 GS SD 3064 S SD 3064 SG SD 3164 S SD 3164 SG SD 564 SD 564 G M 36 M CAKE H 3064 GS M 36 M CAKE H 3164 GS M 42 M CAKE H 3164 GS SD 3068 S SD 3068 SG SD 3168 S SD 3168 SG M 36 M CAKE H 3068 GS M 42 M CAKE H 3168 GS SD 3072 S SD 3072 SG SD 3172 S SD 3172 SG M 36 M CAKE H 3072 GS M 42 M CAKE H 3172 GS SD 3076 S SD 3076 SG SD 3176 S SD 3176 SG M 36 M CAKE H 3076 GS M 42 M CAKE H 3176 GS SD 3080 S SD 3080 SG SD 3180 S SD 3180 SG M 42 M CAKE H 3080 GS M 42 M CAKE H 3180 GS SD 3084 S SD 3084 SG SD 3184 S SD 3184 SG M 42 M CAKE H 3084 GS M 48 M CAKE H 3184 GS SD 3088 S SD 3088 SG SD 3092 S SD 3092 SG SD 3096 S SD 3096 SG M 42 M CAKE H 3088 GS M 48 M CAKE H 3092 GS M 48 M CAKE H 3096 GS 96 Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+dpte. Remks 1. The theds fo oil eplenishing hole plugs e R 1/4 nd those fo din plugs e R 3/8. 2. The plumme block being boxes listed bove e povided with eye bolts. Note ( 2 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe

174 DUSTPROOF PLUMMER LOCKS SG 5, SG 5-0 Types Shft Dimete mm N 1 N 1 t A g Fee-End A 2 A 2 Width N olt Holes, 2 Plces J N olt Holes, 4 Plces J 1 A 1 L H2 s H H 1 X( 2) Though Type 1 Fixed-End X( 2) End Cove Type 1 Outside Dimete Locting Ring Shft Dimete d 1 Plumme lock eing ox Numbes ( 1 ) Though Type End Cove Type Dimensions D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 J 1 A 2 g H8 h13 H13 50 SG 511 SG SG 512 SG SG 513 SG t nominl s nominl Mss (kg) ppox Though End Cove Type Type Applicble Pts Spheicl Rolle eing Adpte Locting Ring Numbes sic Dynmic Lod Numbes Nominl (Outside Q'ty Rtings C (N) Di. Width) Oil Sels ( 3 ) M 12 M EAKE H 311 X SR GS 11 M 16 M EAKE H 312 X SR GS 12 M 16 M EAKE H 313 X SR GS SG 515 SG SG 516 SG SG 517 SG M 16 M EAKE H 315 X SR GS 15 M 20 M EAKE H 316 X SR GS 16 M 20 M EAKE H 317 X SR GS SG 518 SG SG 520 SG SG 522 SG M 20 M EAKE H 318 X SR GS 18 M 20 M EAKE H 320 X SR GS 20 M 20 M EAKE H 322 X SR GS SG 524 SG SG 526 SG SG 528 SG M 20 M EAKE H 3124 SR GS 24 M 24 M EAKE H 3126 SR GS 26 M 24 M CDKE H 3128 SR GS SG 530 SG SG 532 SG SG 534 SG M 24 M CDKE H 3130 SR GS 30 M 24 M CDKE H 3132 SR GS 32 M 30 M CDKE H 3134 SR GS SG 536 SG SG 538 SG SG 540 SG M 30 M CDKE H 3136 SR GS 36 M 36 M CAKE H 3138 SR GS 38 M 36 M CAKE H 3140 SR GS 40 Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+dpte+locting ing. Remks 1. The theds fo gese nipples e R 1/8 fo SG518 nd unde, nd R 1/4 fo SG520 nd ove. 2. eing boxes lge thn SG520 e povided with eye bolts. 312 Notes ( 2 ) The X dimension indictes the offset of the being cente fom the cente of plumme block being box, nd it is 1/2 of the locting ing width. ( 3 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe. 313

175 STEPPED-SHAFT TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS SN 2 C, SN 3 C Types Shft Dimete mm t A g Width N 1 N A 1 s H H Fee-End Fixed-End Outside Dimete J H 1 L X( 2) Locting Ring Shft Plumme Dimete lock eing ox d Numbes ( 1 ) Dimensions d 1 d 2 D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 g t s H8 h13 H13 nominl nominl 25 SN 205 C M 8 M 12 SN 305 C M 8 M SN 206 C M 8 M 12 SN 306 C M 10 M SN 207 C M 10 M 12 SN 307 C M 10 M SN 208 C M 10 M 12 SN 308 C M 10 M SN 209 C M 10 M 12 SN 309 C M 12 M SN 210 C M 10 M 12 SN 310 C M 12 M SN 211 C M 12 M 16 SN 311 C M 12 M 16 Mss (kg) Applicble Pts Oil Sels ( 3 ) Self-Aligning ll eing Spheicl Rolle eing Nut Wshe Locting Ring Numbes. D. L. R. (4 ) Numbes. D. L. R. ( 4 ) Numbes Numbes Nominl (Outside ppox C (N) C (N) Di. Width) Q'ty Side d 1 Side d AN 05 AW 05X SR GS 7 GS CE AN 05 AW 05X SR CDE AN 05 AW 05X SR GS 7 GS AN 05 AW 05X SR AN 06 AW 06X SR GS 8 GS CE AN 06 AW 06X SR CDE AN 06 AW 06X SR GS 8 GS AN 06 AW 06X SR AN 07 AW 07X SR GS 10 GS CE AN 07 AW 07X SR CDE AN 07 AW 07X SR GS 10 GS AN 07 AW 07X SR AN 08 AW 08X SR GS 11 GS EAE AN 08 AW 08X SR EAE AN 08 AW 08X SR GS 11 GS EAE AN 08 AW 08X SR AN 09 AW 09X SR GS 12 GS EAE AN 09 AW 09X SR EAE AN 09 AW 09X SR GS 12 GS EAE AN 09 AW 09X SR AN 10 AW 10X SR GS 13 GS EAE AN 10 AW 10X SR EAE AN 10 AW 10X SR GS 13 GS EAE AN 10 AW 10X SR AN 11 AW 11X SR GS 15 GS EAE AN 11 AW 11X SR EAE AN 11 AW 11X SR GS 15 GS EAE AN 11 AW 11X SR Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+nut+wshe+locting ing. Remks The theds fo plugs e R 1/8. Notes ( 2 ) The X dimension indictes the offset of the being cente fom the cente of the plumme block being box. When one locting ing is used, it is 1/2 of the locting ing width, nd when two ings e used, it becomes 0. ( 3 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe. ( 4 ). D. L. R. : sic Dynmic Lod Rtings 315

176 STEPPED-SHAFT TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS SN 2 C, SN 3 C Types Shft Dimete mm t A g Width N 1 N A 1 s H H Fee-End Fixed-End Outside Dimete J H 1 L X( 2) Locting Ring Shft Plumme Dimete lock eing ox d Numbes ( 1 ) Dimensions d 1 d 2 D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 g t s H8 h13 H13 nominl nominl 60 SN 212 C M 12 M 16 SN 312 C M 12 M SN 213 C M 12 M 16 SN 313 C M 16 M SN 214 C M 12 M 16 SN 314 C M 16 M SN 215 C M 12 M 16 SN 315 C M 16 M SN 216 C M 16 M 20 SN 316 C M 16 M SN 217 C M 16 M 20 SN 317 C M 20 M SN 218 C M 16 M 20 SN 318 C M 20 M 24 Mss (kg) Applicble Pts Oil Sels ( 3 ) Self-Aligning ll eing Spheicl Rolle eing Nut Wshe Locting Ring Numbes. D. L. R. (4 ) Numbes. D. L. R. ( 4 ) Numbes Numbes Nominl (Outside ppox C (N) C (N) Di. Width) Q'ty Side d 1 Side d AN 12 AW 12X SR GS 16 GS EAE AN 12 AW 12X SR EAE AN 12 AW 12X SR GS 16 GS EAE AN 12 AW 12X SR AN 13 AW 13X SR GS 17 GS EAE AN 13 AW 13X SR EAE AN 13 AW 13X SR GS 17 GS EAE AN 13 AW 13X SR AN 14 AW 14X SR GS 18 GS EAE AN 14 AW 14X SR EAE AN 14 AW 14X SR GS 18 GS EAE AN 14 AW 14X SR AN 15 AW 15X SR GS 19 GS EAE AN 15 AW 15X SR EAE AN 15 AW 15X SR GS 19 GS EAE AN 15 AW 15X SR AN 16 AW 16X SR GS 20 GS EAE AN 16 AW 16X SR EAE AN 16 AW 16X SR GS 20 GS EAE AN 16 AW 16X SR AN 17 AW 17X SR GS 21 GS EAE AN 17 AW 17X SR EAE AN 17 AW 17X SR GS 21 GS EAE AN 17 AW 17X SR AN 18 AW 18X SR GS 22 GS EAE AN 18 AW 18X SR CE AN 18 AW 18X SR EAE AN 18 AW 18X SR GS 23 GS EAE AN 18 AW 18X SR Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+nut+wshe+locting ing. Remks The theds fo plugs e R 1/8 fo SN316C, SN218C, nd unde nd R 1/4 fo SN317C nd ove. Notes ( 2 ) The X dimension indictes the offset of the being cente fom the cente of the plumme block being box. When one locting ing is used, it is 1/2 of the locting ing width, nd when two ings e used, it becomes 0. ( 3 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe. ( 4 ). D. L. R. : sic Dynmic Lod Rtings 317

177 STEPPED-SHAFT TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS SN 2 C, SN 3 C Types Shft Dimete mm t A g Width N 1 N A 1 s H H Fee-End Fixed-End Outside Dimete J H 1 L X( 2) Locting Ring Shft Plumme Dimete lock eing ox d Numbes ( 1 ) Dimensions d 1 d 2 D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 g t s H8 h13 H13 nominl nominl 95 SN 219 C M 16 M 20 SN 319 C M 20 M SN 220 C M 20 M 24 SN 320 C M 20 M SN 222 C M 20 M 24 SN 322 C M 24 M SN 224 C M 20 M 24 SN 324 C M 24 M SN 226 C M 24 M 24 SN 326 C M 24 M SN 228 C M 24 M 30 SN 328 C M 30 M SN 230 C M 24 M 30 SN 330 C M 30 M SN 232 C M 24 M 30 SN 332 C M 30 M 36 Mss (kg) Applicble Pts Self-Aligning ll eing Spheicl Rolle eing Nut Wshe Locting Ring Oil Sels ( 3 ) Numbes. D. L. R. (4 ) Numbes. D. L. R. ( 4 ) Numbes Numbes Nominl (Outside ppox C (N) C (N) Di. Width) Q'ty Side d 1 Side d AN 19 AW 19X SR GS 24 GS EAE AN 19 AW 19X SR CE AN 19 AW 19X SR GS 24 GS EAE AN 19 AW 19X SR AN 20 AW 20X SR GS 26 GS EAE AN 20 AW 20X SR CE AN 20 AW 20X SR CE AN 20 AW 20X SR GS 26 GS EAE AN 20 AW 20X SR AN 22 AW 22X SR GS 28 GS EAE AN 22 AW 22X SR CE AN 22 AW 22X SR CAE AN 22 AW 22X SR GS 28 GS EAE AN 22 AW 22X SR EAE AN 24 AW 24 SR GS 30 GS CE AN 24 AW 24 SR EAE AN 24 AW 24 SR GS 30 GS EAE AN 26 AW 26 SR GS 33 GS CE AN 26 AW 26 SR CE AN 26 AW 26 SR GS 34 GS CDE AN 28 AW 28 SR GS 35 GS CE AN 28 AW 28 SR CE AN 28 AW 28 SR GS 36 GS CDE AN 30 AW 30 SR GS 37 GS CE AN 30 AW 30 SR CAE AN 30 AW 30 SR GS 38 GS CDE AN 32 AW 32 SR GS 39 GS CE AN 32 AW 32 SR CAE AN 32 AW 32 SR GS 40 GS 34 Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+nut+wshe+locting ing. Remks 1. The theds fo plugs e R 1/8 fo SN219C, nd R 1/4 fo SN319C nd SN220C nd ove. 2. eing boxes lge thn SN320C nd SN224C e povided with eye bolts. 318 Notes ( 2 ) The X dimension indictes the offset of the being cente fom the cente of the plumme block being box. When one locting ing is used, it is 1/2 of the locting ing width, nd when two ings e used, it becomes 0. ( 3 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe. ( 4 ). D. L. R. : sic Dynmic Lod Rtings 319

178 STEPPED-SHAFT TYPE PLUMMER LOCKS SD 2 C, SD 3 C Types Shft Dimete mm N 1 t A g N Fee-End J J 1 A 1 L s H 1 H H Fixed-End g 1 Shft Dimete d Plumme lock eing ox Numbes ( 1 ) Fee-End Fixed-End Dimensions d 1 d 2 D H J N N 1 A L A 1 H 1 H 2 J 1 H8 h SD 234 C SD 234 CG SD 334 C SD 334 CG SD 236 C SD 236 CG SD 336 C SD 336 CG SD 238 C SD 238 CG SD 338 C SD 338 CG SD 240 C SD 240 CG SD 340 C SD 340 CG SD 244 C SD 244 CG SD 344 C SD 344 CG SD 248 C SD 248 CG SD 348 C SD 348 CG SD 252 C SD 252 CG SD 352 C SD 352 CG SD 256 C SD 256 CG SD 356 C SD 356 CG SD 260 C SD 260 CG SD 264 C SD 264 CG g g 1 t s H13 H13 nominl nominl Mss (kg) ppox Applicble Pts Oil Sels ( 2 ) Spheicl Rolle eing Nut Wshe o sic Dynmic Lod Stoppe Side d 1 Side d 2 Numbes Rtings C (N) Numbes Numbes M 24 M CDE AN 34 AW 34 GS 42 GS M 30 M CAE AN 34 AW 34 GS 42 GS M 24 M CDE AN 36 AW 36 GS 44 GS M 30 M CAE AN 36 AW 36 GS 44 GS M 30 M CAE AN 38 AW 38 GS 46 GS M 30 M CAE AN 38 AW 38 GS 46 GS M 30 M CAE AN 40 AW 40 GS 48 GS M 36 M CAE AN 40 AW 40 GS 48 GS M 30 M CAE AN 44 AL 44 GS 52 GS M 36 M CAE AN 44 AL 44 GS 52 GS M 36 M CAE AN 48 AL 44 GS 56 GS M 36 M CAE AN 48 AL 44 GS 56 GS M 36 M CAE AN 52 AL 52 GS 60 GS M 36 M CAE AN 52 AL 52 GS 60 GS M 36 M CAE AN 56 AL 52 GS 64 GS M 42 M CAE AN 56 AL 52 GS 64 GS M 36 M CAE AN 60 AL 60 GS 68 GS M 42 M CAE AN 64 AL 64 GS 72 GS 64 Note ( 1 ) Including oil sel. To plce n ode fo complete unit, plese specify, Plumme block being box+being+nut+wshe o stoppe. Remks 1. The theds fo oil eplenishing hole plugs e R 1/4 nd those fo din plugs e R 3/8. 2. The plumme block being boxes listed bove e povided with eye bolts. Note ( 2 ) Applicble to the ZF Type with the sme numbe

179 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS FOR SHEAVES CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS FOR SHEAVES Open Type Pelubicted Type oe Dimete mm 324 oe Dimete mm 328 DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES Cylindicl Rolle eings fo sheves e specilly designed thin-wlled, bod-width, full-complement type double-ow cylindicl olle beings, but they e widely used lso fo genel industil mchines unning t low speed nd unde hevy lods. Thee e sevel seies s shown in Tble 1. Tble 1 Seies of Cylindicl Rolle eings fo Sheves eing Type Fixed-End Fee-End Open Type Without Snp Ring RS-48E4 RS-49E4 RSF-48E4 RSF-49E4 Shielded Type Without Snp Ring With Snp Ring RS-50 RS-50NR Nominl oe Di. d Tble 3 Units : µm CN Clences C3 ove incl min mx min mx Since ll e non-sepble type beings, the inne nd oute ings cnnot be septed, but the RSF type cn be used s fee-end being. In this cse, the pemissible xil displcement is listed in the being tbles. Since cylindicl olle beings fo sheves e double-ow, fullcomplement type, they cn withstnd hevy shock lods nd moments nd hve sufficient xil lod cpcity fo use in sheves. Since the shielded type is kind of being unit, the numbe of pts suounding the being cn be educed, so it llows fo simple compct design. The sufce of these beings is teted fo ust pevention. TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) RECOMMENDED FITS AND INTERNAL CLEARANGES When used with oute ing ottion fo sheves o wheels, the fit nd dil intenl clence should confom to Tble 2. Tble 2 Fits nd Intenl Clences fo Cylindicl Rolle eings fo Sheves Oute Ring Rottion Opeting Conditions Fitting between Fitting between Oute Recommended Inne Ring nd Shft Ring nd Housing oe Intenl Clence Thin wlled housings nd hevy lods g6 o h6 P7 C3 Noml to hevy lods g6 o h6 N7 C3 Light o fluctuting lods g6 o h6 M7 CN The fits listed in Tbles 9.2 (Pge A84) nd 9.4 (Pge A85) pply when they e used with inne ing ottion in genel pplictions, nd the intenl clence should confom to Tble

180 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS FOR SHEAVES RS-48 RS-49 Types RSF-48 RSF-49 Types oe Dimete mm 4-d OH 4-d OH Fixed-End eing RS Fee-End eing RSF oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Fixed-End eing eing Numbes( 1 ) Fee-End eing d OH ( 2 ) Dimensions Axil Disp.( 3 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox RS-4910E4 RSF-4910E RS-4912E4 RSF-4912E RS-4913E4 RSF-4913E RS-4914E4 RSF-4914E RS-4916E4 RSF-4916E RS-4918E4 RSF-4918E RS-4820E4 RSF-4820E RS-4920E4 RSF-4920E RS-4821E4 RSF-4821E RS-4921E4 RSF-4921E RS-4822E4 RSF-4822E RS-4922E4 RSF-4922E RS-4824E4 RSF-4824E RS-4924E4 RSF-4924E RS-4826E4 RSF-4826E RS-4926E4 RSF-4926E RS-4828E4 RSF-4828E RS-4928E4 RSF-4928E RS-4830E4 RSF-4830E RS-4930E4 RSF-4930E RS-4832E4 RSF-4832E RS-4932E4 RSF-4932E RS-4834E4 RSF-4834E RS-4934E4 RSF-4934E RS-4836E4 RSF-4836E RS-4936E4 RSF-4936E RS-4838E4 RSF-4838E RS-4938E4 RSF-4938E RS-4840E4 RSF-4840E RS-4940E4 RSF-4940E RS-4844E4 RSF-4844E RS-4944E4 RSF-4944E Remks Cylindicl olle beings fo sheves e designed fo specific pplictions, when using them, plese contct NSK. Notes ( 1 ) The suffix E4 indictes tht the oute ing is povided with oil holes nd oil goove. ( 2 ) d OH epesents the oil hole dimete in the oute ing. ( 3 ) Pemissible xil displcement fo fee-end beings

181 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS FOR SHEAVES RS-48 RS-49 Types RSF-48 RSF-49 Types oe Dimete mm 4-d OH 4-d OH Fixed-End eing RS Fee-End eing RSF oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Fixed-End eing eing Numbes( 1 ) Fee-End eing d OH ( 2 ) Dimensions Axil Disp.( 3 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx RS-4848E4 RSF-4848E RS-4948E4 RSF-4948E RS-4852E4 RSF-4852E RS-4952E4 RSF-4952E RS-4856E4 RSF-4856E RS-4956E4 RSF-4956E RS-4860E4 RSF-4860E RS-4960E4 RSF-4960E RS-4864E4 RSF-4864E RS-4964E4 RSF-4964E RS-4868E4 RSF-4868E RS-4968E4 RSF-4968E RS-4872E4 RSF-4872E RS-4972E4 RSF-4972E RS-4876E4 RSF-4876E RS-4976E4 RSF-4976E RS-4880E4 RSF-4880E RS-4980E4 RSF-4980E RS-4884E4 RSF-4884E RS-4984E4 RSF-4984E RS-4888E4 RSF-4888E RS-4988E4 RSF-4988E RS-4892E4 RSF-4892E RS-4992E4 RSF-4992E RS-4896E4 RSF-4896E RS-4996E4 RSF-4996E RS-48/500E4 RSF-48/500E RS-49/500E4 RSF-49/500E RS-49/530E4 RSF-49/530E RS-49/560E4 RSF-49/560E Mss (kg) ppox Remks Cylindicl olle beings fo sheves e designed fo specific pplictions, when using them, plese contct NSK. Notes ( 1 ) The suffix E4 indictes tht the oute ing is povided with oil holes nd oil goove. ( 2 ) d OH epesents the oil hole dimete in the oute ing. ( 3 ) Pemissible xil displcement fo fee-end beings

182 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS FOR SHEAVES RS-50 Type (Pelubicted) oe Dimete mm 30 C S 30 C C f C x 4-dOH j d C x 4-dOH 2 x Without Locting Ring With Locting Ring oundy Dimensions d D C C x ( 1 ) min min (N) sic Lod Rtings {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Without Locting Ring eing Numbes With Locting Ring Locting Ring Dimensions C 1 S D 2 f Oil Holes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions RS-5008 RS-5008NR RS-5009 RS-5009NR RS-5010 RS-5010NR RS-5011 RS-5011NR RS-5012 RS-5012NR RS-5013 RS-5013NR RS-5014 RS-5014NR RS-5015 RS-5015NR RS-5016 RS-5016NR RS-5017 RS-5017NR RS-5018 RS-5018NR RS-5019 RS-5019NR RS-5020 RS-5020NR RS-5022 RS-5022NR RS-5024 RS-5024NR RS-5026 RS-5026NR RS-5028 RS-5028NR RS-5030 RS-5030NR RS-5032 RS-5032NR RS-5034 RS-5034NR RS-5036 RS-5036NR RS-5038 RS-5038NR RS-5040 RS-5040NR RS-5044 RS-5044NR RS-5048 RS-5048NR RS-5052 RS-5052NR RS-5056 RS-5056NR RS-5060 RS-5060NR RS RS RS RS RS d OH d min D x min Mss (kg) ppox 328 Note ( 1 ) Chmfe dimension of inne ing in dil diection. Remks 1. Good qulity gese is pepcked in beings. 2. Gese cn be supplied though oil holes in the inne ings. Remks 3. Cylindicl olle beings fo sheves e designed fo specific pplictions, when using them, plese contct NSK. 4. Fo shield with outside dimete lge thn 180mm, the bove figue is diffeent ctul shpe. Fo detil dwing, plese contct NSK. 329

183 ROLL-NECK EARINGS FOUR-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS FOUR-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 334 oe Dimete mm 336 DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES Fou-ow tpeed olle beings nd fou-ow cylindicl olle beings used fo olling-mill oll necks e esy to sevice nd check, nd e designed to hve the highest lod ting possible fo the limited spce ound oll necks. Also, they e designed fo high speed to stisfy the demnd fo fst olling. In ddition to the open type (KV) fou-ow tpeed olle beings listed in this ctlog, seled-clen type fou-ow tpeed olle beings e lso vilble. Plese efe to Lge-Size Rolling eings ctlog (CAT. No. E125) o Ext-Cpcity Seled-Clen TM Roll Neck eings ctlog (CAT. No. E1225) fo moe detiled infomtion. TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY METRIC DESIGN FOUR-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8.3 (Pges A64 to A67) INCH DESIGN FOUR-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8.4 (Pges A68 to A69) FOUR-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) (Not pplicble to combined width) RECOMMENDED FITS FOUR-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS (CYLINDRICAL ORES) Tbles 1 nd 2 pply to metic seies beings nd Tbles 3 nd 4 to inch design. Tble 1 Fits of Metic Design Fou-Row Tpeed Rolle eings with Roll Necks Nominl oe Dimete d Single Plne Men oe Di. Devition &dmp Tolence Clence ove incl high low high low min mx Units : µm We Limits Ref

184 Tble 2 Fits of Metic Design Fou-Row Tpeed Rolle eings with Chock Nominl Outside Dimete D Single Plne Men Outside Di. Devition & Dmp Tolence fo Chock oe Dimete Clence ove incl high low high low min mx Units : µm We Limits of Chock Ref Tble 3 Fits of Inch Design Fou-Row Tpeed Rolle eings with Roll Necks Nominl oe Dimete d ove incl 1/25.4 1/25.4 oe Dimete Devition & ds Tolence fo Roll Neck Dimete Clence high low high low min mx Tble 4 Fits of Inch Design Fou-Row Tpeed Rolle eings with Chocks Nominl Outside Dimete D ove incl 1/25.4 1/25.4 Outside Di. Devition & Ds Tolence fo Chock oe Dimete Clence high low high low min mx Units : µm We Limits of Roll Neck Ref. Units : µm We Limits of Chock Ref FOUR-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS (CYLINDRICAL ORES) When they e used on bckup olls of fou stge olling mills, the tolences fo oll neck dimetes e shown in Tble 5. Fo the fitting between the being nd chock boe, we ecommend G7. Fo the fitting of fou-ow cylindicl olle beings on the oll necks of othe olling mills, Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) nd Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) usully pply. INTERNAL CLEARANCES Tble 5 Recommended ckup Roll Neck Tolences Nominl oe Dimete d ove incl high low FOUR-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS The dil intenl clences in fou-ow tpeed olle beings (cylindicl boes) used on olling mill oll necks with loose fit e C2 o often smlle thn C2. The NSK stndd clences fo fou-ow tpeed olle beings fo oll necks e shown in Tble 6. Depending on the opeting conditions, specil dil clence selection my become necessy, plese contct NSK in such cse. The intenl clence in fou-ow tpeed olle beings is pedjusted fo individul being sets, theefoe it is necessy to use ech pt of given set by obseving mting mks when ssembling them. FOUR-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS Plese contct NSK egding intenl clence. Units : µm Tolences fo Roll Neck Dimete Tble 6 Stndd Rdil Intenl Clences in Fou- Row Tpeed Rolle eings (Cylindicl oes) Units : µm Nominl oe Dimete d Rdil Intenl Clence ove incl min mx

185 FOUR-ROW TAPERED ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm C 4 b 4 oundy Dimensions d D 4 C 4 sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 eing Numbes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D b mx mx 100 KV KV KV KV *165 KV D D *177 KV D D *190 KV D D *206 KV D D *228 KV EE D XD 240 KV *244 KV LM D D *254 KV M DW D *266 KV LM D D *279 KV EE D XD *304 KV M DW D *343 KV LM DW D *368 KV HM D D *384 KV HM D D *406 KV LM DW D *415 KV M D D *457 KV L DW D *479 KV M DW D *482 KV LM DW D 500 KV *509 KV *558 KV LM DW D *571 KV M DW D *609 KV 7851 A EE DW D 635 KV *685 KV EE DW D *711 KV EE DW D *749 KV LM DW D *762 KV *840 KV *939 KV LM DW D Mss (kg) ppox Refeence Numbes Note (*) eings mked * e inch design. Remks 1. Fo fou-ow tpeed olle beings not listed bove, plese contct NSK. 2. Fou-ow tpeed olle beings e designed fo specific pplictions, when using them, plese contct NSK

186 FOUR-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm C C jf W jf W Figue 1 Figue 2 oundy Dimensions d D, 2 C 2 F w 1 2 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 eing Numbes Mss (kg) ppox Figues Refeence eing Numbes RV RV A 150 RV RV A 160 RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV Remks 1. Fo fou-ow cylindicl olle beings not listed bove, plese contct NSK. 2. Fou-ow cylindicl olle beings e designed fo specific pplictions, when using them, plese contct NSK

187 FOUR-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm C 2 C 2 C 4 C jf W jf W jf W jf W Figue 1 Figue 2 Figue 3 Figue 4 oundy Dimensions d D, 2 C 2 F w 1 2 min min (N) sic Lod Rtings {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 eing Numbes Mss (kg) ppox Figues Refeence eing Numbes 370 RV RV ( 1 ) 390 RV ( 1 ) 400 RV RV RV RV RV ( 1 ) 480 RV RV ( 1 ) 500 RV ( 1 ) 500 RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV RV ( 1 ) 725 RV RV RV RV ( 1 ) 820 RV RV RV RV RV RV Remks 1. Fo fou-ow cylindicl olle beings not listed bove, plese contct NSK. 2. Fou-ow cylindicl olle beings e designed fo specific pplictions, when using them, plese contct NSK. Note ( 1 ) Oil holes nd oil gooves e povided t the cente of oute ings

188 Rilwy Rolling Stock eings Rilwy olling stock beings e impotnt components of olling stocks tht equie high elibility. The min beings consist of xle beings tht e mounted t both ends of xle nd suppot the entie weight of the olling stock. Additionlly, thee e ilwy tction moto beings tht e used fo the moto tht dives the xle; nd ge unit beings tht tnsfe the powe fom the moto to the xle. NSK hs designed nd mnufctued specific beings fo these vey pplictions. Types nd Fetues Axle eings Axle beings consist of the following types of beings to meet opeto demnds fo high-speed cpbility of olling stock, weight eductions, nd miniml mintennce nd inspection equiements: Cylindicl olle beings with thust coll (oil bth lubiction, gese lubiction) Tpeed olle beings (oil bth lubiction) RCC eings (seled-clen otting end cp cylindicl olle beings) (gese lubiction) RCT beings (seled-clen otting end cp tpeed olle beings) (gese lubiction) NSK hs been ppoved by AAR (Assocition of Ameicn Rilods). Tction Moto eings Axle eings eings fo invete contolled AC motos e specility designed to meet high-speed specifictions nd equiements fo ensuing dimensionl stbility. NSK ecommends longlife gese fo these beings. NSK offes the following beings s mesue ginst electic eosion, which occus when electic cuent is llowed to flow though the moto beings: Cemic-insulted beings (cemic-coted beings) nd PPS-insulted beings High cpcity beings lso vilble fo locomotive-type lge tction motos Ge Unit eings These beings e designed to meet high-speed specifictions nd offe excellent seizue esistnce. A einfoced cge hs been dopted fo these beings. Specified ctlogs eings fo Rilwy Rolling Stock CAT. No. E1156 Axle eings fo Rilwy Rolling Stock (Cylindicl Rolle eings) CAT. No. E1239 Axle eings fo Rilwy Rolling Stock (Spheicl Rolle eings) CAT. No. E1240 eings fo Tction Motos CAT. No. E1241 Tction Moto eings Ge Unit eings

189 ACCESSORIES FOR ROLLING EARINGS ADAPTERS FOR ROLLING EARINGS WITHDRAWAL SLEEVES FOR ROLLING EARINGS NUTS FOR ROLLING EARINGS Shft Dimete mm 354 Shft Dimete mm STOPPERS FOR ROLLING EARINGS 373 WASHERS FOR ROLLING EARINGS

190 ADAPTERS FOR ROLLING EARINGS Shft Dimete mm Shft Dimete mm A A e b jk e b jk Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Nominl Numbes Applicble eings Dimensions 1 d Adpte Sleeve Numbes Abutment Dimensions A K d e b min min min min Mss (kg) ppox K + H 204X A 204X K + H 304X A 304X K + H 304X A 304X K + H2304X A2304X K + H 205X A 205X K + H 305X A 305X K + H 305X A 305X C DKE4 + H 305X A 305X K + H2305X A2305X K + H 206X A 206X K + H 306X A 306X K + H 306X A 306X C DKE4 + H 306X A 306X K + H2306X A2306X K + H 207X A 207X K + H 307X A 307X K + H 307X A 307X C DKE4 + H 307X A 307X K + H2307X A2307X K + H 208X A 208X K + H 308X A 308X K + H 308X A 308X E AKE4 + H 308X A 308X K + H2308X A2308X E AKE4 + H2308X A2308X K + H 209X A 209X K + H 309X A 309X K + H 309X A 309X E AKE4 + H 309X A 309X K + H2309X A2309X E AKE4 + H2309X A2309X Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Nominl Numbes Applicble eings Dimensions 1 d Adpte Sleeve Numbes Abutment Dimensions A K d e b min min min min Mss (kg) ppox K + H 210X A 210X K + H 310X A 310X K + H 310X A 310X E AKE4 + H 310X A 310X K + H2310X A2310X E AKE4 + H2310X A2310X K + H 211X A 211X K + H 311X A 311X E AKE4 + H 311X A 311X K + H 311X A 311X E AKE4 + H 311X A 311X K + H2311X A2311X E AKE4 + H2311X A2311X K + H 212X A 212X K + H 312X A 312X E AKE4 + H 312X A 312X K + H 312X A 312X E AKE4 + H 312X A 312X K + H2312X A2312X E AKE4 + H2312X A2312X K + H 213X A 213X K + H 313X A 313X E AKE4 + H 313X A 313X K + H 313X A 313X E AKE4 + H 313X A 313X K + H2313X A2313X E AKE4 + H2313X A2313X E AKE4 + H 314X A 314X E AKE4 + H 314X A 314X E AKE4 + H2314X A2314X Remks The suffix X epesents dpte sleeves hving now slits, fo which wshes with stight tbs should be used. Remks The suffix X epesents dpte sleeves hving now slits, fo which wshes with stight tbs should be used

191 ADAPTERS FOR ROLLING EARINGS Shft Dimete mm Shft Dimete mm A A e b jk e b jk Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Nominl Numbes Applicble eings Dimensions 1 d Adpte Sleeve Numbes Abutment Dimensions A K d e b min min min min K + H 215X A 215X K + H 315X A 315X E AKE4 + H 315X A 315X Mss (kg) ppox K + H 315X A 315X E AKE4 + H 315X A 315X K + H2315X A2315X E AKE4 + H2315X A2315X K + H 216X A 216X K + H 316X A 316X E AKE4 + H 316X A 316X K + H 316X A 316X E AKE4 + H 316X A 316X K + H2316X A2316X E AKE4 + H2316X A2316X K + H 217X A 217X K + H 317X A 317X E AKE4 + H 317X A 317X K + H 317X A 317X E AKE4 + H 317X A 317X K + H2317X A2317X E AKE4 + H2317X A2317X K + H 218X A 218X K + H 318X A 318X E AKE4 + H 318X A 318X K + H 318X A 318X E AKE4 + H 318X A 318X K + H2318X A2318X C KE4 + H2318X A2318X E AKE4 + H2318X A2318X Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Nominl Numbes Applicble eings Dimensions 1 d Adpte Sleeve Numbes Abutment Dimensions A K d e b min min min min Mss (kg) ppox K + H 219X A 219X K + H 319X A 319X E AKE4 + H 319X A 319X K + H 319X A 319X C KE4 + H 319X A 319X K + H2319X A2319X E AKE4 + H2319X A2319X K + H 220X A 220X K + H 320X A 320X E AKE4 + H 320X A 320X K + H 320X A 320X C KE4 + H 320X A 320X K + H2320X A2320X C KE4 + H2320X A2320X E AKE4 + H2320X A2320X C KE4 + H3122X A3122X K + H 222X A 222X K + H 322X A 322X E AKE4 + H 322X A 322X K + H 322X A 322X K + H2322X A2322X C KE4 + H2322X A2322X E AKE4 + H2322X A2322X C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A E AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A E AKE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A E AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C KE4 + H A Remks The suffix X epesents dpte sleeves hving now slits, fo which wshes with stight tbs should be used. Remks The suffix X epesents dpte sleeves hving now slits, fo which wshes with stight tbs should be used

192 ADAPTERS FOR ROLLING EARINGS Shft Dimete mm Shft Dimete mm A A e b jk e b jk Nominl eing Dimensions Abutment Dimensions Shft Adpte Dimete oe Di. Nominl Numbes Sleeve 1 d Numbes A K d e b d 1 d Applicble eings min min min min ppox C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A CAKE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C DKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A Mss (kg) Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Nominl Numbes Applicble eings Dimensions 1 d Adpte Sleeve Numbes Abutment Dimensions A K d e b min min min min C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C KE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A Mss (kg) ppox

193 ADAPTERS FOR ROLLING EARINGS Shft Dimete mm Shft Dimete mm A A e b jk e b jk Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Nominl Numbes Applicble eings Dimensions 1 d Adpte Sleeve Numbes Abutment Dimensions A K d e b min min min min C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A Mss (kg) ppox Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Nominl Numbes Applicble eings Dimensions 1 d Adpte Sleeve Numbes Abutment Dimensions A K d e b min min min min C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A C AKE4 + H A Mss (kg) ppox /500C AKE4 + H39/ A39/ /500C AKE4 + H30/ A30/ /500C AKE4 + H31/ A31/ /500C AKE4 + H32/ A32/

194 WITHDRAWAL SLEEVES FOR ROLLING EARINGS Shft Dimete mm Shft Dimete mm G1 G G G Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Applicble eings Nominl Numbes Scew Thed G Dimensions 3 G 1 4 Mss (kg) ppox EAKE4 + AH 308 M EAKE4 + AH 2308 M EAKE4 + AH 309 M EAKE4 + AH 2309 M EAKE4 + AHX 310 M EAKE4 + AHX 2310 M EAKE4 + AHX 311 M EAKE4 + AHX 311 M EAKE4 + AHX 2311 M EAKE4 + AHX 312 M EAKE4 + AHX 312 M EAKE4 + AHX 2312 M EAKE4 + AH 313 M EAKE4 + AH 313 M EAKE4 + AH 2313 M EAKE4 + AH 314 M EAKE4 + AH 314 M EAKE4 + AHX 2314 M EAKE4 + AH 315 M EAKE4 + AH 315 M EAKE4 + AHX 2315 M EAKE4 + AH 316 M EAKE4 + AH 316 M EAKE4 + AHX 2316 M EAKE4 + AHX 317 M EAKE4 + AHX 317 M EAKE4 + AHX 2317 M EAKE4 + AHX 318 M EAKE4 + AHX 318 M CKE4 + AHX 3218 M EAKE4 + AHX 2318 M Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Applicble eings Nominl Numbes Scew Thed G Dimensions 3 G 1 4 Mss (kg) ppox EAKE4 + AHX 319 M CKE4 + AHX 319 M EAKE4 + AHX 2319 M CKE4 + AHX 3120 M EAKE4 + AHX 320 M CKE4 + AHX 320 M CKE4 + AHX 3220 M EAKE4 + AHX 2320 M CKE4 + AHX 3122 M EAKE4 + AHX 3122 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3222 M EAKE4 + AHX 2322 M CDKE4 + AHX 3024 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3124 M EAKE4 + AHX 3124 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3224 M EAKE4 + AHX 2324 M CDKE4 + AHX 3026 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3126 M EAKE4 + AHX 3126 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3226 M CKE4 + AHX 2326 M CDKE4 + AHX 3028 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3128 M CDKE4 + AHX 3128 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3228 M CKE4 + AHX 2328 M

195 WITHDRAWAL SLEEVES FOR ROLLING EARINGS Shft Dimete mm Shft Dimete mm G1 G G G Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Applicble eings Nominl Numbes Scew Thed G Dimensions 3 G 1 4 Mss (kg) ppox CDKE4 + AHX 3030 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3130 M CDKE4 + AHX 3130 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AHX 3230 M CAKE4 + AHX 2330 M CDKE4 + AH 3032 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AH 3132 M CDKE4 + AH 3132 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AH 3232 M CAKE4 + AH 2332 M CDKE4 + AH 3034 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AH 3134 M CDKE4 + AH 3134 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AH 3234 M CAKE4 + AH 2334 M CDKE4 + AH 3036 M CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AH 3136 M CK30E4 + AH M CDKE4 + AH 2236 M CKE4 + AH 3236 M CAKE4 + AH 2336 M CAKE4 + AH 3038 T CK30E4 + AH M CKE4 + AH 3138 T CK30E4 + AH M CAKE4 + AH 2238 T CKE4 + AH 3238 T CAKE4 + AH 2338 T Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Applicble eings Nominl Numbes Scew Thed G Dimensions 3 G 1 4 Mss (kg) ppox CAKE4 + AH 3040 T CK30E4 + AH T CKE4 + AH 3140 T CK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 2240 T CKE4 + AH 3240 T CAKE4 + AH 2340 T CAKE4 + AH 3044 T CK30E4 + AH T CKE4 + AH 3144 T CK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 2244 T CKE4 + AH 2344 T CAKE4 + AH 2344 T CAKE4 + AH 3048 T CK30E4 + AH T CKE4 + AH 3148 T CK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 2248 T CAKE4 + AH 2348 T CAKE4 + AH 2348 T CAKE4 + AH 3052 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3152 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 2252 T CAKE4 + AH 2352 T CAKE4 + AH 2352 T CAKE4 + AH 3056 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3156 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 2256 T CAKE4 + AH 2356 T CAKE4 + AH 2356 T

196 WITHDRAWAL SLEEVES FOR ROLLING EARINGS Shft Dimete mm Shft Dimete mm G1 G G G Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Applicble eings Nominl Numbes Scew Thed G Dimensions 3 G CAKE4 + AH 3060 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3160 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 2260 T CAKE4 + AH 3260 T CAKE4 + AH 3064 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3164 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3264 T CAKE4 + AH 3068 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3168 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3268 T CAKE4 + AH 3072 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3172 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3272 T CAKE4 + AH 3076 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3176 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3276 T CAKE4 + AH 3080 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3180 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3280 T Mss (kg) ppox Shft Dimete d 1 Nominl eing oe Di. d Applicble eings Nominl Numbes Scew Thed G Dimensions 3 G CAKE4 + AH 3084 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3184 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AH 3284 T CAKE4 + AHX 3088 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AHX 3188 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AHX 3288 T CAKE4 + AHX 3092 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AHX 3192 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AHX 3292 T CAKE4 + AHX 3096 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AHX 3196 T CAK30E4 + AH T CAKE4 + AHX 3296 T /500CAKE4 + AHX 30/500 T /500CAK30E4 + AH 240/500 T /500CAKE4 + AHX 31/500 T /500CAK30E4 + AH 241/500 T /500CAKE4 + AHX 32/500 T Mss (kg) ppox

197 NUTS FOR ROLLING EARINGS (Fo Adptes nd Shfts) g b h 30 G g b h 30 G g 3 1 g 3 1 d 2 d 2 Nut with Wshe Units : mm Nut with Wshe Units : mm Nut Seies AN sic Dimensions Refeence Nut Seies AN sic Dimensions Refeence Nominl Numbes Scew Theds G d 2 d 1 g b h d 3 mx Mss (kg) ppox Adpte ( 1 ) Sleeve oe Di. Numbes Wshe Numbes Shft Di. Nominl Numbes Scew Theds G d 2 d 1 g b h d 3 mx Mss (kg) ppox Adpte ( 1 ) Sleeve oe Di. Numbes Wshe Numbes Shft Di. AN 02 M AW 02 X 15 AN 03 M AW 03 X 17 AN 04 M AW 04 X 20 AN 26 M AW AN 27 M AW AN 28 M AW AN 05 M AW 05 X 25 AN 06 M AW 06 X 30 AN 07 M AW 07 X 35 AN 29 M AW AN 30 M AW AN 31 M AN 08 M AW 08 X 40 AN 09 M AW 09 X 45 AN 10 M AW 10 X 50 AN 32 M AW AN 33 M AN 34 M AW AN 11 M AW 11 X 55 AN 12 M AW 12 X 60 AN 13 M AW 13 X 65 AN 14 M AW 14 X 70 AN 15 M AW 15 X 75 AN 16 M AW 16 X 80 AN 17 M AW 17 X 85 AN 18 M AW 18 X 90 AN 19 M AW 19 X 95 AN 20 M AW 20 X 100 AN 21 M AW 21 X 105 AN 22 M AW 22 X 110 AN 23 M AW AN 24 M AW AN 25 M AW Note ( 1 ) Applicble to dpte sleeve Seies A31, A2, A3, nd A23. Remks The bsic design nd dimensions of scew theds e in ccodnce with JIS AN 36 M AW AN 38 M AW AN 40 M AW Nut Seies ANL ANL 24 M AWL ANL 26 M AWL ANL 28 M AWL ANL 30 M AWL ANL 32 M AWL ANL 34 M AWL ANL 36 M AWL ANL 38 M AWL ANL 40 M AWL Note ( 1 ) Seies AN is pplicble to dpte sleeve Seies A31 nd A23. Seies ANL is pplicble to dpte sleeve Seies A30. Remks The bsic design nd dimensions of scew theds e in ccodnce with JIS

198 NUTS FOR ROLLING EARINGS (Fo Adptes nd Shfts) (Fo Withdwl Sleeves) g b h s Tpped Holes l 30 G g b h 30 G d g d 2 g 3 1 Nut with Stoppe Units : mm Units : mm Nut Seies AN Refeence Nut Seies HN Refeence Nominl Numbes Scew Theds G sic Dimensions d Tpped Holes 2 d 1 g b h d 3 mx l Scew Theds (S ) d4 Mss (kg) ppox Adpte ( 1 ) Sleeve oe Di. Numbes Stoppe Numbes Shft Di. Nominl Numbes Scew Theds G sic Dimensions Mss d (kg) 2 d 1 g b h d 3 mx ppox Withdwl Sleeve Numbes AH 31 AH 22 AH 32 AH 23 AN 44 T M AL AN 48 T M AL AN 52 T M AL AN 56 T M AL AN 60 T M AL AN 64 T M AL AN 68 T M AL AN 72 T M AL AN 76 T M AL AN 80 T M AL AN 84 T M AL AN 88 T M AL AN 92 T M AL AN 96 T M AL AN 100 T M /500 AL HN 42 T AH 3138 AH 2238 AH 3238 AH 2338 HN 44 T AH 3140 AH 2240 AH 3240 AH 2340 HN 48 T AH 3144 AH 2244 AH 2344 HN 52 T AH 3148 AH 2248 AH 2348 HN 58 T AH 3152 AH 2252 AH 2352 HN 62 T AH 3156 AH 2256 AH 2356 HN 66 T AH 3160 AH 2260 AH 3260 HN 70 T AH 3164 AH 2264 AH 3264 HN 74 T AH 3168 AH 3268 HN 80 T AH 3172 AH 3272 HN 84 T AH 3176 AH 3276 HN 88 T AH 3180 AH 3280 HN 92 T AH 3184 AH 3284 HN 96 T AHX 3188 AHX 3288 HN 102 T AHX 3192 AHX 3292 HN 106 T AHX 3196 AHX 3296 HN 110 T AHX 31/500 AHX 32/ Nut Seies ANL ANL 44 T M ALL ANL 48 T M ALL ANL 52 T M ALL ANL 56 T M ALL ANL 60 T M ALL ANL 64 T M ALL ANL 68 T M ALL ANL 72 T M ALL ANL 76 T M ALL ANL 80 T M ALL ANL 84 T M ALL ANL 88 T M ALL ANL 92 T M ALL ANL 96 T M ALL ANL 100 T M /500 ALL Note ( 1 ) Seies AN is pplicble to dpte sleeve Seies A31, A32 nd A23. Seies ANL is pplicble to dpte sleeve Seies A30. Remks 1. The bsic design nd dimensions of scew theds e in ccodnce with JIS The bsic design nd dimensions of theds in tpped holes e in ccodnce with JIS Nut Seies HNL AH 30 AH 2 HNL 41 T AH 3038 AH 238 HNL 43 T AH 3040 AH 240 HNL 47 T AH 3044 AH 244 HNL 52 T AH 3048 AH 248 HNL 56 T AH 3052 AH 252 HNL 60 T AH 3056 AH 256 HNL 64 T AH 3060 HNL 69 T AH 3064 HNL 73 T AH 3068 HNL 77 T AH 3072 HNL 82 T AH 3076 HNL 86 T AH 3080 HNL 90 T AH 3084 HNL 94 T AHX 3088 HNL 98 T AHX 3092 HNL 104 T AHX 3096 HNL 108 T AHX 30/500 Remks 1. The bsic design nd dimensions of scew theds e in ccodnce with JIS The numbe of notches in the nut my be bigge thn tht shown in the bove figue. 371

199 NUTS FOR ROLLING EARINGS (Combintion of Withdwl Sleeves nd Nuts) STOPPERS FOR NUTS t 1 t 1 js 1 3 i L L 2 S Units : mm Refeence Withdwl Sleeve Numbes Stoppe Seies AL sic Dimensions Refeence Nominl Numbes AH 30 AH 31 AH 2 AH 22 AH 32 AH 3 AH 23 Nominl Numbes t 1 S L 2 s 1 i L3 Mss (kg) pe 100 pcs ppox Nut Numbes AN 09 AH 208 AH 308 AH 2308 AN 10 AH 209 AH 309 AH 2309 AN 11 AH 210 AHX 310 AHX 2310 AN 12 AH 211 AHX 311 AHX 2311 AN 13 AH 212 AHX 312 AHX 2312 AN 14 AN 15 AH 213 AH 313 AH 2313 AN 16 AH 214 AH 314 AHX 2314 AN 17 AH 215 AH 315 AHX 2315 AN 18 AH 216 AH 316 AHX 2316 AN 19 AH 217 AHX 317 AHX 2317 AN 20 AH 218 AHX 3218 AHX 318 AHX 2318 AN 21 AH 219 AHX 319 AHX 2319 AN 22 AH 220 AHX 3220 AHX 320 AHX 2320 AN 23 AH 221 AHX 321 AN 24 AHX 3122 AH 222 AHX 322 AN 25 AHX 3222 AHX 2322 AN 26 AHX 3024 AHX 3124 AH 224 AHX 324 AN 27 AHX 3224 AHX 2324 AN 28 AHX 3026 AHX 3126 AH 226 AHX 326 AN 29 AHX 3226 AHX 2326 AN 30 AHX 3028 AHX 3128 AH 228 AHX 328 AN 31 AHX 3228 AHX 2328 AN 32 AHX 3030 AH 230 AN 33 AHX 3130 AHX 3230 AHX 330 AHX 2330 AN 34 AH 3032 AH 232 AN 36 AH 3034 AH 3132 AH 234 AH 3232 AH 332 AH 2332 AL AN 44, AN 48 AL AN 52, AN 56 AL AN 60 AL AN 64 AL AN 68, AN 72 AL AN 76 AL AN 80, AN 84 AL AN 88, AN 92 AL AN 96 AL AN 100 Stoppe Seies ALL ALL ANL 44 ALL ANL 48, ANL 52 ALL ANL 56 ALL ANL 60 ALL ANL 64, ANL 68 ALL ANL 72 ALL ANL 76, ANL 80 ALL ANL 84 ALL ANL 88, ANL 92 ALL ANL 96, ANL 100 AN 38 AH 3036 AH 3134 AH 236 AH 3234 AH 334 AH 2334 AN 40 AH 3136 AH 2236 AH 3236 AH

200 WASHERS FOR ROLLING EARINGS f 25 f 25 f 25 f 25 d 3 f 1 M d 3 f 1 M d 3 f 1 M d 3 f 1 M ent-tb Stight-Tb Units : mm ent-tb Stight-Tb Units : mm Nominl Numbes Wshe Seies AW Refeence Nominl Numbes Wshe Seies AW Refeence ent-tb Stight-Tb sic Dimensions d 3 M f 1 1 f d 4 d 5 ent-tb 2 No. of Teeth Mss (kg) pe 100 pcs ppox Adpte ( 1 ) Sleeve oe Di. Numbes Nut Numbes Shft Di. ent-tb Stight-Tb sic Dimensions d 3 M f 1 1 f d 4 d 5 ent-tb 2 No. of Teeth Mss (kg) pe 100 pcs ppox Adpte ( 1 ) Sleeve oe Di. Numbes Nut Numbes Shft Di. AW 02 AW 02 X AN AW 03 AW 03 X AN AW 04 AW 04 X AN AW 26 AW 26 X AN AW 27 AW 27 X AN AW 28 AW 28 X AN AW 05 AW 05 X AN AW 06 AW 06 X AN AW 07 AW 07 X AN AW 29 AW 29 X AN AW 30 AW 30 X AN AW 31 AW 31 X AN AW 08 AW 08 X AN AW 09 AW 09 X AN AW 10 AW 10 X AN AW 32 AW 32 X AN AW 33 AW 33 X AN AW 34 AW 34 X AN AW 11 AW 11 X AN AW 12 AW 12 X AN AW 13 AW 13 X AN AW 14 AW 14 X AN AW 15 AW 15 X AN AW 16 AW 16 X AN AW 17 AW 17 X AN AW 18 AW 18 X AN AW 19 AW 19 X AN AW 20 AW 20 X AN AW 21 AW 21 X AN AW 22 AW 22 X AN AW 23 AW 23 X AN AW 24 AW 24 X AN AW 25 AW 25 X AN Note ( 1 ) Applicble to dpte sleeve Seies A31, A2, A3, nd A23. Remks Wshes with stight tbs shll be used with dpte sleeves hving now slits, nd fo those hving wide slits, eithe type of wshe my be used. 374 AW 36 AW 36 X AN AW 38 AW 38 X AN AW 40 AW 40 X AN Wshe Seies AWL AWL 24 AWL 24 X ANL AWL 26 AWL 26 X ANL AWL 28 AWL 28 X ANL AWL 30 AWL 30 X ANL AWL 32 AWL 32 X ANL AWL 34 AWL 34 X ANL AWL 36 AWL 36 X ANL AWL 38 AWL 38 X ANL AWL 40 AWL 40 X ANL Note ( 1 ) Seies AW is pplicble to dpte sleeve Seies A31 nd A23. Seies AWL is pplicble to dpte sleeve Seies A30. Remks Wshes with stight tbs shll be used with dpte sleeves hving now slits, nd fo those hving wide slits, eithe type of wshe my be used. 375

201 DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS Open Type, Shielded Type, Seled Type oe Dimete mm 8 Open Type oe Dimete mm 20 MAXIMUM TYPE ALL EARINGS MAGNETO EARINGS oe Dimete 25 11Omm 26 oe Dimete 4 20mm 28 Ext Smll nd Minitue ll eings e descibed on Pges 30 to 45. DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS Single-Row Deep Goove ll eings e clssified into the types shown below. The pope mount of good qulity gese is pcked in shielded nd seled bll beings. A compison of the fetues of ech type is shown in Tble 1. Tble 1 Fetues of Seled ll eings Type Shielded Type Non-Contct Contct Rubbe Seled Type (ZZ Type) Rubbe Seled Type (DDU Type) (VV Type) Open Type Shielded Type (ZZ Type) With Snp Ring Non-Contct Rubbe Seled Type (VV Type) Contct Rubbe Seled Type (DDU Type) Toque Low Low Highe thn ZZ, VV types due to contct sel Speed Good Good Limited by contct sels cpbility Gese seling Good ette thn ZZ type A little bette thn VV type effectiveness Dust Good ette thn ZZ type est (usble even in vey esistnce (usble in dusty envionment) modetely dusty envionment) Wte Not Not suitble Good (usble even if fluid is esistnce suitble splshed on being) Opeting 10 to 10 to +110 C 10 to +100 C tempetue ( 1 ) +110 C Note ( 1 ) The bove tempetue nge pplies to stndd beings. y using cold o het esistnt gese nd chnging the type of ubbe, the opeting tempetue nge cn be extended. Fo such pplictions, plese contct NSK. 4 5

202 Fo deep goove bll beings, pessed cges e usully used. Fo big beings, mchined bss cges e used. (Refe to Tble 2) Mchined cges e lso used fo high speed pplictions. Tble 2 Stndd Cges fo Deep Goove ll eings Seies Pessed Steel Cges Mchined ss Cges / / / MAXIMUM TYPE ALL EARINGS Mximum Type ll eings contin lge numbe of blls thn noml deep goove bll beings becuse of filling slots in the inne nd oute ings. ecuse of thei filling slots, they e not suitble fo pplictions with high xil lods. L2 nd L3 types of beings hve boundy dimensions equl to those of single-ow deep goove bll beings of Seies 62 nd 63 espectively. esides the open type, ZZ type shielded beings e lso vilble. When using these beings, it is impotnt fo the filling slot in the oute ing to be outside of the loded zone s much s possible. Thei cges e pessed steel. MAGNETO EARINGS The goove in the inne ing is little shllowe thn tht of deep goove bll beings nd one side of the oute ing is elieved. Consequently, the oute ing is sepble, which mkes it convenient fo mounting. Pessed cges e stndd, but fo high speed pplictions, mchined synthetic esin cges e used. TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) MAXIMUM TYPE ALL EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) MAGNETO EARINGS Tble 8.5 (Pges A70 nd A71) RECOMMENDED FITS SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) MAXIMUM TYPE ALL EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) MAGNETO EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) INTERNAL CLEARANCES SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS Tble 9.9 (Pge A89) MAXIMUM TYPE ALL EARINGS Tble 9.9 (Pge A89) MAGNETO EARINGS Tble 9.11 (Pge A89) LIMITING SPEEDS The limiting speeds listed in the being tbles should be djusted depending on the being lod conditions. Also, highe speeds e ttinble by mking chnges in the lubiction method, cge design, etc. Refe to Pge A37 fo detiled infomtion. PRECAUTIONS FOR USE OF DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS Fo deep goove bll beings, if the being lod is too smll duing opetion, slippge occus between the blls nd cewys, which my esult in smeing. The highe the weight of blls nd cge, the highe this tendency becomes, especilly fo lge beings. If vey smll being lods e expected, plese contct NSK fo selection of n ppopite being. 6 7

203 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF 2 f N b 0 1 X f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F F e F F >e F Open Type Shielded Type ZZ Non-Contct Seled Type VV Contct Seled Type DD DDU With Snp Ring Goove N With Snp Ring NR C Y F F F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions 8 d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Z ZZ DU Open V VV DDU Z eing Numbes Open Shielded Seled ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU /22 ZZ VV DDU /22 ZZ VV DDU /22 ZZ VV DDU Fcto Notes ( 1 ) Fo tolences fo the snp ing gooves nd snp ing dimensions, efe to Pges A50 to A53. ( 2 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues. ( 3 ) Ring types N nd NR pplicble only to open-type beings. f 0 With With Snp Snp Ring Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Dimensions ( 1 ) b D 1 0 N mx min mx mx min Snp Ring ( 1 ) Dimensions D 2 mx f mx Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) D ( 2 ) D x C Y min mx mx mx min mx N( 3 ) NR( 3 ) N( 4 ) NR( 4 ) N NR N NR N NR N( 4 ) NR( 4 ) N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR Notes ( 4 ) Snp ing goove dimensions nd snp ing dimensions e not confomed to ISO15. Remks 1. Dimete Seies 7 (ext thin section beings) e lso vilble, plese contct NSK. 2. When using beings with otting oute ings, contct NSK if they e seled, shielded, o hve snp ings. Mss (kg) ppox 9

204 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF 2 f N b 0 1 X f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F F e F F >e F Open Type Shielded Type ZZ Non-Contct Seled Type VV Contct Seled Type DD DDU With Snp Ring Goove N With Snp Ring NR C Y F F F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Z ZZ DU Open V VV DDU Z eing Numbes Open Shielded Seled ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU /28 ZZ VV DDU /28 ZZ VV DDU /28 ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU /32 ZZ VV DDU /32 ZZ VV DDU /32 ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU Fcto f 0 With With Snp Snp Ring Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Dimensions ( 1 ) b D 1 0 N mx min mx mx min Snp Ring ( 1 ) Dimensions D 2 mx f mx Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) D ( 2 ) D x C Y min mx mx mx min mx N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR Mss (kg) ppox Notes ( 1 ) Fo tolences fo the snp ing gooves nd snp ing dimensions, efe to Pges A50 to A53. ( 2 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues. Remks 1. Dimete Seies 7 (ext thin section beings) e lso vilble, plese contct NSK. 2. When using beings with otting oute ings, contct NSK if they e seled, shielded, o hve snp ings

205 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF 2 f N b 0 1 X f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F F e F F >e F Open Type Shielded Type ZZ Non-Contct Seled Type VV Contct Seled Type DD DDU With Snp Ring Goove N With Snp Ring NR C Y F F F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Z ZZ DU Open V VV DDU Z eing Numbes Open Shielded Seled ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU Fcto f 0 With With Snp Snp Ring Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Dimensions ( 1 ) b D 1 0 N mx min mx mx min Snp Ring ( 1 ) Dimensions D 2 mx f mx Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) D ( 2 ) D x C Y min mx mx mx min mx N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR Mss (kg) ppox Notes ( 1 ) Fo tolences fo the snp ing gooves nd snp ing dimensions, efe to Pges A50 to A53. ( 2 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues. Remks 1. Dimete Seies 7 (ext thin section beings) e lso vilble, plese contct NSK. 2. When using beings with otting oute ings, contct NSK if they e seled, shielded, o hve snp ings

206 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF 2 f N b 0 1 X f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F F e F F >e F Open Type Shielded Type ZZ Non-Contct Seled Type VV Contct Seled Type DD DDU With Snp Ring Goove N With Snp Ring NR C Y F F F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Z ZZ DU Open V VV DDU Z eing Numbes Open Shielded Seled ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ DDU Fcto f 0 With With Snp Snp Ring Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Dimensions ( 1 ) b D 1 0 N mx min mx mx min Snp Ring ( 1 ) Dimensions D 2 mx f mx Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) D ( 2 ) D x C Y min mx mx mx min mx N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR Mss (kg) ppox Notes ( 1 ) Fo tolences fo the snp ing gooves nd snp ing dimensions, efe to Pges A50 to A53. ( 2 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues. Remks 1. Dimete Seies 7 (ext thin section beings) e lso vilble, plese contct NSK. 2. When using beings with otting oute ings, contct NSK if they e seled, shielded, o hve snp ings

207 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF 2 f N b 0 1 X f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F F e F F >e F Open Type Shielded Type ZZ ZZS Non-Contct Seled Type VV Contct Seled Type DD DDU With Snp Ring Goove N With Snp Ring NR C Y F F F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Z ZZ DU Open V VV DDU Z eing Numbes Open Shielded Seled ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZ ZZ VV DD ZZ ZZ VV DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZS DDU ZZS VV DD ZZ ZZ DDU ZZ ZZS ZZ VV DDU ZZS VV ZZ DDU ZZS DDU ZZS ZZ VV DDU ZZS DDU ZZ VV DDU ZZS ZZS ZZS VV DDU ZZS DDU ZZ DDU ZZS ZZS Fcto f 0 With With Snp Snp Ring Ring Goove Snp Ring Goove Dimensions ( 1 ) b D 1 0 N mx min mx mx min Snp Ring ( 1 ) Dimensions D 2 mx f mx Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) D ( 2 ) D x C Y min mx mx mx min mx N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR N NR Mss (kg) ppox Notes ( 1 ) Fo tolences fo the snp ing gooves nd snp ing dimensions, efe to Pges A50 to A53. ( 2 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues. Remks When using beings with otting oute ings, contct NSK if they e seled, shielded, o hve snp ings

208 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F F e F F >e F Open Type Shielded Type ZZS Non-Contct Seled Type VV F F F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Z ZZ DU Open V VV DDU Z eing Numbes Open Shielded Seled ZZS VV DDU ZZS ZZS VV ZZS VV ZZS ZZS VV ZZS VV ZZS ZZS ZZS ZZS ZZS ZZS ZZS ZZS ZZS Fcto f 0 Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 1 ) D ( 1 ) min mx mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues. Remks When using beings with otting oute ings, contct NSK if they e seled o shielded

209 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F F e F F >e F Open Type F F F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Fcto f 0 Open Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 1 ) D ( 1 ) min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues

210 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F F e F F >e F Open Type F F F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes / / / / / / / / / / / /600 Fcto f 0 Open Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 1 ) D ( 1 ) min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues

211 SINGLE-ROW DEEP GROOVE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF f 0 F C 0 e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod F e F F >e F Open Type F F F F >0.8, P 0 =0.6F +0.5F 0.8, P 0 =F oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Fcto f 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Open Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 1 ) D ( 1 ) min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox / / / / / / / / / / / / Note ( 1 ) When hevy xil lods e pplied, incese d nd decese D fom the bove vlues

212 MAXIMUM TYPE ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm b Open Type Shielded Type (One Shield) Z Shielded Type (Two Shields) ZZ oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Open Z ZZ Z L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L 222 Open eing Numbes With One Shielded With Two Shields Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D min mx mx mx Mss (kg) ppox L 205 Z L 205 ZZ L 305 Z L 305 ZZ L 206 Z L 206 ZZ L 306 Z L 306 ZZ L 207 Z L 207 ZZ L 307 Z L 307 ZZ L 208 Z L 208 ZZ L 308 Z L 308 ZZ L 209 Z L 209 ZZ L 309 Z L 309 ZZ L 210 Z L 210 ZZ L 310 Z L 310 ZZ L 211 Z L 211 ZZ L 311 Z L 311 ZZ L 212 Z L 212 ZZ L 312 Z L 312 ZZ L 213 Z L 213 ZZ L 313 Z L 313 ZZ L 214 Z L 214 ZZ L 314 Z L 314 ZZ L 215 Z L 215 ZZ L 315 Z L 315 ZZ L 216 Z L 216 ZZ L 316 Z L 316 ZZ L 217 Z L 217 ZZ L 317 Z L 317 ZZ L 218 Z L 218 ZZ L 318 Z L 318 ZZ L 219 Z L 219 ZZ L 319 Z L 319 ZZ L 220 Z L 220 ZZ L 221 Z L 221 ZZ Remks When using Mximum Type ll eings, plese contct NSK

213 MAGNETO EARINGS oe Dimete 4 20 mm T C 1 Outside Dimete Tolence (Clss N) Units : µm Nominl Single Plne Men Outside Outside Dimete Dimete & Dmp D E Seies EN Seies Ove Incl High Low High Low Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y e oundy Dimensions d D,C,T 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes E Seies EN Seies Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox E 4 EN E 5 EN E 6 EN E 7 EN E 8 EN E 9 EN E 10 EN E 11 EN E 12 EN E 13 EN EN E 15 EN O EN L EN O EN E 19 EN E 20 EN L Remks 1. The outside dimetes of Mgneto eings Seies E lwys hve plus tolences. 2. When using Mgneto eings othe thn E, plese contct NSK

214 EXTRA SMALL ALL EARINGS AND MINIATURE ALL EARINGS EXTRA SMALL ALL EARINGS MINIATURE ALL EARINGS Metic Design With Flnge Inch Design With Flnge oe Dimete 1 9mm 34 oe Dimete 1 9mm 38 oe Dimete mm 42 oe Dimete mm 44 DESIGN AND TYPES The size nges of ext smll nd minitue bll beings e shown in Tble 1. The design, types, nd type symbols e shown in Tble 2. Those types mong them tht e listed in the being tbles e indicted by the shding in Tble 2. Tble 1 Size Rnges of eings Units : mm Design Ext Smll ll eings Minitue ll eings Metic Outside dimete D 9 Outside dimete D < 9 oe dimete d < 10 Inch Outside dimete D Outside dimete D < oe dimete d < 10 Plese efe to NSK Minitue ll eings (CAT. No. E126) fo detils. ZZ ZZS DD VV 30 31

215 Tble 2 Design, Types, nd Type Symbols TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY Design Types Metic Type Symbols Specil Inch Metic Inch Remks METRIC DESIGN EARINGS Tble 8.2(Pges A60 to A63) The flnge tolences fo metic design beings e listed in Tble 3. Tble 3 Flnge Tolences fo Metic Flnged eings Shielded seled (1) Tolences of Flnge Outside Dimete Units : µm 6 R MR beings e vilble. Nominl Flnge Outside Dimete Devition of Flnge Outside Dimete & D 1S D ove incl high low high low Thin section SMT Remks 2is pplied when the flnge outside dimete is used fo positioning. Single-Row Deep Goove ll eings With flnge Extended inne ing Shielded seled F6 FR MF beings e vilble. Shielded beings RW e vilble. (2) Flnge Width Tolences nd Running Accucies Relted to Flnge Units : µm Nominl eing Outside Dimete D Noml nd Clsses 6,5,4,2 Noml nd clss 6 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 Clss 5 Clss 4 Clss 2 ove incl high low mx mx mx 2.5( 1 ) 6 Use the & S tolence fo d Use the & VS of the sme being of the tolence fo d of the sme being sme clss of the sme clss Notes Devition of Flnge Width & C 1S ( 1 ) 2.5mm is included Vition of Flnge Width& C 1S VC1S Vition of eing Outside Sufce Genetix Inclintion with Flnge ckfce S D1 Flnge ckfce Runout with Rcewy S e1 With flnge nd extended inne ing Fo syncho motos FRW SR00X00 Shielded beings e vilble. Shielded beings e vilble. INCH DESIGN EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) The flnge tolences fo inch design flnged beings e listed in Tble 8.8(2) (Pges A76 nd A77). INSTRUMENT ALL EARINGS Tble 8.8 (Pges A76 to A77) Pivot ll eings CF RECOMMENDED FITS Plese efe to NSK Minitue ll eings (CAT.No.E126). 32 Thust ll eings Remks F Single-ow ngul contct bll beings e vilble besides those shown bove. INTERNAL CLEARANCES Tble 9.10 (Pge A89) LIMITING SPEEDS The limiting speeds listed in the being tbles should be djusted depending on the being tod conditions. Also, highe speeds e ttinble by mking chnges in the lubiction method, cge design, etc. Refe to Pge A37 fo detiled infomtion. 33

216 EXTRA SMALL ALL EARINGS MINIATURE ALL EARINGS Metic Design oe Dimete 1 4 mm 1 1 b 1 b b b Open Type Shielded Type ZZ ZZ1 oundy Dimensions d D 1 ( 1 ) 1 ( 1 ) min min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Open Z ZZ Z MR MR 41 X X X X MR MR MR X X MR 82 X X MR A MR MR MR MR (0.15) (0.15) A MR Open eing Numbes Shielded Seled Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b b min mx mx min mx mx Mss (g) ppox Open Shielded MR 41 XZZ XZZ XZZ XZZ ZZ MR 52 ZZ ZZ MR 62 ZZ MR 72 ZZ ZZ XZZ XZZ XZZ MR 63 ZZ AZZ ZZ MR 93 ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ MR 74 ZZ MR 84 ZZ AZZ MR 104 ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ ZZ Note ( 1 ) The vlues in pentheses e not bsed on ISO 15. Remk 1. When using beings with otting oute ing, plese contct NSK if they e shielded

217 EXTRA SMALL ALL EARINGS MINIATURE ALL EARINGS Metic Design oe Dimete 5 9 mm b 1 1 b 1 b b Open Type Shielded Type ZZ ZZ1 Non-Contct Seled Type VV Contct Seled Type DD oundy Dimensions d D 1 ( 1 ) 1 ( 1 ) min min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Z ZZ D DD Open V VV Z Open eing Numbes Shielded Seled Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b b min mx mx min mx mx Mss (g) ppox Open Shielded MR MR MR MR MR A MR MR MR MR A (0.6)0 (0.6) MR 85 ZZ MR 95 ZZ MR 105 ZZ MR 115 ZZ VV ZZ ZZ VV DD ZZ DD ZZ1 VV DD ZZ1 VV DD MR 106 ZZ MR 126 ZZ DD AZZ VV DD ZZ1 VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ1 VV DD ZZ VV DD MR 117 ZZ MR 137 ZZ ZZ1 VV DD ZZ1 VV DD ZZ1 VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ1 VV DD MR 128 ZZ MR 148 ZZ VV DD AZZ1 VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ1 VV DD ZZ1 VV DD ZZ1 VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ VV DD ZZ VV Note ( 1 ) The vlues in pentheses e not bsed on ISO 15. Remks 1. When using beings with otting oute ing, plese contct NSK if they e seled o shielded. 2. eings with snp ings e lso vilble, plese contct NSK

218 EXTRA SMALL ALL EARINGS MINIATURE ALL EARINGS Metic Design With Flnge oe Dimete 1 4 mm C C 2 1 b 1 2 b Open Type Shielded Type ZZ ZZ1 oundy Dimensions d D D 1 D 2 1 C 1 C 2 ( 1 ) 1 ( 1 ) min min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Open Z ZZ (0.15) (0.15) Oil Open Z eing Numbes Open Shielded Seled Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b b min mx mx mx Mss (g) ppox Open Shielded F F MF 41 X F 681 X F 681 XZZ F 691 X F 691 XZZ F 601 X F 601 XZZ F 682 F 682 ZZ MF 52 MF 52 ZZ F 692 F 692 ZZ MF MF 72 MF 72 ZZ F 602 F 602 ZZ F 682 X F 682 XZZ F 692 X F 692 XZZ MF 82 X F 602 X F 602 XZZ MF 63 MF 63 ZZ F 683 A F 683 AZZ MF F 693 F 693 ZZ MF 93 MF 93 ZZ F 603 F 603 ZZ F 623 F 623 ZZ F 633 F 633 ZZ MF MF 74 ZZ MF 84 MF 84 ZZ F 684 F 684 ZZ MF 104 MF 104 ZZ F 694 F 694 ZZ F 604 F 604 ZZ F 624 F 624 ZZ F 634 F 634 ZZ Note ( 1 ) The vlues in pentheses e not bsed on ISO 15. Remk 1. When using beings with otting oute ing, plese contct NSK if they e shielded

219 EXTRA SMALL ALL EARINGS MINIATURE ALL EARINGS Metic Design With Flnge oe Dimete 5 9 mm C 1 1 C 2 1 C 2 1 C b b Open Type oundy Dimensions Shielded Type ZZ ZZ1 d D D 1 D 2 1 C 1 C 2 1 min min Non-Contct Seled Type VV sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Contct Seled Type DD Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Open Z ZZ D DD Z V VV eing Numbes Open Shielded Seled Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b b min mx mx mx Mss (g) ppox Open Shielded MF MF 85 ZZ MF 95 MF 95 ZZ MF 105 MF 105 ZZ F 685 F 685 ZZ F 695 F 695 ZZ VV DD F 605 F 605 ZZ DD F 625 F 625 ZZ1 VV DD F 635 F 635 ZZ1 VV DD MF 106 MF 106 ZZ MF 126 MF 126 ZZ DD F 686 A F 686 AZZ VV DD F 696 F 696 ZZ1 VV DD F 606 F 606 ZZ VV DD F 626 F 626 ZZ1 VV DD F 636 F 636 ZZ VV DD MF 117 MF 117 ZZ MF 137 MF 137 ZZ F 687 F 687 ZZ1 VV DD F 697 F 697 ZZ1 VV DD F 607 F 607 ZZ1 VV DD F 627 F 627 ZZ VV DD MF 128 MF 128 ZZ MF 148 MF 148 ZZ VV DD F 688 A F 688 AZZ VV DD F 698 F 698 ZZ VV DD F 608 F 608 ZZ VV DD F 689 F 689 ZZ1 VV DD F 699 F 699 ZZ1 VV DD Remk 1. When using beings with otting oute ing, plese contct NSK if they e shielded

220 EXTRA SMALL ALL EARINGS MINIATURE ALL EARINGS Inch Design oe Dimete mm 1 b b Open Type Shielded Type ZZ ZZS oundy Dimensions d D 1 min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil Open Open Z ZZ Z R R R R R R R R R R R 2A R R R R R R R R 4AA R R 6 eing Open Numbes Shielded Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b D D b min mx mx min mx Mss (g) ppox Open Shielded R 0 ZZ R 1 ZZ R 1-4 ZZ R 133 ZZS R 1-5 ZZ R 144 ZZ R 2-5 ZZ R 2-6 ZZS R 2 ZZ R 2A ZZ R 155 ZZS R 156 ZZS R 166 ZZ R 3 ZZ R 168 ZZ R 188 ZZ R 4 ZZ R 4AA ZZ R 1810 ZZ R 6 ZZ Remks 1. When using beings with otting oute ing, plese contct NSK if they e shielded. 2. eings with double shields (ZZ, ZZS) e lso vilble with single shields (Z, ZS)

221 EXTRA SMALL ALL EARINGS MINIATURE ALL EARINGS Inch Design With Flnge oe Dimete mm C 1 1 C b Open Type Shielded Type ZZ ZZS oundy Dimensions d D D 1 1 C 1 C 2 min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Open Z ZZ Oil Open Z Open eing Numbes Shielded Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d d b min mx mx Mss (g) ppox Open Shielded FR 0 FR 0 ZZ FR 1 FR 1 ZZ FR 1-4 FR 1-4 ZZ FR FR 133 ZZS FR 1-5 FR 1-5 ZZ FR 144 FR 144 ZZ FR 2-5 FR 2-5 ZZ FR 2-6 FR 2-6 ZZS FR 2 FR 2 ZZ FR 155 FR 155 ZZS FR 156 FR 156 ZZS FR 166 FR 166 ZZ FR 3 FR 3 ZZ FR 168 FR 168 ZZ FR 188 FR 188 ZZ FR 4 FR 4 ZZ FR 1810 FR 1810 ZZ FR 6 FR 6 ZZ Remks 1. When using beings with otting oute ing, plese contct NSK if they e shielded. 2. eings with double shields (ZZ, ZZS) e lso vilble with single shields (Z, ZS)

222 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE-ROW AND MATCHED ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS oe Dimete 10 50mm 50 oe Dimete mm 56 oe Dimete mm 62 DOULE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT oe Dimete 10 85mm 66 ALL EARINGS FOUR-POINT CONTACT ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 68 DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES Contct ngle α SINGLE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Since these beings hve contct ngle, they cn sustin significnt xil lods in one diection togethe with dil lods. ecuse of thei design, when dil lod is pplied, n xil foce component is poduced; theefoe, two opposed beings o combintion of moe thn two must be used. Since the igidity of single-ow ngul contct bll beings cn be incesed by peloding, they e often used in the min spindles of mchine tools, fo which high unning ccucy is equied. (Refe to Chpte 10, Pelod, Pge A96). Usully, the cges fo ngul contct bll beings with contct ngle of 30 (Symbol A) o 40 (Symbol ) e in ccodnce with Tble 1,but depending on the ppliction, mchined synthetic esin cges o molded polymide esin cges e lso used. The bsic lod tings given in the being tbles e bsed on the cge clssifiction listed in Tble 1. Though the figues in the being tbles (Pges 50 to 61; being boe dimetes of 10 to 120) show beings with single-shoulde-type inne ings, both-shoulde-type beings e lso vilble. Plese consult NSK fo moe detiled infomtion. Tble 1 Stndd Cges fo Angul Contct ll eings Seies Pessed Steel Cges Mchined ss Cges 79A5, C A C A, C A, In ddition, fo beings with the sme seil numbe, if the type of cges e diffeent, the numbe of blls my lso be diffeent. In such cse, the lod ting will diffe fom the one listed in the being tbles. Angul Contct ll eings with contct ngles of 15 (Symbol C) nd 25 (Symbol A5) e pimily fo high pecision o high speed pplictions, nd mchined bss o synthetic esin cges o molded polymide cges e used. The mximum opeting tempetue of molded polymide cges is 120 C. 47

223 48 MATCHED ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS The types nd fetues of mtched ngul contct bll beings e shown in Tble 2. Tble 2 Types nd Fetues of Mtched Angul Contct ll eings Figue Angement Fetues 0 0 ck-to-bck (D) (Exmple) 7208 A D Fce-to-fce (DF) (Exmple) 7208 DF Tndem (DT) (Exmple) 7208 A DT Rdil lods nd xil lods in both diections cn be sustined. Since the distnce between the effective lod centes 0 is big, this type is suitble if moments e pplied. Rdil lods nd xil lods in both diections cn be sustined. Comped with the D Type, the distnce between the effective lod centes is smll, so the cpcity to sustin moments is infeio to the D Type. Rdil lods nd xil lods in one diection cn be sustined. Since two beings she the xil lod, this ngement is used when the lod in one diection is hevy. DOULE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS This is bsiclly bck-to-bck mounting of two single-ow ngul contct bll beings, but thei inne nd oute ings e ech integted into one. Axil lods in both diections cn be sustined, nd the cpcity to sustin moments is good. This type is used s fixed-end beings. Thei cges e pessed steel. FOUR-POINT CONTACT ALL EARINGS The inne ing is split dilly into two pieces. Thei design llows one being to sustin significnt xil lods in eithe diection. The contct ngle is 35, so the xil lod cpcity is high. This type is suitble fo cying pue xil lods o combined lods whee the xil lods e high. The cges e mde of mchined bss. PRECAUTIONS FOR USE OF ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Unde sevee opeting conditions whee the speed nd tempetue e close to thei limits, lubiction is mginl, vibtion nd moment lods e hevy, they my not be suitble, pticully fo cetin types of cges. In such cse, plese consult with NSK befoehnd. And if the lod on ngul contct bll beings becomes too smll, o if the tio of the xil nd dil lods fo mtched beings exceeds e (e is listed in the beings tbles) duing opetion, slippge occus between the blls nd cewys, which my esult in smeing. Especilly with lge beings since the weight of the blls nd cge is high. If such lod conditions e expected, plese consult with NSK fo selection of the beings. TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY SINGLE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) MATCHED ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) DOULE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) FOUR-POINT CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) RECOMMENDED FITS SINGLE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) MATCHED ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) DOULE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) FOUR-POINT CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) INTERNAL CLEARANCES MATCHED ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble (Pge A94) Mtched ngul contct bll beings with pecision bette thn P5 e pimily used in the min spindles of mchine tools, so they e used with pelod fo igidity. Fo convenience of selection, intenl clences e djusted to poduce Vey Light, Light, Medium, nd Hevy Pelods. Thei fitting is lso specil. Concening these mttes, plese efe to Tbles 10.1 nd 10.2 (Pges A98 nd A99). The clence (o pelod) of mtched beings is obtined by xilly tightening pi of beings till the side fces of thei inne o oute ings e pessed ginst ech othe. DOULE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS Fo the clence in double-ow ngul contct bll beings, plese consult with NSK. FOUR-POINT CONTACT ALL EARINGS Tble 9.18 (Pge A94) LIMITING SPEEDS In cses of single-ow nd mtched ngul contct bll beings, the Limiting speeds listed in the being tble e fo beings with mchined cge. Fo those with pessed cges, the listed speeds must be educed by 20%. The limiting speeds of beings with contct ngles of 15 (Symbol C) nd 25 (Symbol A5) e fo beings with pecision of P5 nd bette (with mchined synthetic-esin cges o molded polymide cges). The limiting speeds listed in the being tbles should be djusted depending on the being lod conditions. Also, highe speeds e ttinble by mking chnges in the lubiction method, cge design, etc. Refe to Pge A37 fo detiled infomtion. 49

224 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE/MATCHED MOUNTINGS oe Dimete mm b b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF Single, DT D o DF Contct if0f * e F Angle /F e F /F >e F /F e F C /F >e o X Y X Y X Y X Y º º º º *Fo i, use 2 fo D, DF nd 1 fo DT Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =X 0 F +Y 0 F Contct Single, DT D o DF Angle X 0 Y 0 X 0 Y 0 15º º º º Single ck-to-ck D Fce-to-Fce DF Tndem DT Single o DT mounting When F >0.5F +Y 0F use P 0=F oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (Single) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Fcto f 0 Eff.Lod Centes Mss (kg) ppox eing Numbes ( 2 ) Single Duplex sic Lod Rtings (Mtched) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (Mtched) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Lod Cente Spcings Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d b ( 3 ) D b b ( 3 ) min mx mx 7900 A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT D 0 DF Notes ( 1 ) Fo pplictions opeting ne the limiting speed, efe to Pge 49. ( 2 ) The suffixes A, A5,, nd C epesent contct ngles of 30, 25, 40, nd 15 espectively. Note ( 3 ) Fo beings mked in the column fo d b, d b nd b fo shfts e d (min) nd (mx) espectively

225 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE/MATCHED MOUNTINGS oe Dimete mm b b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF Single, DT D o DF Contct if0f * e F Angle /F e F /F >e F /F e F C /F >e o X Y X Y X Y X Y º º º º *Fo i, use 2 fo D, DF nd 1 fo DT Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =X 0 F +Y 0 F Contct Single, DT D o DF Angle X 0 Y 0 X 0 Y 0 15º º º º Single ck-to-ck D Fce-to-Fce DF Tndem DT Single o DT mounting When F >0.5F +Y 0F use P 0=F oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (Single) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Fcto f 0 Eff.Lod Centes Mss (kg) ppox eing Numbes ( 2 ) Single Duplex sic Lod Rtings (Mtched) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (Mtched) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Lod Cente Spcings Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d b ( 3 ) D b b ( 3 ) min mx mx 7904 A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT D 0 DF Notes ( 1 ) Fo pplictions opeting ne the limiting speed, efe to Pge 49. ( 2 ) The suffixes A, A5,, nd C epesent contct ngles of 30, 25, 40, nd 15 espectively. Note ( 3 ) Fo beings mked in the column fo d b, d b nd b fo shfts e d (min) nd (mx) espectively

226 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE/MATCHED MOUNTINGS oe Dimete mm b b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF Single, DT D o DF Contct if0f * e F Angle /F e F /F >e F /F e F C /F >e o X Y X Y X Y X Y º º º º *Fo i, use 2 fo D, DF nd 1 fo DT Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =X 0 F +Y 0 F Contct Single, DT D o DF Angle X 0 Y 0 X 0 Y 0 15º º º º Single ck-to-ck D Fce-to-Fce DF Tndem DT Single o DT mounting When F >0.5F +Y 0F use P 0=F oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (Single) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Fcto f 0 Eff.Lod Centes Mss (kg) ppox eing Numbes ( 2 ) Single Duplex sic Lod Rtings (Mtched) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (Mtched) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Lod Cente Spcings Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d b ( 3 ) D b b ( 3 ) min mx mx 7908 A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT D 0 DF Notes ( 1 ) Fo pplictions opeting ne the limiting speed, efe to Pge 49. ( 2 ) The suffixes A, A5,, nd C epesent contct ngles of 30, 25, 40, nd 15 espectively. Note ( 3 ) Fo beings mked in the column fo d b, d b nd b fo shfts e d (min) nd (mx) espectively

227 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE/MATCHED MOUNTINGS oe Dimete mm b b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF Single, DT D o DF Contct if0f * e F Angle /F e F /F >e F /F e F C /F >e o X Y X Y X Y X Y º º º º *Fo i, use 2 fo D, DF nd 1 fo DT Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =X 0 F +Y 0 F Contct Single, DT D o DF Angle X 0 Y 0 X 0 Y 0 15º º º º Single ck-to-ck D Fce-to-Fce DF Tndem DT Single o DT mounting When F >0.5F +Y 0F use P 0=F oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (Single) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Fcto f 0 Eff.Lod Centes Mss (kg) ppox eing Numbes ( 2 ) Single Duplex sic Lod Rtings (Mtched) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (Mtched) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Lod Cente Spcings Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d b ( 3 ) D b b ( 3 ) min mx mx 7912 A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT D 0 DF Notes ( 1 ) Fo pplictions opeting ne the limiting speed, efe to Pge 49. ( 2 ) The suffixes A, A5,, nd C epesent contct ngles of 30, 25, 40, nd 15 espectively. Note ( 3 ) Fo beings mked in the column fo d b, d b nd b fo shfts e d (min) nd (mx) espectively

228 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE/MATCHED MOUNTINGS oe Dimete mm b b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF Single, DT D o DF Contct if0f * e F Angle /F e F /F >e F /F e F C /F >e o X Y X Y X Y X Y º º º º *Fo i, use 2 fo D, DF nd 1 fo DT Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =X 0 F +Y 0 F Contct Single, DT D o DF Angle X 0 Y 0 X 0 Y 0 15º º º º Single ck-to-ck D Fce-to-Fce DF Tndem DT Single o DT mounting When F >0.5F +Y 0F use P 0=F oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (Single) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Fcto f 0 Eff.Lod Centes Mss (kg) ppox eing Numbes ( 2 ) Single Duplex sic Lod Rtings (Mtched) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (Mtched) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Lod Cente Spcings Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d b ( 3 ) D b b ( 3 ) min mx mx 7916 A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT D 0 DF Notes ( 1 ) Fo pplictions opeting ne the limiting speed, efe to Pge 49. ( 2 ) The suffixes A, A5,, nd C epesent contct ngles of 30, 25, 40, nd 15 espectively. Note ( 3 ) Fo beings mked in the column fo d b, d b nd b fo shfts e d (min) nd (mx) espectively

229 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE/MATCHED MOUNTINGS oe Dimete mm b b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF Single, DT D o DF Contct if0f * e F Angle /F e F /F >e F /F e F C /F >e o X Y X Y X Y X Y º º º º *Fo i, use 2 fo D, DF nd 1 fo DT Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =X 0 F +Y 0 F Contct Single, DT D o DF Angle X 0 Y 0 X 0 Y 0 15º º º º Single ck-to-ck D Fce-to-Fce DF Tndem DT Single o DT mounting When F >0.5F +Y 0F use P 0=F oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (Single) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Fcto f 0 Eff.Lod Centes Mss (kg) ppox eing Numbes ( 2 ) Single Duplex sic Lod Rtings (Mtched) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (Mtched) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Lod Cente Spcings Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d b ( 3 ) D b b ( 3 ) min mx mx 7920 A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT D 0 DF Notes ( 1 ) Fo pplictions opeting ne the limiting speed, efe to Pge 49. ( 2 ) The suffixes A, A5,, nd C epesent contct ngles of 30, 25, 40, nd 15 espectively. Note ( 3 ) Fo beings mked in the column fo d b, d b nd b fo shfts e d (min) nd (mx) espectively

230 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE/MATCHED MOUNTINGS oe Dimete mm b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF Single, DT D o DF Contct if0f * e F Angle /F e F /F >e F /F e F C /F >e o X Y X Y X Y X Y º º º º *Fo i, use 2 fo D, DF nd 1 fo DT Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =X 0 F +Y 0 F Contct Single, DT D o DF Angle X 0 Y 0 X 0 Y 0 15º º º º Single ck-to-ck D Fce-to-Fce DF Tndem DT Single o DT mounting When F >0.5F +Y 0F use P 0=F oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (Single) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Fcto f 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Eff.Lod Centes Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox eing Numbes ( 2 ) Single Duplex sic Lod Rtings (Mtched) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (Mtched) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Lod Cente Spcings D 0 DF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d b ( 3 ) D b b ( 3 ) min mx mx A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A5 D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT Notes ( 1 ) Fo pplictions opeting ne the limiting speed, efe to Pge 49. ( 2 ) The suffixes A, A5,, nd C epesent contct ngles of 30, 25, 40, nd 15 espectively. Note ( 3 ) Fo beings mked in the column fo d b, d b nd b fo shfts e d (min) nd (mx) espectively

231 ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS SINGLE/MATCHED MOUNTINGS oe Dimete mm b b b Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF Single, DT D o DF Contct if0f * e F Angle /F e F /F >e F /F e F C /F >e o X Y X Y X Y X Y º º º º *Fo i, use 2 fo D, DF nd 1 fo DT Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =X 0 F +Y 0 F Contct Single, DT D o DF Angle X 0 Y 0 X 0 Y 0 15º º º º Single ck-to-ck D Fce-to-Fce DF Tndem DT Single o DT mounting When F >0.5F +Y 0F use P 0=F oundy Dimensions d D 1 min min sic Lod Rtings (Single) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Fcto f 0 Eff.Lod Centes Mss (kg) ppox eing Numbes ( 2 ) Single Duplex sic Lod Rtings (Mtched) (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds ( 1 ) (Mtched) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Lod Cente Spcings Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d b ( 3 ) D b b ( 3 ) min mx mx 7936 C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT C D DF DT A D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT A D DF DT D DF DT D 0 DF Notes ( 1 ) Fo pplictions opeting ne the limiting speed, efe to Pge 49. ( 2 ) The suffixes A, A5,, nd C epesent contct ngles of 30, 25, 40, nd 15 espectively. Note ( 3 ) Fo beings mked in the column fo d b, d b nd b fo shfts e d (min) nd (mx) espectively

232 DOULE-ROW ANGULAR CONTACT ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm 0 Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F F e oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings Limiting Speeds (N) {kgf} (min 1 ) eing C C 0 C C 0 Gese Oil Numbes Lod Cente Spcings 0 Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox

233 FOUR-POINT CONTACT ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =F Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F 0 oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Lod Cente Spcings 0 Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ Remks When using fou-point contct bll beings, plese contct NSK

234 FOUR-POINT CONTACT ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =F Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F 0 oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes Lod Cente Spcings 0 Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ QJ Remks When using fou-point contct bll beings, plese contct NSK

235 SELF-ALIGNING ALL EARINGS SELF-ALIGNING ALL EARINGS oe Dimete 5 110mm 74 DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES The oute ing hs spheicl cewy nd its cente of cuvtue coincides with tht of the being; theefoe, the xis of the inne ing, blls nd cge cn deflect to some extent ound the being cente. This type is ecommended when the lignment of the shft nd housing is difficult nd when the shft my bend. Since the contct ngle is smll, the xil lod cpcity is low. Pessed steel cges e usully used. PROTRUSION AMOUNT OF ALLS Among self-ligning bll beings, thee e some in which the blls potude fom the side fce s shown below. This potusion mount b 1 is listed in the following tble. b 1 eing No. b (K), 2316(K) (K), 2320(K) , 2322(K) 1318(K) (K) (K), (K) TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) RECOMMENDED FITS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) INTERNAL CLEARANCE Tble 9.12 (Pge A90) 72 PERMISSILE MISALIGNMENT The pemissible mislignment of self-ligning bll beings is ppoximtely 0.07 to 0.12 din (4 to 7 ) unde noml lods. Howeve, depending on the suounding stuctue, such n ngle my not be possible. Use ce in the stuctul design. 73

236 SELF-ALIGNING ALL EARINGS oe Dimete 5 30 mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e listed in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Constnt Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y K K K K K K K K K K K K e Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) The suffix K epesents beings with tpeed boes (1 : 12) Remks Fo the dimensions elted to dptes, efe to Pge

237 SELF-ALIGNING ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e listed in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Constnt Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K e Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) The suffix K epesents beings with tpeed boes (1 : 12) Remks Fo the dimensions elted to dptes, efe to Pge 354 nd

238 SELF-ALIGNING ALL EARINGS oe Dimete mm Dynmic Equivlent Lod P =XF +YF F /F e F /F >e X Y X Y Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe 1 Y Y 2 Sttic Equivlent Lod P 0 =F +Y 0 F The vlues of e, Y 2, Y 3, nd Y 0 e listed in the tble below. oundy Dimensions d D min sic Lod Rtings (N) {kgf} C C 0 C C 0 Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Cylindicl oe * * * * * * * * * * * 2322 Numbes Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d D min mx mx Constnt Axil Lod Fctos Y 2 Y 3 Y K K K K K K K * 2316 K K K K K K K * 1318 K K K K * 1319 K * 2319 K K K * 1320 K * 2320 K K * 2222 K * 1322 K * 2322 K e Mss (kg) ppox Notes ( 1 ) The suffix K epesents beings with tpeed boes (1 : 12) (*) The blls of the beings mked * potude slightly fom the being fce. The potusion mounts e shown on Pge 73. Remks Fo the dimensions elted to dptes, efe to Pges 356 nd

239 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete 20 65mm 84 oe Dimete mm 90 oe Dimete mm 98 L-SHAPED THRUST COLLARS FOR CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 102 DOULE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 106 Fou-Row Cylindicl Rolle eings e descibed on Pges 330 to 339. DESIGN, TYPES, AND FEATURES Depending on the existence of ibs on thei ings, Cylindicl Rolle eings e clssified into the following types. NU NJ NUP N NF NH NNU NN Types NU, N, NNU, nd NN e suitble s fee-end beings. Types NJ nd NF cn sustin limited xil lods in one diection. Types NH nd NUP cn be used s fixed-end beings. NH-type cylindicl olle beings consist of the NJ-type cylindicl olle beings nd HJ-type L-shped thust colls (See Pge 102 to 105). The inne ing loose ib of NUP-type cylindicl olle being should be mounted so tht the mked side is on the outside

240 Use pessed, mchined, o molded cges fo stndd cylindicl olle beings s shown in Tble 1. Tble 1 Stndd Cges fo Cylindicl Rolle eings Seies Pessed Steel Cges (W) Mchined ss Cges (M) Molded Polymide Cges (T) NU10** /500 N2** NU2** NU2**E 205E 213E 214E 240E 204E NU22** NU22**E 2222E 2240E 2204E 2220E N3** NU3** NU3**E 305E 311E 312E 340E 304E NU23** NU23**E 2322E 2340E 2304E 2320E NU4** The bsic lod tings listed in the being tbles e bsed on the Cge Clssifiction in Tble 1. Fo given being numbe, if the type of cge is not the stndd one, the numbe of olles my vy; in such cse, the lod ting will diffe fom the one listed in the being tbles. Among the NN Type of double-ow beings, thee e mny of high pecision tht hve tpeed boes, nd they e pimily used in the min spindles of mchine tools. Thei cges e eithe molded polyphenylenesulfide (PPS) o mchined bss. PRECAUTIONS FOR USE OF CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS If the lod on cylindicl olle beings becomes too smll duing opetion, slippge between the olles nd cewys occus, which my esult in smeing. Especilly with lge beings since the weight of the olle nd cge is high. In cse of stong shock lods o vibtion, pessed-steel cges e sometimes indequte. If vey smll being lod o stong shock lods o vibtion e expected, plese consult with NSK fo selection of the beings. eings with molded polymide cges (ET type) cn be used continuously t tempetues between 40 nd 120 C. If the beings e used in ge oil, nonflmmble hydulic oil, o este oil t high tempetue ove 100 C, plese contct NSK befoehnd. TOLERANCES AND RUNNING ACCURACY CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) DOULE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS Tble 8.2 (Pges A60 to A63) Tble 2 Tolences fo Rolle Inscibed Cicle Dimete F w nd Rolle Cicumscibed Cicle Dimete E w of Cylindicl Rolle eings Hving Intechngeble Rings Units : µm Nominl oe Tolences fo F w of types Tolences fo E w of Dimete d NU, NJ, NUP, NH, nd NNU & F w types N, NF, nd NN & E w ove incl high low high low RECOMMENDED FITS CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) DOULE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS Tble 9.2 (Pge A84) Tble 9.4 (Pge A85) INTERNAL CLEARANCES CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS Tble 9.14 (Pge A91) DOULE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS Tble 9.14 (Pge A91) PERMISSILE MISALIGNMENT The pemissible mislignment of cylindicl olle beings vies depending on the type nd intenl specifictions, but unde noml lods, the ngles e ppoximtely s follows: Cylindicl Rolle eings of width seies 0 o din (4 ) Cylindicl Rolle eings of width seies din (2 ) Fo double-ow cylindicl olle beings, nely no mislignment is llowed. LIMITING SPEEDS The limiting speeds listed in the being tbles should be djusted depending on the being lod conditions. Also, highe speeds e ttinble by mking chnges in the lubiction method, cge design, etc. Refe to Pge A37 fo detiled infomtion

241 SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 1 b b jf w jf w jf w je w je w b b c b b b d NU NJ NUP N NF oundy Dimensions d D 1 F W E W min min sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes( 2 ) ( 3 ) NU NJ NUP N NF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 4 ) d b d b ( 5 ) d c d d D ( 4 ) D b D b b min min mx min min mx mx min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox N 204 N NF NU 204 ET NU NJ NUP NU2204 NU NJ NU2204 ET NU NJ NUP N 304 N NF NU 304 ET NU NJ NUP NU2304 NU NJ NUP NU2304 ET NU NJ NUP NU1005 NU N 205 N NF NU 205 EW NU NJ NUP NU2205 ET NU NJ NUP N 305 N NF NU 305 EW NU NJ NUP NU2305 ET NU NJ NUP NU 405 NU NJ N NF NU1006 NU N N 206 N NF NU 206 EW NU NJ NUP NU2206 ET NU NJ NUP N 306 N NF NU 306 EW NU NJ NUP NU2306 ET NU NJ NUP NU 406 NU NJ N NF NU1007 NU NJ N N 207 N NF NU 207 EW NU NJ NUP NU2207 ET NU NJ NUP N 307 N NF NU 307 EW NU NJ NUP NU2307 ET NU NJ NUP NU 407 NU NJ N NF Notes ( 1 ) The limiting speeds listed bove pply to beings with mchined cges (No suffix). Fo beings with pessed cges, educe the limiting speed by 20%. (Not pplicble to being numbes with n EM, EW, o ET suffix.) ( 2 ) The beings with suffix ET hve polymide cge. The mximum opeting tempetue should be less thn 120 C. Notes ( 3 ) When L-shped thust colls (See section fo L-Shped Thust Colls stting on pge 100) e used, the beings become the NH type. ( 4 ) If xil lods e pplied, incese d nd educe D fom the vlues listed bove. ( 5 ) d b (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo NU, NJ Types. 85

242 SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 1 b b jf w jf w jf w je w je w b b c b b b d NU NJ NUP N NF 86 oundy Dimensions d D 1 F W E W min min sic Lod Rtings (N) Limiting Speeds( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil Notes ( 1 ) The limiting speeds listed bove pply to beings with mchined cges (No suffix). Fo beings with pessed cges, educe the limiting speed by 20%. (Not pplicble to being numbes with n EM, EW, o ET suffix.) ( 2 ) The beings with suffix ET hve polymide cge. The mximum opeting tempetue should be less thn 120 C. C C 0 eing Numbes( 2 ) ( 3 ) NU NJ NUP N NF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 4 ) d b d b ( 5 ) d c d d D ( 4 ) D b D b b min min mx min min mx mx min mx mx NU1008 NU NJ NUP N N 208 N NF NU 208 EW NU NJ NUP NU2208 ET NU NJ NUP N 308 N NF NU 308 EW NU NJ NUP NU2308 ET NU NJ NUP NU 408 NU NJ NUP N NF NU1009 NU N NF N 209 N NF NU 209 EW NU NJ NUP NU2209 ET NU NJ NUP N 309 N NF NU 309 EW NU NJ NUP NU2309 ET NU NJ NUP NU 409 NU NJ NUP N NF NU1010 NU NJ NUP N N 210 N NF NU 210 EW NU NJ NUP NU2210 ET NU NJ NUP N 310 N NF NU 310 EW NU NJ NUP NU2310 ET NU NJ NUP NU 410 NU NJ NUP N NF NU1011 NU NJ N N 211 N NF NU 211 EW NU NJ NUP NU2211 ET NU NJ NUP N 311 N NF NU 311 EW NU NJ NUP NU2311 ET NU NJ NUP NU 411 NU NJ NUP N NF Notes ( 3 ) When L-shped thust colls (See section fo L-Shped Thust Colls stting on pge 100) e used, the beings become the NH type. ( 4 ) If xil lods e pplied, incese d nd educe D fom the vlues listed bove. ( 5 ) d b (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo NU, NJ Types. 87 Mss (kg) ppox

243 SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 1 b b jf w jf w jf w je w je w b b c b b b d NU NJ NUP N NF oundy Dimensions d D 1 F W E W min min sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes( 2 ) ( 3 ) NU NJ NUP N NF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 4 ) d b d b ( 5 ) d c d d D ( 4 ) D b D b b min min mx min min mx mx min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox NU1012 NU NJ N NF N 212 N NF NU 212 EW NU NJ NUP NU2212 ET NU NJ NUP N 312 N NF NU 312 NU NJ NUP NU 312 EM NU NJ NUP NU2312 ET NU NJ NUP NU 412 NU NJ NUP N NF NU1013 NU NJ N NF N 213 N NF NU 213 EW NU NJ NUP NU2213 ET NU NJ NUP N 313 N NF NU 313 NU NJ NUP NU 313 EM NU NJ NUP NU2313 ET NU NJ NUP NU 413 NU NJ N NF NU1014 NU NJ NUP N NF N 214 N NF NU 214 EM NU NJ NUP NU2214 ET NU NJ NUP N 314 N NF NU 314 NU NJ NUP NU 314 EM NU NJ NUP NU2314 ET NU NJ NUP NU 414 NU NJ NUP N NF NU1015 NU N NF N 215 N NF NU 215 EM NU NJ NUP NU2215 ET NU NJ NUP N 315 N NF NU 315 NU NJ NUP NU 315 EM NU NJ NUP NU2315 ET NU NJ NUP NU 415 NU NJ N NF Notes ( 1 ) The limiting speeds listed bove pply to beings with mchined cges (No suffix). Fo beings with pessed cges, educe the limiting speed by 20%. (Not pplicble to being numbes with n EM, EW, o ET suffix.) ( 2 ) The beings with suffix ET hve polymide cge. The mximum opeting tempetue should be less thn 120 C. Notes ( 3 ) When L-shped thust colls (See section fo L-Shped Thust Colls stting on pge 100) e used, the beings become the NH type. ( 4 ) If xil lods e pplied, incese d nd educe D fom the vlues listed bove. ( 5 ) d b (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo NU, NJ Types. 89

244 SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 1 b b jf w jf w jf w je w je w b b c b b b d NU NJ NUP N NF oundy Dimensions d D 1 F W E W min min sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil eing Numbes( 2 ) ( 3 ) NU NJ NUP N NF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 4 ) d b d b ( 5 ) d c d d D ( 4 ) D b D b b min min mx min min mx mx min mx mx Mss (kg) ppox NU1016 NU NUP N N 216 N NF NU 216 EM NU NJ NUP NU2216 ET NU NJ NUP N 316 N NF NU 316 EM NU NJ NUP NU2316 ET NU NJ NUP NU 416 NU NJ N NF NU1017 NU N N 217 N NF NU 217 EM NU NJ NUP NU2217 ET NU NJ NUP N 317 N NF NU 317 NU NJ NUP NU 317 EM NU NJ NUP NU2317 ET NU NJ NUP NU 417 NU NJ N NF NU1018 NU NUP N N 218 N NF NU 218 EM NU NJ NUP NU2218 ET NU NJ NUP N 318 N NF NU 318 NU NJ NUP NU 318 EM NU NJ NUP NU2318 ET NU NJ NUP NU 418 NU NJ N NF NU1019 NU NJ N N 219 N NF NU 219 EM NU NJ NUP NU2219 ET NU NJ NUP N 319 N NF NU 319 NU NJ NUP NU 319 EM NU NJ NUP NU2319 ET NU NJ NUP NU 419 NU NJ NUP NF Notes ( 1 ) The limiting speeds listed bove pply to beings with mchined cges (No suffix). Fo beings with pessed cges, educe the limiting speed by 20%. (Not pplicble to being numbes with n EM, EW, o ET suffix.) ( 2 ) The beings with suffix ET hve polymide cge. The mximum opeting tempetue should be less thn 120 C. Notes ( 3 ) When L-shped thust colls (See section fo L-Shped Thust Colls stting on pge 100) e used, the beings become the NH type. ( 4 ) If xil lods e pplied, incese d nd educe D fom the vlues listed bove. ( 5 ) d b (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo NU, NJ Types. 91

245 SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 1 b b jf w jf w jf w je w je w b b c b b b d NU NJ NUP N NF oundy Dimensions d D 1 F W E W min min Notes sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil ( 1 ) The limiting speeds listed bove pply to beings with mchined cges (No suffix). Fo beings with pessed cges, educe the limiting speed by 20%. (Not pplicble to being numbes with n EM, EW, o ET suffix.) ( 2 ) The beings with suffix ET hve polymide cge. The mximum opeting tempetue should be less thn 120 C. eing Numbes( 2 ) ( 3 ) NU NJ NUP N NF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 4 ) d b d b ( 5 ) d c d d D ( 4 ) D b D b b min min mx min min mx mx min mx mx NU1020 NU NJ NUP N N 220 N NF NU 220 EM NU NJ NUP NU2220 ET NU NJ NUP N 320 N NF NU 320 NU NJ NUP NU 320 EM NU NJ NUP NU2320 ET NU NJ NUP NU 420 NU NJ N NF NU1021 NU N NF N 221 N NF NU 221 EM NU NJ NUP N 321 N NF NU 321 EM NU NJ NUP NU 421 NU NJ N NF NU1022 NU NJ N NF N 222 N NF NU 222 EM NU NJ NUP NU2222 EM NU NJ NUP N 322 N NF NU 322 EM NU NJ NUP NU 422 NU NJ NU1024 NU NJ NUP N N 224 N NF NU 224 EM NU NJ NUP NU2224 EM NU NJ NUP N 324 N NF NU 324 EM NU NJ NUP NU2324 EM NU NJ NUP NU 424 NU NJ NUP N Notes ( 3 ) When L-shped thust colls (See section fo L-Shped Thust Colls stting on pge 100) e used, the beings become the NH type. ( 4 ) If xil lods e pplied, incese d nd educe D fom the vlues listed bove. ( 5 ) d b (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo NU, NJ Types. 93 Mss (kg) ppox

246 SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 1 b b jf w jf w jf w je w je w b b c b b b d NU NJ NUP N NF oundy Dimensions d D 1 F W E W min min Notes sic Lod Rtings (N) C C 0 Limiting Speeds( 1 ) (min 1 ) Gese Oil ( 1 ) The limiting speeds listed bove pply to beings with mchined cges (No suffix). Fo beings with pessed cges, educe the limiting speed by 20%. (Not pplicble to being numbes with n EM, EW, o ET suffix.) ( 2 ) The beings with suffix ET hve polymide cge. The mximum opeting tempetue should be less thn 120 C. eing Numbes( 2 ) ( 3 ) NU NJ NUP N NF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 4 ) d b d b ( 5 ) d c d d D ( 4 ) D b D b b min min mx min min mx mx min mx mx NU1026 NU NJ N NF N 226 N NF NU 226 EM NU NJ NUP NU2226 EM NU NJ NUP N 326 N NF NU326EM NU NJ NUP NU2326EM NU NJ NUP NU 426 NU NJ NF NU1028 NU NJ NUP N N 228 N NF NU228EM NU NJ NUP NU2228EM NU NJ NUP N 328 N NF NU328EM NU NJ NUP NU2328EM NU NJ NUP NU 428 NU NJ N NU1030 NU NJ N NF N 230 N NF NU230EM NU NJ NUP NU2230EM NU NJ NUP N 330 N NF NU330EM NU NJ NUP NU2330EM NU NJ NUP NU 430 NU NJ NU1032 NU NJ N NF N 232 N NF NU232EM NU NJ NUP NU2232EM NU NJ NUP N 332 N NU332EM NU NJ NUP NU2332EM NU NJ NUP Notes ( 3 ) When L-shped thust colls (See section fo L-Shped Thust Colls stting on pge 100) e used, the beings become the NH type. ( 4 ) If xil lods e pplied, incese d nd educe D fom the vlues listed bove. ( 5 ) d b (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo NU, NJ Types. 95 Mss (kg) ppox

247 SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 1 b b jf w jf w jf w je w je w b b c b b j b d NU NJ NUP N NF oundy Dimensions d D 1 F W E W min min sic Lod Rtings (N) Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil C C 0 eing Numbes ( 1 ) NU NJ NUP N NF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) d b d b ( 3 ) d c d d D ( 2 ) D b D b b min min mx min min mx mx min mx mx NU1034 NU NJ N N 234 N NF NU234EM NU NJ NUP NU2234EM NU NJ NUP N 334 N NU334EM NU NJ NUP NU2334EM NU NJ NUP NU1036 NU NJ N NF N 236 N NF NU236EM NU NJ NUP NU2236EM NU NJ NUP N 336 N NF NU336EM NU NJ NUP NU2336EM NU NJ NUP NU1038 NU NJ N N 238 N NF NU238EM NU NJ NUP NU2238EM NU NJ NUP N 338 N NU338EM NU NJ NUP NU2338EM NU NJ NUP NU1040 NU NJ N NF N 240 N NF NU240EM NU NJ NUP NU2240EM NU NJ NUP N 340 N NF NU340EM NU NJ NUP NU2340EM NU NJ NUP NU1044 NU NJ N N 244 N NF NU 244 NU NJ NUP NU2244 NU N 344 N NU 344 NU NJ Mss (kg) ppox Notes ( 1 ) When L-shped thust colls (Refe to pge 101) e used, the beings become the NH Type. ( 2 ) If xil lods e pplied, incese d nd educe D fom the vlues listed bove. ( 3 ) d b (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo NU, NJ Types

248 SINGLE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm 1 1 b b jf w jf w jf w je w je w b b c b b j b d NU NJ NUP N NF oundy Dimensions d D 1 F W E W min min sic Lod Rtings (N) Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese C C 0 Oil eing Numbes ( 1 ) NU NJ NUP N NF Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) d b d b ( 3 ) d c d d D ( 2 ) D b D b b min min mx min min mx mx min mx mx NU1048 NU NJ N N 248 N NF NU 248 NU NJ NUP NU2248 NU N 348 N NU 348 NU NJ NU1052 NU NJ N NF N 252 N NU 252 NU NJ NU2252 NU NUP NU 352 NU NJ NU1056 NU NJ NUP N NF N 256 N NF NU 256 NU NJ NU1060 NU NJ N NF NU 260 NU NJ NU1064 NU N NF N 264 N NU 264 NU NJ NU1068 NU NJ N NF NU1072 NU N NF NU1076 NU NU1080 NU NUP N NU1084 NU N NU1088 NU NU1092 NU NUP N NU1096 NU NJ N NU10/500 NU N Mss (kg) ppox Notes ( 1 ) When L-shped thust colls (Refe to pge 101) e used, the beings become the NH Type. ( 2 ) If xil lods e pplied, incese d nd educe D fom the vlues listed bove. ( 3 ) d b (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo NU, NJ Types

249 CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS L-Shped Thust Colls oe Dimete mm oe Dimete 90~320 mm L-Shped Thust Coll L-Shped Thust Coll oundy Dimensions d d min eing Numbes Mss (kg) ppox oundy Dimensions d d min eing Numbes Mss (kg) ppox oundy Dimensions d d min eing Numbes Mss (kg) ppox oundy Dimensions d d min eing Numbes Mss (kg) ppox HJ HJ 204 E HJ HJ 2204 E HJ HJ 304 E HJ HJ 2304 E HJ 205 E HJ 2205 E HJ 305 E HJ 2305 E HJ HJ 206 E HJ 2206 E HJ 306 E HJ 2306 E HJ HJ 207 E HJ 2207 E HJ 307 E HJ 2307 E HJ HJ 208 E HJ 2208 E HJ 308 E HJ 2308 E HJ HJ 209 E HJ 2209 E HJ 309 E HJ 2309 E HJ HJ 210 E HJ 2210 E HJ 310 E HJ 2310 E HJ HJ 211 E HJ 2211 E HJ 311 E HJ 2311 E HJ HJ 212 E HJ 2212 E HJ 312 E HJ 2312 E HJ HJ 213 E HJ 2213 E HJ 313 E HJ 2313 E HJ HJ 214 E HJ 2214 E HJ 314 E HJ 2314 E HJ HJ 215 E HJ 2215 E HJ 315 E HJ 2315 E HJ HJ 216 E HJ 2216 E HJ 316 E HJ 2316 E HJ HJ 217 E HJ 2217 E HJ 317 E HJ 2317 E HJ HJ 218 E HJ 2218 E HJ 318 E HJ 2318 E HJ HJ 219 E HJ 2219 E HJ 319 E HJ 2319 E HJ HJ 220 E HJ 2220 E HJ 320 E HJ 2320 E HJ HJ 321 E HJ HJ 222 E HJ 2222 E HJ 322 E HJ 2322 E HJ HJ 224 E HJ 2224 E HJ 324 E HJ 2324 E HJ HJ 226 E HJ 2226 E HJ 326 E HJ 2326 E HJ HJ 228 E HJ 2228 E HJ 328 E HJ 2328 E HJ HJ 230 E HJ 2230 E HJ 330 E HJ 2330 E HJ HJ 232 E HJ 2232 E HJ 332 E HJ 2332 E HJ 234 E HJ 2234 E HJ 2334 E HJ 236 E HJ 2236 E HJ 2336 E HJ 238 E HJ 2238 E HJ 2338 E HJ 240 E HJ HJ 2240 E HJ 340 E HJ HJ HJ HJ HJ HJ HJ HJ HJ HJ HJ HJ

250 DOULE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm je w je w jf w jf w c 1 NN Cylindicl oe NN Tpeed oe NNU Cylindicl oe NNU Tpeed oe oundy Dimensions d D F W E W min sic Lod Rtings (N) Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil C C 0 eing Numbes Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) d 1 d c D min mx min min mx min mx Mss (kg) ppox NN 3005 NN 3005 K NN 3006 NN 3006 K NN 3007 NN 3007 K NN 3008 NN 3008 K NN 3009 NN 3009 K NN 3010 NN 3010 K NN 3011 NN 3011 K NN 3012 NN 3012 K NN 3013 NN 3013 K NN 3014 NN 3014 K NN 3015 NN 3015 K NN 3016 NN 3016 K NN 3017 NN 3017 K NN 3018 NN 3018 K NN 3019 NN 3019 K NNU 4920 NNU 4920 K NN 3020 NN 3020 K NNU 4921 NNU 4921 K NN 3021 NN 3021 K NNU 4922 NNU 4922 K NN 3022 NN 3022 K NNU 4924 NNU 4924 K NN 3024 NN 3024 K NNU 4926 NNU 4926 K NN 3026 NN 3026 K NNU 4928 NNU 4928 K NN 3028 NN 3028 K Note ( 1 ) The suffix K epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12). Remks Poduction of double-ow cylindicl olle beings is genelly in the high pecision clsses (Clss 5 o bette). Note ( 2 ) d (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo the NNU Type

251 DOULE-ROW CYLINDRICAL ROLLER EARINGS oe Dimete mm je w je w jf w jf w c 1 NN Cylindicl oe NN Tpeed oe NNU Cylindicl oe NNU Tpeed oe oundy Dimensions d D F W E W min sic Lod Rtings (N) Limiting Speeds (min 1 ) Gese Oil C C 0 eing Numbes Cylindicl oe Tpeed oe( 1 ) Abutment nd Fillet Dimensions d ( 2 ) d 1 d c D min mx min min mx min mx NNU 4930 NNU 4930 K NN 3030 NN 3030 K NNU 4932 NNU 4932 K NN 3032 NN 3032 K NNU 4934 NNU 4934 K NN 3034 NN 3034 K NNU 4936 NNU 4936 K NN 3036 NN 3036 K NNU 4938 NNU 4938 K NN 3038 NN 3038 K NNU 4940 NNU 4940 K NN 3040 NN 3040 K NNU 4944 NNU 4944 K NN 3044 NN 3044 K NNU 4948 NNU 4948 K NN 3048 NN 3048 K NNU 4952 NNU 4952 K NN 3052 NN 3052 K NNU 4956 NNU 4956 K NN 3056 NN 3056 K NNU 4960 NNU 4960 K NN 3060 NN 3060 K NNU 4964 NNU 4964 K NN 3064 NN 3064 K NN 3068 NN 3068 K NN 3072 NN 3072 K Mss (kg) ppox Note ( 1 ) The suffix K epesents beings with tpeed boes (tpe 1 : 12). Remks Poduction of double-ow cylindicl olle beings is genelly in the high pecision clsses (Clss 5 o bette). Note ( 2 ) d (mx) e vlues fo djusting ings fo the NNU Type

252 INTRODUCTION OF NSK PRODUCTS APPENDICES INTRODUCTION OF NSK PRODUCTS Pge Photos of NSK Poducts C 2 APPENDICES Appendix Tble 1 Convesion fom SI (Intentionl Units) System C 8 Appendix Tble 2 N kgf Foce Convesion Tble C10 Appendix Tble 3 kg lb Mss Convesion Tble C11 Appendix Tble 4 C F Tempetue Convesion Tble C12 Appendix Tble 5 Viscosity Convesion Tble C13 Appendix Tble 6 inch mm Dimension Convesion Tble C14 Appendix Tble 7 Hdness Convesion Tble C16 Appendix Tble 8 Physicl nd Mechnicl Popeties of Mteils C17 Appendix Tble 9 Tolences fo Shft Dimetes C18 Appendix Tble 10 Tolences fo Housing oe Dimetes C20 Appendix Tble 11 Vlues of Stndd Tolence Gdes IT C22 Appendix Tble 12 Speed Fcto f n C24 Appendix Tble 13 Ftigue Life Fcto f h nd Ftigue Life L L h C25 Appendix Tble 14 Index of Inch Design Tpeed Rolle eings C26 C 1

253 AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTS PRECISION MACHINE COMPONENTS ALL SCREWS Column Type Electic Powe Steeing (CAT.No. E4102) Pinion Type Electic Powe Steeing (CAT.No. E4102) Pecision ll Scews (CAT.No. E3161) High-speed Low-noise ll Scews SS Seies (CAT.No. E3229) ll Scew fo stndd stock compct FA Seies (CAT.No. E3230) Offeet ll Scew Type Electic Powe Steeing (CAT.No. E4102) Long Life Wte Pump eings (CAT.No. E396, E4102) ll Scews fo Stndd stock VFA Seies (CAT.No. E3161) ll Scews fo High-Lod Dive HTF Seies (CAT.No. E3218) Pecision Minitue ll Scews (CAT.No. E3161) Pecision Hollow Shft ll Scews (CAT.No. E3161) MONOCARRIERS NSK New Seies ROOTTE ll Scews with Spline (CAT.No. E3161) Rolled ll Scews (CAT.No. E3161) Hub Unit eings (CAT.No. E4201) One-Wy Clutch (CAT.No. E4102) Monocies (CAT.No. E3161) C 2 C 3

254 PRECISION MACHINE COMPONENTS PRECISION MACHINE COMPONENTS LINEAR EARINGS MECHATRONIC ACTUATORS Megtoque Motos PS Seies (CAT.No. E3510) Robot Modules NSK Line Guides nd ll Scews Equipped with NSK K1 TM Lubiction Unit (CAT.No. E3161) Tnslide TM, New Type of Rolling Element Line Motion eing (CAT.No. E3324) NSK Line Guides Selfligning LH Seies LS Seies (CAT.No. E3161) Megtoque Motos YS Seies XY Tbles NSK Line Guides Minitue PU nd PE Seies (CAT.No. E3327) NSK Line Guides Rolle Guide RA Seies (CAT.No. E3328) NSK S1 TM Seies Pecision Line Guides (CAT.No. E3320) ASSORTED SPINDLES Megtoque Motos RS Seies Megthust Motos Y Seies High Speed Integted Moto Spindles Pecision Ginding Spindles (CAT.No. E2202) Live Centes (CAT.No. E2202) Megthust Motos PM Seies Ai eing Slides Oil/Ai Lubicting Unit, Fine Lube (CAT.No. E1254/A1387) Stndd Type Pecision oing Heds (CAT.No. E2202) (CAT.No. E3156) Spindles fo Electicl nd Electic Equipment C 4 C 5

255 AIR SPINDLES RELATED PRODUCT WITH EARING eing Induction Hete (CAT.No. E398) Ai-spindle Ai Clene Unit DD Ai-spindle One Wy clutch Lge Size Poximity Steppe RZ Seies One Wy clutch (Pckge Type) Ext Smll eing Monito N-4 (eing Abnomlity Detecto) (CAT.No. E410) C 6 C 7